diff --git a/src/qt/addressbookpage.cpp b/src/qt/addressbookpage.cpp index 9abe4be9e..f2e6da93c 100644 --- a/src/qt/addressbookpage.cpp +++ b/src/qt/addressbookpage.cpp @@ -1,349 +1,349 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include class AddressBookSortFilterProxyModel final : public QSortFilterProxyModel { const QString m_type; public: AddressBookSortFilterProxyModel(const QString &type, QObject *parent) : QSortFilterProxyModel(parent), m_type(type) { setDynamicSortFilter(true); setFilterCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive); setSortCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive); } protected: bool filterAcceptsRow(int row, const QModelIndex &parent) const { auto model = sourceModel(); auto label = model->index(row, AddressTableModel::Label, parent); if (model->data(label, AddressTableModel::TypeRole).toString() != m_type) { return false; } auto address = model->index(row, AddressTableModel::Address, parent); if (filterRegExp().indexIn(model->data(address).toString()) < 0 && filterRegExp().indexIn(model->data(label).toString()) < 0) { return false; } return true; } }; AddressBookPage::AddressBookPage(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, Mode _mode, Tabs _tab, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::AddressBookPage), model(0), mode(_mode), + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::AddressBookPage), model(nullptr), mode(_mode), tab(_tab) { ui->setupUi(this); if (!platformStyle->getImagesOnButtons()) { ui->newAddress->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->copyAddress->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->deleteAddress->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->exportButton->setIcon(QIcon()); } else { ui->newAddress->setIcon(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/add")); ui->copyAddress->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/editcopy")); ui->deleteAddress->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->exportButton->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/export")); } switch (mode) { case ForSelection: switch (tab) { case SendingTab: setWindowTitle(tr("Choose the address to send coins to")); break; case ReceivingTab: setWindowTitle( tr("Choose the address to receive coins with")); break; } connect(ui->tableView, &QTableView::doubleClicked, this, &QDialog::accept); ui->tableView->setEditTriggers(QAbstractItemView::NoEditTriggers); ui->tableView->setFocus(); ui->closeButton->setText(tr("C&hoose")); ui->exportButton->hide(); break; case ForEditing: switch (tab) { case SendingTab: setWindowTitle(tr("Sending addresses")); break; case ReceivingTab: setWindowTitle(tr("Receiving addresses")); break; } break; } switch (tab) { case SendingTab: ui->labelExplanation->setText( tr("These are your Bitcoin addresses for sending payments. " "Always check the amount and the receiving address before " "sending coins.")); ui->deleteAddress->setVisible(true); ui->newAddress->setVisible(true); break; case ReceivingTab: ui->labelExplanation->setText( tr("These are your Bitcoin addresses for receiving payments. " "It is recommended to use a new receiving address for each " "transaction.")); ui->deleteAddress->setVisible(false); ui->newAddress->setVisible(false); break; } // Context menu actions QAction *copyAddressAction = new QAction(tr("&Copy Address"), this); QAction *copyLabelAction = new QAction(tr("Copy &Label"), this); QAction *editAction = new QAction(tr("&Edit"), this); deleteAction = new QAction(ui->deleteAddress->text(), this); // Build context menu contextMenu = new QMenu(this); contextMenu->addAction(copyAddressAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyLabelAction); contextMenu->addAction(editAction); if (tab == SendingTab) { contextMenu->addAction(deleteAction); } contextMenu->addSeparator(); // Connect signals for context menu actions connect(copyAddressAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &AddressBookPage::on_copyAddress_clicked); connect(copyLabelAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &AddressBookPage::onCopyLabelAction); connect(editAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &AddressBookPage::onEditAction); connect(deleteAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &AddressBookPage::on_deleteAddress_clicked); connect(ui->tableView, &QWidget::customContextMenuRequested, this, &AddressBookPage::contextualMenu); connect(ui->closeButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &QDialog::accept); } AddressBookPage::~AddressBookPage() { delete ui; } void AddressBookPage::setModel(AddressTableModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (!_model) { return; } auto type = tab == ReceivingTab ? AddressTableModel::Receive : AddressTableModel::Send; proxyModel = new AddressBookSortFilterProxyModel(type, this); proxyModel->setSourceModel(_model); connect(ui->searchLineEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, proxyModel, &QSortFilterProxyModel::setFilterWildcard); ui->tableView->setModel(proxyModel); ui->tableView->sortByColumn(0, Qt::AscendingOrder); // Set column widths ui->tableView->horizontalHeader()->setSectionResizeMode( AddressTableModel::Label, QHeaderView::Stretch); ui->tableView->horizontalHeader()->setSectionResizeMode( AddressTableModel::Address, QHeaderView::ResizeToContents); connect(ui->tableView->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &AddressBookPage::selectionChanged); // Select row for newly created address connect(_model, &AddressTableModel::rowsInserted, this, &AddressBookPage::selectNewAddress); selectionChanged(); } void AddressBookPage::on_copyAddress_clicked() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(ui->tableView, AddressTableModel::Address); } void AddressBookPage::onCopyLabelAction() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(ui->tableView, AddressTableModel::Label); } void AddressBookPage::onEditAction() { if (!model) { return; } if (!ui->tableView->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList indexes = ui->tableView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); if (indexes.isEmpty()) { return; } EditAddressDialog dlg(tab == SendingTab ? EditAddressDialog::EditSendingAddress : EditAddressDialog::EditReceivingAddress, this); dlg.setModel(model); QModelIndex origIndex = proxyModel->mapToSource(indexes.at(0)); dlg.loadRow(origIndex.row()); dlg.exec(); } void AddressBookPage::on_newAddress_clicked() { if (!model) { return; } if (tab == ReceivingTab) { return; } EditAddressDialog dlg(EditAddressDialog::NewSendingAddress, this); dlg.setModel(model); if (dlg.exec()) { newAddressToSelect = dlg.getAddress(); } } void AddressBookPage::on_deleteAddress_clicked() { QTableView *table = ui->tableView; if (!table->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList indexes = table->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); if (!indexes.isEmpty()) { table->model()->removeRow(indexes.at(0).row()); } } void AddressBookPage::selectionChanged() { // Set button states based on selected tab and selection QTableView *table = ui->tableView; if (!table->selectionModel()) { return; } if (table->selectionModel()->hasSelection()) { switch (tab) { case SendingTab: // In sending tab, allow deletion of selection ui->deleteAddress->setEnabled(true); ui->deleteAddress->setVisible(true); deleteAction->setEnabled(true); break; case ReceivingTab: // Deleting receiving addresses, however, is not allowed ui->deleteAddress->setEnabled(false); ui->deleteAddress->setVisible(false); deleteAction->setEnabled(false); break; } ui->copyAddress->setEnabled(true); } else { ui->deleteAddress->setEnabled(false); ui->copyAddress->setEnabled(false); } } void AddressBookPage::done(int retval) { QTableView *table = ui->tableView; if (!table->selectionModel() || !table->model()) { return; } // Figure out which address was selected, and return it QModelIndexList indexes = table->selectionModel()->selectedRows(AddressTableModel::Address); for (const QModelIndex &index : indexes) { QVariant address = table->model()->data(index); returnValue = address.toString(); } if (returnValue.isEmpty()) { // If no address entry selected, return rejected retval = Rejected; } QDialog::done(retval); } void AddressBookPage::on_exportButton_clicked() { // CSV is currently the only supported format QString filename = GUIUtil::getSaveFileName(this, tr("Export Address List"), QString(), tr("Comma separated file (*.csv)"), nullptr); if (filename.isNull()) { return; } CSVModelWriter writer(filename); // name, column, role writer.setModel(proxyModel); writer.addColumn("Label", AddressTableModel::Label, Qt::EditRole); writer.addColumn("Address", AddressTableModel::Address, Qt::EditRole); if (!writer.write()) { QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Exporting Failed"), tr("There was an error trying to save the " "address list to %1. Please try again.") .arg(filename)); } } void AddressBookPage::contextualMenu(const QPoint &point) { QModelIndex index = ui->tableView->indexAt(point); if (index.isValid()) { contextMenu->exec(QCursor::pos()); } } void AddressBookPage::selectNewAddress(const QModelIndex &parent, int begin, int /*end*/) { QModelIndex idx = proxyModel->mapFromSource( model->index(begin, AddressTableModel::Address, parent)); if (idx.isValid() && (idx.data(Qt::EditRole).toString() == newAddressToSelect)) { // Select row of newly created address, once ui->tableView->setFocus(); ui->tableView->selectRow(idx.row()); newAddressToSelect.clear(); } } diff --git a/src/qt/addresstablemodel.cpp b/src/qt/addresstablemodel.cpp index 2497e2705..344b72981 100644 --- a/src/qt/addresstablemodel.cpp +++ b/src/qt/addresstablemodel.cpp @@ -1,432 +1,432 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include const QString AddressTableModel::Send = "S"; const QString AddressTableModel::Receive = "R"; struct AddressTableEntry { enum Type { Sending, Receiving, /* QSortFilterProxyModel will filter these out */ Hidden }; Type type; QString label; QString address; AddressTableEntry() {} AddressTableEntry(Type _type, const QString &_label, const QString &_address) : type(_type), label(_label), address(_address) {} }; struct AddressTableEntryLessThan { bool operator()(const AddressTableEntry &a, const AddressTableEntry &b) const { return a.address < b.address; } bool operator()(const AddressTableEntry &a, const QString &b) const { return a.address < b; } bool operator()(const QString &a, const AddressTableEntry &b) const { return a < b.address; } }; /* Determine address type from address purpose */ static AddressTableEntry::Type translateTransactionType(const QString &strPurpose, bool isMine) { AddressTableEntry::Type addressType = AddressTableEntry::Hidden; // "refund" addresses aren't shown, and change addresses aren't in // mapAddressBook at all. if (strPurpose == "send") { addressType = AddressTableEntry::Sending; } else if (strPurpose == "receive") { addressType = AddressTableEntry::Receiving; } else if (strPurpose == "unknown" || strPurpose == "") { // if purpose not set, guess addressType = (isMine ? AddressTableEntry::Receiving : AddressTableEntry::Sending); } return addressType; } // Private implementation class AddressTablePriv { public: QList cachedAddressTable; AddressTableModel *parent; AddressTablePriv(AddressTableModel *_parent) : parent(_parent) {} void refreshAddressTable(interfaces::Wallet &wallet) { cachedAddressTable.clear(); for (const auto &address : wallet.getAddresses()) { AddressTableEntry::Type addressType = translateTransactionType( QString::fromStdString(address.purpose), address.is_mine); cachedAddressTable.append(AddressTableEntry( addressType, QString::fromStdString(address.name), QString::fromStdString(EncodeCashAddr( address.dest, parent->walletModel->getChainParams())))); } // std::lower_bound() and std::upper_bound() require our // cachedAddressTable list to be sorted in asc order Even though the map // is already sorted this re-sorting step is needed because the // originating map is sorted by binary address, not by base58() address. std::sort(cachedAddressTable.begin(), cachedAddressTable.end(), AddressTableEntryLessThan()); } void updateEntry(const QString &address, const QString &label, bool isMine, const QString &purpose, int status) { // Find address / label in model QList::iterator lower = std::lower_bound( cachedAddressTable.begin(), cachedAddressTable.end(), address, AddressTableEntryLessThan()); QList::iterator upper = std::upper_bound( cachedAddressTable.begin(), cachedAddressTable.end(), address, AddressTableEntryLessThan()); int lowerIndex = (lower - cachedAddressTable.begin()); int upperIndex = (upper - cachedAddressTable.begin()); bool inModel = (lower != upper); AddressTableEntry::Type newEntryType = translateTransactionType(purpose, isMine); switch (status) { case CT_NEW: if (inModel) { qWarning() << "AddressTablePriv::updateEntry: Warning: Got " "CT_NEW, but entry is already in model"; break; } parent->beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), lowerIndex, lowerIndex); cachedAddressTable.insert( lowerIndex, AddressTableEntry(newEntryType, label, address)); parent->endInsertRows(); break; case CT_UPDATED: if (!inModel) { qWarning() << "AddressTablePriv::updateEntry: Warning: Got " "CT_UPDATED, but entry is not in model"; break; } lower->type = newEntryType; lower->label = label; parent->emitDataChanged(lowerIndex); break; case CT_DELETED: if (!inModel) { qWarning() << "AddressTablePriv::updateEntry: Warning: Got " "CT_DELETED, but entry is not in model"; break; } parent->beginRemoveRows(QModelIndex(), lowerIndex, upperIndex - 1); cachedAddressTable.erase(lower, upper); parent->endRemoveRows(); break; } } int size() { return cachedAddressTable.size(); } AddressTableEntry *index(int idx) { if (idx >= 0 && idx < cachedAddressTable.size()) { return &cachedAddressTable[idx]; } else { return nullptr; } } }; AddressTableModel::AddressTableModel(WalletModel *parent) : QAbstractTableModel(parent), walletModel(parent) { columns << tr("Label") << tr("Address"); priv = new AddressTablePriv(this); priv->refreshAddressTable(parent->wallet()); } AddressTableModel::~AddressTableModel() { delete priv; } int AddressTableModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return priv->size(); } int AddressTableModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return columns.length(); } QVariant AddressTableModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const { if (!index.isValid()) { return QVariant(); } AddressTableEntry *rec = static_cast(index.internalPointer()); if (role == Qt::DisplayRole || role == Qt::EditRole) { switch (index.column()) { case Label: if (rec->label.isEmpty() && role == Qt::DisplayRole) { return tr("(no label)"); } else { return rec->label; } case Address: return rec->address; } } else if (role == Qt::FontRole) { QFont font; if (index.column() == Address) { font = GUIUtil::fixedPitchFont(); } return font; } else if (role == TypeRole) { switch (rec->type) { case AddressTableEntry::Sending: return Send; case AddressTableEntry::Receiving: return Receive; default: break; } } return QVariant(); } bool AddressTableModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role) { if (!index.isValid()) { return false; } AddressTableEntry *rec = static_cast(index.internalPointer()); std::string strPurpose = (rec->type == AddressTableEntry::Sending ? "send" : "receive"); editStatus = OK; if (role == Qt::EditRole) { CTxDestination curAddress = DecodeDestination( rec->address.toStdString(), walletModel->getChainParams()); if (index.column() == Label) { // Do nothing, if old label == new label if (rec->label == value.toString()) { editStatus = NO_CHANGES; return false; } walletModel->wallet().setAddressBook( curAddress, value.toString().toStdString(), strPurpose); } else if (index.column() == Address) { CTxDestination newAddress = DecodeDestination( value.toString().toStdString(), walletModel->getChainParams()); // Refuse to set invalid address, set error status and return false if (boost::get(&newAddress)) { editStatus = INVALID_ADDRESS; return false; } // Do nothing, if old address == new address else if (newAddress == curAddress) { editStatus = NO_CHANGES; return false; } // Check for duplicate addresses to prevent accidental deletion of // addresses, if you try to paste an existing address over another // address (with a different label) if (walletModel->wallet().getAddress( newAddress, /* name= */ nullptr, /* is_mine= */ nullptr, /* purpose= */ nullptr)) { editStatus = DUPLICATE_ADDRESS; return false; } // Double-check that we're not overwriting a receiving address else if (rec->type == AddressTableEntry::Sending) { // Remove old entry walletModel->wallet().delAddressBook(curAddress); // Add new entry with new address walletModel->wallet().setAddressBook( newAddress, value.toString().toStdString(), strPurpose); } } return true; } return false; } QVariant AddressTableModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const { if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { if (role == Qt::DisplayRole && section < columns.size()) { return columns[section]; } } return QVariant(); } Qt::ItemFlags AddressTableModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const { if (!index.isValid()) { - return 0; + return Qt::NoItemFlags; } AddressTableEntry *rec = static_cast(index.internalPointer()); Qt::ItemFlags retval = Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled; // Can edit address and label for sending addresses, and only label for // receiving addresses. if (rec->type == AddressTableEntry::Sending || (rec->type == AddressTableEntry::Receiving && index.column() == Label)) { retval |= Qt::ItemIsEditable; } return retval; } QModelIndex AddressTableModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); AddressTableEntry *data = priv->index(row); if (data) { return createIndex(row, column, priv->index(row)); } else { return QModelIndex(); } } void AddressTableModel::updateEntry(const QString &address, const QString &label, bool isMine, const QString &purpose, int status) { // Update address book model from Bitcoin core priv->updateEntry(address, label, isMine, purpose, status); } QString AddressTableModel::addRow(const QString &type, const QString &label, const QString &address, const OutputType address_type) { std::string strLabel = label.toStdString(); std::string strAddress = address.toStdString(); editStatus = OK; if (type == Send) { if (!walletModel->validateAddress(address)) { editStatus = INVALID_ADDRESS; return QString(); } // Check for duplicate addresses if (walletModel->wallet().getAddress( DecodeDestination(strAddress, walletModel->getChainParams()), /* name= */ nullptr, /* is_mine= */ nullptr, /* purpose= */ nullptr)) { editStatus = DUPLICATE_ADDRESS; return QString(); } } else if (type == Receive) { // Generate a new address to associate with given label CPubKey newKey; if (!walletModel->wallet().getKeyFromPool(false /* internal */, newKey)) { WalletModel::UnlockContext ctx(walletModel->requestUnlock()); if (!ctx.isValid()) { // Unlock wallet failed or was cancelled editStatus = WALLET_UNLOCK_FAILURE; return QString(); } if (!walletModel->wallet().getKeyFromPool(false /* internal */, newKey)) { editStatus = KEY_GENERATION_FAILURE; return QString(); } } walletModel->wallet().learnRelatedScripts(newKey, address_type); strAddress = EncodeCashAddr(GetDestinationForKey(newKey, address_type), walletModel->getChainParams()); } else { return QString(); } // Add entry walletModel->wallet().setAddressBook( DecodeDestination(strAddress, walletModel->getChainParams()), strLabel, (type == Send ? "send" : "receive")); return QString::fromStdString(strAddress); } bool AddressTableModel::removeRows(int row, int count, const QModelIndex &parent) { Q_UNUSED(parent); AddressTableEntry *rec = priv->index(row); if (count != 1 || !rec || rec->type == AddressTableEntry::Receiving) { // Can only remove one row at a time, and cannot remove rows not in // model. // Also refuse to remove receiving addresses. return false; } walletModel->wallet().delAddressBook(DecodeDestination( rec->address.toStdString(), walletModel->getChainParams())); return true; } QString AddressTableModel::labelForAddress(const QString &address) const { std::string name; if (getAddressData(address, &name, /* purpose= */ nullptr)) { return QString::fromStdString(name); } return QString(); } QString AddressTableModel::purposeForAddress(const QString &address) const { std::string purpose; if (getAddressData(address, /* name= */ nullptr, &purpose)) { return QString::fromStdString(purpose); } return QString(); } bool AddressTableModel::getAddressData(const QString &address, std::string *name, std::string *purpose) const { CTxDestination destination = DecodeDestination(address.toStdString(), walletModel->getChainParams()); return walletModel->wallet().getAddress(destination, name, /* is_mine= */ nullptr, purpose); } int AddressTableModel::lookupAddress(const QString &address) const { QModelIndexList lst = match(index(0, Address, QModelIndex()), Qt::EditRole, address, 1, Qt::MatchExactly); if (lst.isEmpty()) { return -1; } else { return lst.at(0).row(); } } OutputType AddressTableModel::GetDefaultAddressType() const { return walletModel->wallet().getDefaultAddressType(); }; void AddressTableModel::emitDataChanged(int idx) { Q_EMIT dataChanged(index(idx, 0, QModelIndex()), index(idx, columns.length() - 1, QModelIndex())); } diff --git a/src/qt/addresstablemodel.h b/src/qt/addresstablemodel.h index 1e0bc104b..c1a685bf1 100644 --- a/src/qt/addresstablemodel.h +++ b/src/qt/addresstablemodel.h @@ -1,129 +1,129 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2015 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_ADDRESSTABLEMODEL_H #define BITCOIN_QT_ADDRESSTABLEMODEL_H #include #include enum class OutputType; class AddressTablePriv; class WalletModel; namespace interfaces { class Wallet; } /** * Qt model of the address book in the core. This allows views to access and * modify the address book. */ class AddressTableModel : public QAbstractTableModel { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit AddressTableModel(WalletModel *parent = 0); + explicit AddressTableModel(WalletModel *parent = nullptr); ~AddressTableModel(); enum ColumnIndex { /** User specified label */ Label = 0, /** Bitcoin address */ Address = 1 }; enum RoleIndex { /** Type of address (#Send or #Receive) */ TypeRole = Qt::UserRole }; /** Return status of edit/insert operation */ enum EditStatus { /** Everything ok */ OK, /** No changes were made during edit operation */ NO_CHANGES, /** Unparseable address */ INVALID_ADDRESS, /** Address already in address book */ DUPLICATE_ADDRESS, /** Wallet could not be unlocked to create new receiving address */ WALLET_UNLOCK_FAILURE, /** Generating a new public key for a receiving address failed */ KEY_GENERATION_FAILURE }; /** Specifies send address */ static const QString Send; /** Specifies receive address */ static const QString Receive; /** @name Methods overridden from QAbstractTableModel @{*/ int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const override; bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role) override; QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const override; QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const override; bool removeRows(int row, int count, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) override; Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const override; /*@}*/ /* Add an address to the model. Returns the added address on success, and an empty string otherwise. */ QString addRow(const QString &type, const QString &label, const QString &address, const OutputType address_type); /** * Look up label for address in address book, if not found return empty * string. */ QString labelForAddress(const QString &address) const; /** * Look up purpose for address in address book, if not found return empty * string. */ QString purposeForAddress(const QString &address) const; /* Look up row index of an address in the model. Return -1 if not found. */ int lookupAddress(const QString &address) const; EditStatus getEditStatus() const { return editStatus; } OutputType GetDefaultAddressType() const; private: WalletModel *const walletModel; AddressTablePriv *priv = nullptr; QStringList columns; EditStatus editStatus = OK; /** Look up address book data given an address string. */ bool getAddressData(const QString &address, std::string *name, std::string *purpose) const; /** Notify listeners that data changed. */ void emitDataChanged(int index); public Q_SLOTS: /* Update address list from core. */ void updateEntry(const QString &address, const QString &label, bool isMine, const QString &purpose, int status); friend class AddressTablePriv; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_ADDRESSTABLEMODEL_H diff --git a/src/qt/askpassphrasedialog.cpp b/src/qt/askpassphrasedialog.cpp index 3db9eba60..b85483643 100644 --- a/src/qt/askpassphrasedialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/askpassphrasedialog.cpp @@ -1,280 +1,280 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include AskPassphraseDialog::AskPassphraseDialog(Mode _mode, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::AskPassphraseDialog), mode(_mode), model(0), - fCapsLock(false) { + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::AskPassphraseDialog), mode(_mode), + model(nullptr), fCapsLock(false) { ui->setupUi(this); ui->passEdit1->setMinimumSize(ui->passEdit1->sizeHint()); ui->passEdit2->setMinimumSize(ui->passEdit2->sizeHint()); ui->passEdit3->setMinimumSize(ui->passEdit3->sizeHint()); ui->passEdit1->setMaxLength(MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE); ui->passEdit2->setMaxLength(MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE); ui->passEdit3->setMaxLength(MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE); // Setup Caps Lock detection. ui->passEdit1->installEventFilter(this); ui->passEdit2->installEventFilter(this); ui->passEdit3->installEventFilter(this); switch (mode) { case Encrypt: // Ask passphrase x2 ui->warningLabel->setText( tr("Enter the new passphrase to the wallet.
Please use a " "passphrase of ten or more random characters, or " "eight or more words.")); ui->passLabel1->hide(); ui->passEdit1->hide(); setWindowTitle(tr("Encrypt wallet")); break; case Unlock: // Ask passphrase ui->warningLabel->setText(tr("This operation needs your wallet " "passphrase to unlock the wallet.")); ui->passLabel2->hide(); ui->passEdit2->hide(); ui->passLabel3->hide(); ui->passEdit3->hide(); setWindowTitle(tr("Unlock wallet")); break; case Decrypt: // Ask passphrase ui->warningLabel->setText(tr("This operation needs your wallet " "passphrase to decrypt the wallet.")); ui->passLabel2->hide(); ui->passEdit2->hide(); ui->passLabel3->hide(); ui->passEdit3->hide(); setWindowTitle(tr("Decrypt wallet")); break; case ChangePass: // Ask old passphrase + new passphrase x2 setWindowTitle(tr("Change passphrase")); ui->warningLabel->setText(tr( "Enter the old passphrase and new passphrase to the wallet.")); break; } textChanged(); connect(ui->toggleShowPasswordButton, &QPushButton::toggled, this, &AskPassphraseDialog::toggleShowPassword); connect(ui->passEdit1, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &AskPassphraseDialog::textChanged); connect(ui->passEdit2, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &AskPassphraseDialog::textChanged); connect(ui->passEdit3, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &AskPassphraseDialog::textChanged); } AskPassphraseDialog::~AskPassphraseDialog() { secureClearPassFields(); delete ui; } void AskPassphraseDialog::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; } void AskPassphraseDialog::accept() { SecureString oldpass, newpass1, newpass2; if (!model) { return; } oldpass.reserve(MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE); newpass1.reserve(MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE); newpass2.reserve(MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE); // TODO: get rid of this .c_str() by implementing // SecureString::operator=(std::string) // Alternately, find a way to make this input mlock()'d to begin with. oldpass.assign(ui->passEdit1->text().toStdString().c_str()); newpass1.assign(ui->passEdit2->text().toStdString().c_str()); newpass2.assign(ui->passEdit3->text().toStdString().c_str()); secureClearPassFields(); switch (mode) { case Encrypt: { if (newpass1.empty() || newpass2.empty()) { // Cannot encrypt with empty passphrase break; } QMessageBox::StandardButton retval = QMessageBox::question( this, tr("Confirm wallet encryption"), tr("Warning: If you encrypt your wallet and lose your " "passphrase, you will LOSE ALL OF YOUR BITCOINS!") + "

" + tr("Are you sure you wish to encrypt your wallet?"), QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, QMessageBox::Cancel); if (retval == QMessageBox::Yes) { if (newpass1 == newpass2) { if (model->setWalletEncrypted(true, newpass1)) { QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Wallet encrypted"), "" + tr("Your wallet is now encrypted. " "Remember that encrypting your wallet " "cannot fully protect your bitcoins from " "being stolen by malware infecting your " "computer.") + "

" + tr("IMPORTANT: Any previous backups you have " "made of your wallet file should be " "replaced with the newly generated, " "encrypted wallet file. " "For security reasons, previous backups of " "the unencrypted wallet file will become " "useless as soon as you start using the " "new, encrypted wallet.") + ""); } else { QMessageBox::critical( this, tr("Wallet encryption failed"), tr("Wallet encryption failed due to an internal " "error. Your wallet was not encrypted.")); } QDialog::accept(); // Success } else { QMessageBox::critical( this, tr("Wallet encryption failed"), tr("The supplied passphrases do not match.")); } } else { QDialog::reject(); // Cancelled } } break; case Unlock: if (!model->setWalletLocked(false, oldpass)) { QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Wallet unlock failed"), tr("The passphrase entered for the " "wallet decryption was incorrect.")); } else { QDialog::accept(); // Success } break; case Decrypt: if (!model->setWalletEncrypted(false, oldpass)) { QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Wallet decryption failed"), tr("The passphrase entered for the " "wallet decryption was incorrect.")); } else { QDialog::accept(); // Success } break; case ChangePass: if (newpass1 == newpass2) { if (model->changePassphrase(oldpass, newpass1)) { QMessageBox::information( this, tr("Wallet encrypted"), tr("Wallet passphrase was successfully changed.")); QDialog::accept(); // Success } else { QMessageBox::critical( this, tr("Wallet encryption failed"), tr("The passphrase entered for the wallet decryption " "was incorrect.")); } } else { QMessageBox::critical( this, tr("Wallet encryption failed"), tr("The supplied passphrases do not match.")); } break; } } void AskPassphraseDialog::textChanged() { // Validate input, set Ok button to enabled when acceptable bool acceptable = false; switch (mode) { case Encrypt: // New passphrase x2 acceptable = !ui->passEdit2->text().isEmpty() && !ui->passEdit3->text().isEmpty(); break; case Unlock: // Old passphrase x1 case Decrypt: acceptable = !ui->passEdit1->text().isEmpty(); break; case ChangePass: // Old passphrase x1, new passphrase x2 acceptable = !ui->passEdit1->text().isEmpty() && !ui->passEdit2->text().isEmpty() && !ui->passEdit3->text().isEmpty(); break; } ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(acceptable); } bool AskPassphraseDialog::event(QEvent *event) { // Detect Caps Lock key press. if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast(event); if (ke->key() == Qt::Key_CapsLock) { fCapsLock = !fCapsLock; } if (fCapsLock) { ui->capsLabel->setText(tr("Warning: The Caps Lock key is on!")); } else { ui->capsLabel->clear(); } } return QWidget::event(event); } void AskPassphraseDialog::toggleShowPassword(bool show) { ui->toggleShowPasswordButton->setDown(show); const auto renderingMode = show ? QLineEdit::Normal : QLineEdit::Password; ui->passEdit1->setEchoMode(renderingMode); ui->passEdit2->setEchoMode(renderingMode); ui->passEdit3->setEchoMode(renderingMode); } bool AskPassphraseDialog::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) { /* Detect Caps Lock. * There is no good OS-independent way to check a key state in Qt, but we * can detect Caps Lock by checking for the following condition: * Shift key is down and the result is a lower case character, or * Shift key is not down and the result is an upper case character. */ if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast(event); QString str = ke->text(); if (str.length() != 0) { const QChar *psz = str.unicode(); bool fShift = (ke->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) != 0; if ((fShift && *psz >= 'a' && *psz <= 'z') || (!fShift && *psz >= 'A' && *psz <= 'Z')) { fCapsLock = true; ui->capsLabel->setText(tr("Warning: The Caps Lock key is on!")); } else if (psz->isLetter()) { fCapsLock = false; ui->capsLabel->clear(); } } } return QDialog::eventFilter(object, event); } static void SecureClearQLineEdit(QLineEdit *edit) { // Attempt to overwrite text so that they do not linger around in memory edit->setText(QString(" ").repeated(edit->text().size())); edit->clear(); } void AskPassphraseDialog::secureClearPassFields() { SecureClearQLineEdit(ui->passEdit1); SecureClearQLineEdit(ui->passEdit2); SecureClearQLineEdit(ui->passEdit3); } diff --git a/src/qt/bantablemodel.cpp b/src/qt/bantablemodel.cpp index 99d76a240..d013e29a8 100644 --- a/src/qt/bantablemodel.cpp +++ b/src/qt/bantablemodel.cpp @@ -1,171 +1,171 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include bool BannedNodeLessThan::operator()(const CCombinedBan &left, const CCombinedBan &right) const { const CCombinedBan *pLeft = &left; const CCombinedBan *pRight = &right; if (order == Qt::DescendingOrder) { std::swap(pLeft, pRight); } switch (column) { case BanTableModel::Address: return pLeft->subnet.ToString().compare(pRight->subnet.ToString()) < 0; case BanTableModel::Bantime: return pLeft->banEntry.nBanUntil < pRight->banEntry.nBanUntil; } return false; } // private implementation class BanTablePriv { public: /** Local cache of peer information */ QList cachedBanlist; /** Column to sort nodes by (default to unsorted) */ int sortColumn{-1}; /** Order (ascending or descending) to sort nodes by */ Qt::SortOrder sortOrder; /** Pull a full list of banned nodes from CNode into our cache */ void refreshBanlist(interfaces::Node &node) { banmap_t banMap; node.getBanned(banMap); cachedBanlist.clear(); cachedBanlist.reserve(banMap.size()); for (const auto &entry : banMap) { CCombinedBan banEntry; banEntry.subnet = entry.first; banEntry.banEntry = entry.second; cachedBanlist.append(banEntry); } if (sortColumn >= 0) { // sort cachedBanlist (use stable sort to prevent rows jumping // around unnecessarily) std::stable_sort(cachedBanlist.begin(), cachedBanlist.end(), BannedNodeLessThan(sortColumn, sortOrder)); } } int size() const { return cachedBanlist.size(); } CCombinedBan *index(int idx) { if (idx >= 0 && idx < cachedBanlist.size()) { return &cachedBanlist[idx]; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; BanTableModel::BanTableModel(interfaces::Node &node, ClientModel *parent) : QAbstractTableModel(parent), m_node(node), clientModel(parent) { columns << tr("IP/Netmask") << tr("Banned Until"); priv.reset(new BanTablePriv()); // load initial data refresh(); } BanTableModel::~BanTableModel() { // Intentionally left empty } int BanTableModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return priv->size(); } int BanTableModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return columns.length(); } QVariant BanTableModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const { if (!index.isValid()) { return QVariant(); } CCombinedBan *rec = static_cast(index.internalPointer()); if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) { switch (index.column()) { case Address: return QString::fromStdString(rec->subnet.ToString()); case Bantime: QDateTime date = QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch(0); date = date.addSecs(rec->banEntry.nBanUntil); return date.toString(Qt::SystemLocaleLongDate); } } return QVariant(); } QVariant BanTableModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const { if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { if (role == Qt::DisplayRole && section < columns.size()) { return columns[section]; } } return QVariant(); } Qt::ItemFlags BanTableModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const { if (!index.isValid()) { - return 0; + return Qt::NoItemFlags; } Qt::ItemFlags retval = Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled; return retval; } QModelIndex BanTableModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); CCombinedBan *data = priv->index(row); if (data) { return createIndex(row, column, data); } return QModelIndex(); } void BanTableModel::refresh() { Q_EMIT layoutAboutToBeChanged(); priv->refreshBanlist(m_node); Q_EMIT layoutChanged(); } void BanTableModel::sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) { priv->sortColumn = column; priv->sortOrder = order; refresh(); } bool BanTableModel::shouldShow() { return priv->size() > 0; } diff --git a/src/qt/bantablemodel.h b/src/qt/bantablemodel.h index f131208c6..bcad2ab5c 100644 --- a/src/qt/bantablemodel.h +++ b/src/qt/bantablemodel.h @@ -1,77 +1,78 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_BANTABLEMODEL_H #define BITCOIN_QT_BANTABLEMODEL_H #include #include #include #include class ClientModel; class BanTablePriv; namespace interfaces { class Node; } struct CCombinedBan { CSubNet subnet; CBanEntry banEntry; }; class BannedNodeLessThan { public: BannedNodeLessThan(int nColumn, Qt::SortOrder fOrder) : column(nColumn), order(fOrder) {} bool operator()(const CCombinedBan &left, const CCombinedBan &right) const; private: int column; Qt::SortOrder order; }; /** Qt model providing information about connected peers, similar to the "getpeerinfo" RPC call. Used by the rpc console UI. */ class BanTableModel : public QAbstractTableModel { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit BanTableModel(interfaces::Node &node, ClientModel *parent = 0); + explicit BanTableModel(interfaces::Node &node, + ClientModel *parent = nullptr); ~BanTableModel(); void startAutoRefresh(); void stopAutoRefresh(); enum ColumnIndex { Address = 0, Bantime = 1 }; /** @name Methods overridden from QAbstractTableModel @{*/ int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const override; QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const override; QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const override; Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const override; void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) override; bool shouldShow(); /*@}*/ public Q_SLOTS: void refresh(); private: interfaces::Node &m_node; ClientModel *clientModel; QStringList columns; std::unique_ptr priv; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_BANTABLEMODEL_H diff --git a/src/qt/bitcoin.cpp b/src/qt/bitcoin.cpp index d68abe474..8f80e25fc 100644 --- a/src/qt/bitcoin.cpp +++ b/src/qt/bitcoin.cpp @@ -1,743 +1,744 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2019 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET #include #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if defined(QT_STATICPLUGIN) #include #if defined(QT_QPA_PLATFORM_XCB) Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN(QXcbIntegrationPlugin); #elif defined(QT_QPA_PLATFORM_WINDOWS) Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN(QWindowsIntegrationPlugin); #elif defined(QT_QPA_PLATFORM_COCOA) Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN(QCocoaIntegrationPlugin); #endif #endif #include #include // Declare meta types used for QMetaObject::invokeMethod Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(bool *) Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(Amount) Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(uint256) // Config is non-copyable so we can only register pointers to it Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(Config *) static void InitMessage(const std::string &message) { noui_InitMessage(message); } static QString GetLangTerritory() { QSettings settings; // Get desired locale (e.g. "de_DE") // 1) System default language QString lang_territory = QLocale::system().name(); // 2) Language from QSettings QString lang_territory_qsettings = settings.value("language", "").toString(); if (!lang_territory_qsettings.isEmpty()) { lang_territory = lang_territory_qsettings; } // 3) -lang command line argument lang_territory = QString::fromStdString( gArgs.GetArg("-lang", lang_territory.toStdString())); return lang_territory; } /** Set up translations */ static void initTranslations(QTranslator &qtTranslatorBase, QTranslator &qtTranslator, QTranslator &translatorBase, QTranslator &translator) { // Remove old translators QApplication::removeTranslator(&qtTranslatorBase); QApplication::removeTranslator(&qtTranslator); QApplication::removeTranslator(&translatorBase); QApplication::removeTranslator(&translator); // Get desired locale (e.g. "de_DE") // 1) System default language QString lang_territory = GetLangTerritory(); // Convert to "de" only by truncating "_DE" QString lang = lang_territory; lang.truncate(lang_territory.lastIndexOf('_')); // Load language files for configured locale: // - First load the translator for the base language, without territory // - Then load the more specific locale translator // Load e.g. qt_de.qm if (qtTranslatorBase.load( "qt_" + lang, QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath))) { QApplication::installTranslator(&qtTranslatorBase); } // Load e.g. qt_de_DE.qm if (qtTranslator.load( "qt_" + lang_territory, QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath))) { QApplication::installTranslator(&qtTranslator); } // Load e.g. bitcoin_de.qm (shortcut "de" needs to be defined in // bitcoin.qrc) if (translatorBase.load(lang, ":/translations/")) { QApplication::installTranslator(&translatorBase); } // Load e.g. bitcoin_de_DE.qm (shortcut "de_DE" needs to be defined in // bitcoin.qrc) if (translator.load(lang_territory, ":/translations/")) { QApplication::installTranslator(&translator); } } /* qDebug() message handler --> debug.log */ void DebugMessageHandler(QtMsgType type, const QMessageLogContext &context, const QString &msg) { Q_UNUSED(context); if (type == QtDebugMsg) { LogPrint(BCLog::QT, "GUI: %s\n", msg.toStdString()); } else { LogPrintf("GUI: %s\n", msg.toStdString()); } } BitcoinABC::BitcoinABC(interfaces::Node &node) : QObject(), m_node(node) {} void BitcoinABC::handleRunawayException(const std::exception *e) { PrintExceptionContinue(e, "Runaway exception"); Q_EMIT runawayException(QString::fromStdString(m_node.getWarnings("gui"))); } void BitcoinABC::initialize(Config *config, RPCServer *rpcServer, HTTPRPCRequestProcessor *httpRPCRequestProcessor) { try { qDebug() << __func__ << ": Running initialization in thread"; bool rv = m_node.appInitMain(*config, *rpcServer, *httpRPCRequestProcessor); Q_EMIT initializeResult(rv); } catch (const std::exception &e) { handleRunawayException(&e); } catch (...) { handleRunawayException(nullptr); } } void BitcoinABC::shutdown() { try { qDebug() << __func__ << ": Running Shutdown in thread"; m_node.appShutdown(); qDebug() << __func__ << ": Shutdown finished"; Q_EMIT shutdownResult(); } catch (const std::exception &e) { handleRunawayException(&e); } catch (...) { handleRunawayException(nullptr); } } BitcoinApplication::BitcoinApplication(interfaces::Node &node, int &argc, char **argv) - : QApplication(argc, argv), coreThread(0), m_node(node), optionsModel(0), - clientModel(0), window(0), pollShutdownTimer(0), returnValue(0), - platformStyle(0) { + : QApplication(argc, argv), coreThread(nullptr), m_node(node), + optionsModel(nullptr), clientModel(nullptr), window(nullptr), + pollShutdownTimer(nullptr), returnValue(0), platformStyle(nullptr) { setQuitOnLastWindowClosed(false); } void BitcoinApplication::setupPlatformStyle() { // UI per-platform customization // This must be done inside the BitcoinApplication constructor, or after it, // because PlatformStyle::instantiate requires a QApplication. std::string platformName; platformName = gArgs.GetArg("-uiplatform", BitcoinGUI::DEFAULT_UIPLATFORM); platformStyle = PlatformStyle::instantiate(QString::fromStdString(platformName)); // Fall back to "other" if specified name not found. if (!platformStyle) { platformStyle = PlatformStyle::instantiate("other"); } assert(platformStyle); } BitcoinApplication::~BitcoinApplication() { if (coreThread) { qDebug() << __func__ << ": Stopping thread"; Q_EMIT stopThread(); coreThread->wait(); qDebug() << __func__ << ": Stopped thread"; } delete window; - window = 0; + window = nullptr; #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET delete paymentServer; - paymentServer = 0; + paymentServer = nullptr; #endif delete optionsModel; - optionsModel = 0; + optionsModel = nullptr; delete platformStyle; - platformStyle = 0; + platformStyle = nullptr; } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinApplication::createPaymentServer() { paymentServer = new PaymentServer(this); } #endif void BitcoinApplication::createOptionsModel(bool resetSettings) { optionsModel = new OptionsModel(m_node, nullptr, resetSettings); } void BitcoinApplication::createWindow(const Config *config, const NetworkStyle *networkStyle) { - window = new BitcoinGUI(m_node, config, platformStyle, networkStyle, 0); + window = + new BitcoinGUI(m_node, config, platformStyle, networkStyle, nullptr); pollShutdownTimer = new QTimer(window); connect(pollShutdownTimer, &QTimer::timeout, window, &BitcoinGUI::detectShutdown); } void BitcoinApplication::createSplashScreen(const NetworkStyle *networkStyle) { - SplashScreen *splash = new SplashScreen(m_node, 0, networkStyle); + SplashScreen *splash = new SplashScreen(m_node, nullptr, networkStyle); // We don't hold a direct pointer to the splash screen after creation, but // the splash screen will take care of deleting itself when slotFinish // happens. splash->show(); connect(this, &BitcoinApplication::splashFinished, splash, &SplashScreen::slotFinish); connect(this, &BitcoinApplication::requestedShutdown, splash, &QWidget::close); } bool BitcoinApplication::baseInitialize(Config &config) { return m_node.baseInitialize(config); } void BitcoinApplication::startThread() { if (coreThread) { return; } coreThread = new QThread(this); BitcoinABC *executor = new BitcoinABC(m_node); executor->moveToThread(coreThread); /* communication to and from thread */ connect(executor, &BitcoinABC::initializeResult, this, &BitcoinApplication::initializeResult); connect(executor, &BitcoinABC::shutdownResult, this, &BitcoinApplication::shutdownResult); connect(executor, &BitcoinABC::runawayException, this, &BitcoinApplication::handleRunawayException); // Note on how Qt works: it tries to directly invoke methods if the signal // is emitted on the same thread that the target object 'lives' on. // But if the target object 'lives' on another thread (executor here does) // the SLOT will be invoked asynchronously at a later time in the thread // of the target object. So.. we pass a pointer around. If you pass // a reference around (even if it's non-const) you'll get Qt generating // code to copy-construct the parameter in question (Q_DECLARE_METATYPE // and qRegisterMetaType generate this code). For the Config class, // which is noncopyable, we can't do this. So.. we have to pass // pointers to Config around. Make sure Config &/Config * isn't a // temporary (eg it lives somewhere aside from the stack) or this will // crash because initialize() gets executed in another thread at some // unspecified time (after) requestedInitialize() is emitted! connect(this, &BitcoinApplication::requestedInitialize, executor, &BitcoinABC::initialize); connect(this, &BitcoinApplication::requestedShutdown, executor, &BitcoinABC::shutdown); /* make sure executor object is deleted in its own thread */ connect(this, &BitcoinApplication::stopThread, executor, &QObject::deleteLater); connect(this, &BitcoinApplication::stopThread, coreThread, &QThread::quit); coreThread->start(); } void BitcoinApplication::parameterSetup() { // Default printtoconsole to false for the GUI. GUI programs should not // print to the console unnecessarily. gArgs.SoftSetBoolArg("-printtoconsole", false); m_node.initLogging(); m_node.initParameterInteraction(); } void BitcoinApplication::requestInitialize( Config &config, RPCServer &rpcServer, HTTPRPCRequestProcessor &httpRPCRequestProcessor) { qDebug() << __func__ << ": Requesting initialize"; startThread(); // IMPORTANT: config must NOT be a reference to a temporary because below // signal may be connected to a slot that will be executed as a queued // connection in another thread! Q_EMIT requestedInitialize(&config, &rpcServer, &httpRPCRequestProcessor); } void BitcoinApplication::requestShutdown(Config &config) { // Show a simple window indicating shutdown status. Do this first as some of // the steps may take some time below, for example the RPC console may still // be executing a command. shutdownWindow.reset(ShutdownWindow::showShutdownWindow(window)); qDebug() << __func__ << ": Requesting shutdown"; startThread(); window->hide(); - window->setClientModel(0); + window->setClientModel(nullptr); pollShutdownTimer->stop(); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET delete m_wallet_controller; m_wallet_controller = nullptr; #endif delete clientModel; - clientModel = 0; + clientModel = nullptr; m_node.startShutdown(); // Request shutdown from core thread Q_EMIT requestedShutdown(); } void BitcoinApplication::initializeResult(bool success) { qDebug() << __func__ << ": Initialization result: " << success; returnValue = success ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE; if (!success) { // Make sure splash screen doesn't stick around during shutdown. Q_EMIT splashFinished(window); // Exit first main loop invocation. quit(); return; } // Log this only after AppInitMain finishes, as then logging setup is // guaranteed complete. qWarning() << "Platform customization:" << platformStyle->getName(); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET m_wallet_controller = new WalletController(m_node, platformStyle, optionsModel, this); #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 PaymentServer::LoadRootCAs(); #endif if (paymentServer) { paymentServer->setOptionsModel(optionsModel); #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 connect(m_wallet_controller, &WalletController::coinsSent, paymentServer, &PaymentServer::fetchPaymentACK); #endif } #endif clientModel = new ClientModel(m_node, optionsModel); window->setClientModel(clientModel); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET window->setWalletController(m_wallet_controller); #endif // If -min option passed, start window minimized. if (gArgs.GetBoolArg("-min", false)) { window->showMinimized(); } else { window->show(); } Q_EMIT splashFinished(window); Q_EMIT windowShown(window); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET // Now that initialization/startup is done, process any command-line // bitcoincash: URIs or payment requests: if (paymentServer) { connect(paymentServer, &PaymentServer::receivedPaymentRequest, window, &BitcoinGUI::handlePaymentRequest); connect(window, &BitcoinGUI::receivedURI, paymentServer, &PaymentServer::handleURIOrFile); connect(paymentServer, &PaymentServer::message, [this](const QString &title, const QString &message, unsigned int style) { window->message(title, message, style); }); QTimer::singleShot(100, paymentServer, &PaymentServer::uiReady); } #endif pollShutdownTimer->start(200); } void BitcoinApplication::shutdownResult() { // Exit second main loop invocation after shutdown finished. quit(); } void BitcoinApplication::handleRunawayException(const QString &message) { QMessageBox::critical( - 0, "Runaway exception", + nullptr, "Runaway exception", BitcoinGUI::tr("A fatal error occurred. Bitcoin can no longer continue " "safely and will quit.") + QString("\n\n") + message); ::exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } WId BitcoinApplication::getMainWinId() const { if (!window) { return 0; } return window->winId(); } static void SetupUIArgs() { #if defined(ENABLE_WALLET) && defined(ENABLE_BIP70) gArgs.AddArg("-allowselfsignedrootcertificates", strprintf("Allow self signed root certificates (default: %d)", DEFAULT_SELFSIGNED_ROOTCERTS), true, OptionsCategory::GUI); #endif gArgs.AddArg("-choosedatadir", strprintf("Choose data directory on startup (default: %d)", DEFAULT_CHOOSE_DATADIR), false, OptionsCategory::GUI); gArgs.AddArg("-lang=", "Set language, for example \"de_DE\" (default: system locale)", false, OptionsCategory::GUI); gArgs.AddArg("-min", "Start minimized", false, OptionsCategory::GUI); gArgs.AddArg( "-rootcertificates=", "Set SSL root certificates for payment request (default: -system-)", false, OptionsCategory::GUI); gArgs.AddArg("-splash", strprintf("Show splash screen on startup (default: %d)", DEFAULT_SPLASHSCREEN), false, OptionsCategory::GUI); gArgs.AddArg("-resetguisettings", "Reset all settings changed in the GUI", false, OptionsCategory::GUI); gArgs.AddArg("-uiplatform", strprintf("Select platform to customize UI for (one of " "windows, macosx, other; default: %s)", BitcoinGUI::DEFAULT_UIPLATFORM), true, OptionsCategory::GUI); } #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_TEST static void MigrateSettings() { assert(!QApplication::applicationName().isEmpty()); static const QString legacyAppName("Bitcoin-Qt"), #ifdef Q_OS_DARWIN // Macs and/or iOS et al use a domain-style name for Settings // files. All other platforms use a simple orgname. This // difference is documented in the QSettings class documentation. legacyOrg("bitcoin.org"); #else legacyOrg("Bitcoin"); #endif QSettings // below picks up settings file location based on orgname,appname legacy(legacyOrg, legacyAppName), // default c'tor below picks up settings file location based on // QApplication::applicationName(), et al -- which was already set // in main() abc; #ifdef Q_OS_DARWIN // Disable bogus OSX keys from MacOS system-wide prefs that may cloud our // judgement ;) (this behavior is also documented in QSettings docs) legacy.setFallbacksEnabled(false); abc.setFallbacksEnabled(false); #endif const QStringList legacyKeys(legacy.allKeys()); // We only migrate settings if we have Core settings but no Bitcoin-ABC // settings if (!legacyKeys.isEmpty() && abc.allKeys().isEmpty()) { for (const QString &key : legacyKeys) { // now, copy settings over abc.setValue(key, legacy.value(key)); } } } int GuiMain(int argc, char *argv[]) { #ifdef WIN32 util::WinCmdLineArgs winArgs; std::tie(argc, argv) = winArgs.get(); #endif SetupEnvironment(); std::unique_ptr node = interfaces::MakeNode(); // Do not refer to data directory yet, this can be overridden by // Intro::pickDataDirectory /// 1. Basic Qt initialization (not dependent on parameters or /// configuration) Q_INIT_RESOURCE(bitcoin); Q_INIT_RESOURCE(bitcoin_locale); BitcoinApplication app(*node, argc, argv); #if QT_VERSION > 0x050100 // Generate high-dpi pixmaps QApplication::setAttribute(Qt::AA_UseHighDpiPixmaps); #endif #if QT_VERSION >= 0x050600 QGuiApplication::setAttribute(Qt::AA_EnableHighDpiScaling); #endif #ifdef Q_OS_MAC QApplication::setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontShowIconsInMenus); #endif // Register meta types used for QMetaObject::invokeMethod qRegisterMetaType(); // Need to pass name here as Amount is a typedef (see // http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-5/qmetatype.html#qRegisterMetaType) // IMPORTANT if it is no longer a typedef use the normal variant above qRegisterMetaType("Amount"); qRegisterMetaType>("std::function"); // Need to register any types Qt doesn't know about if you intend // to use them with the signal/slot mechanism Qt provides. Even pointers. // Note that class Config is noncopyable and so we can't register a // non-pointer version of it with Qt, because Qt expects to be able to // copy-construct non-pointers to objects for invoking slots // behind-the-scenes in the 'Queued' connection case. qRegisterMetaType(); /// 2. Parse command-line options. We do this after qt in order to show an /// error if there are problems parsing these // Command-line options take precedence: node->setupServerArgs(); SetupUIArgs(); std::string error; if (!node->parseParameters(argc, argv, error)) { QMessageBox::critical( - 0, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), + nullptr, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), QObject::tr("Error parsing command line arguments: %1.") .arg(QString::fromStdString(error))); return EXIT_FAILURE; } // Now that the QApplication is setup and we have parsed our parameters, we // can set the platform style app.setupPlatformStyle(); /// 3. Application identification // must be set before OptionsModel is initialized or translations are // loaded, as it is used to locate QSettings. // Note: If you move these calls somewhere else, be sure to bring // MigrateSettings() below along for the ride. QApplication::setOrganizationName(QAPP_ORG_NAME); QApplication::setOrganizationDomain(QAPP_ORG_DOMAIN); QApplication::setApplicationName(QAPP_APP_NAME_DEFAULT); // Migrate settings from core's/our old GUI settings to Bitcoin ABC // only if core's exist but Bitcoin ABC's doesn't. // NOTE -- this function needs to be called *after* the above 3 lines // that set the app orgname and app name! If you move the above 3 lines // to elsewhere, take this call with you! MigrateSettings(); /// 4. Initialization of translations, so that intro dialog is in user's /// language. Now that QSettings are accessible, initialize translations. QTranslator qtTranslatorBase, qtTranslator, translatorBase, translator; initTranslations(qtTranslatorBase, qtTranslator, translatorBase, translator); // Show help message immediately after parsing command-line options (for // "-lang") and setting locale, but before showing splash screen. if (HelpRequested(gArgs) || gArgs.IsArgSet("-version")) { HelpMessageDialog help(*node, nullptr, gArgs.IsArgSet("-version")); help.showOrPrint(); return EXIT_SUCCESS; } /// 5. Now that settings and translations are available, ask user for data /// directory. User language is set up: pick a data directory. if (!Intro::pickDataDirectory(*node)) { return EXIT_SUCCESS; } /// 6. Determine availability of data and blocks directory and parse /// bitcoin.conf /// - Do not call GetDataDir(true) before this step finishes. if (!fs::is_directory(GetDataDir(false))) { QMessageBox::critical( - 0, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), + nullptr, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), QObject::tr( "Error: Specified data directory \"%1\" does not exist.") .arg(QString::fromStdString(gArgs.GetArg("-datadir", "")))); return EXIT_FAILURE; } if (!node->readConfigFiles(error)) { QMessageBox::critical( - 0, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), + nullptr, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), QObject::tr("Error: Cannot parse configuration file: %1.") .arg(QString::fromStdString(error))); return EXIT_FAILURE; } /// 7. Determine network (and switch to network specific options) // - Do not call Params() before this step. // - Do this after parsing the configuration file, as the network can be // switched there. // - QSettings() will use the new application name after this, resulting in // network-specific settings. // - Needs to be done before createOptionsModel. // Check for -testnet or -regtest parameter (Params() calls are only valid // after this clause) try { node->selectParams(gArgs.GetChainName()); } catch (std::exception &e) { - QMessageBox::critical(0, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), + QMessageBox::critical(nullptr, QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME), QObject::tr("Error: %1").arg(e.what())); return EXIT_FAILURE; } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET // Parse URIs on command line -- this can affect Params() PaymentServer::ipcParseCommandLine(*node, argc, argv); #endif QScopedPointer networkStyle(NetworkStyle::instantiate( QString::fromStdString(Params().NetworkIDString()))); assert(!networkStyle.isNull()); // Allow for separate UI settings for testnets QApplication::setApplicationName(networkStyle->getAppName()); // Re-initialize translations after changing application name (language in // network-specific settings can be different) initTranslations(qtTranslatorBase, qtTranslator, translatorBase, translator); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET /// 8. URI IPC sending // - Do this early as we don't want to bother initializing if we are just // calling IPC // - Do this *after* setting up the data directory, as the data directory // hash is used in the name // of the server. // - Do this after creating app and setting up translations, so errors are // translated properly. if (PaymentServer::ipcSendCommandLine()) { exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); } // Start up the payment server early, too, so impatient users that click on // bitcoincash: links repeatedly have their payment requests routed to this // process: app.createPaymentServer(); #endif /// 9. Main GUI initialization // Install global event filter that makes sure that long tooltips can be // word-wrapped. app.installEventFilter( new GUIUtil::ToolTipToRichTextFilter(TOOLTIP_WRAP_THRESHOLD, &app)); #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) // Install global event filter for processing Windows session related // Windows messages (WM_QUERYENDSESSION and WM_ENDSESSION) qApp->installNativeEventFilter(new WinShutdownMonitor()); #endif // Install qDebug() message handler to route to debug.log qInstallMessageHandler(DebugMessageHandler); // Allow parameter interaction before we create the options model app.parameterSetup(); // Load GUI settings from QSettings app.createOptionsModel(gArgs.GetBoolArg("-resetguisettings", false)); // Subscribe to global signals from core std::unique_ptr handler = node->handleInitMessage(InitMessage); // Get global config Config &config = const_cast(GetConfig()); if (gArgs.GetBoolArg("-splash", DEFAULT_SPLASHSCREEN) && !gArgs.GetBoolArg("-min", false)) { app.createSplashScreen(networkStyle.data()); } RPCServer rpcServer; HTTPRPCRequestProcessor httpRPCRequestProcessor(config, rpcServer); try { app.createWindow(&config, networkStyle.data()); // Perform base initialization before spinning up // initialization/shutdown thread. This is acceptable because this // function only contains steps that are quick to execute, so the GUI // thread won't be held up. if (!app.baseInitialize(config)) { // A dialog with detailed error will have been shown by InitError() return EXIT_FAILURE; } app.requestInitialize(config, rpcServer, httpRPCRequestProcessor); #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) WinShutdownMonitor::registerShutdownBlockReason( QObject::tr("%1 didn't yet exit safely...") .arg(QObject::tr(PACKAGE_NAME)), (HWND)app.getMainWinId()); #endif app.exec(); app.requestShutdown(config); app.exec(); return app.getReturnValue(); } catch (const std::exception &e) { PrintExceptionContinue(&e, "Runaway exception"); app.handleRunawayException( QString::fromStdString(node->getWarnings("gui"))); } catch (...) { PrintExceptionContinue(nullptr, "Runaway exception"); app.handleRunawayException( QString::fromStdString(node->getWarnings("gui"))); } return EXIT_FAILURE; } #endif // BITCOIN_QT_TEST diff --git a/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.cpp b/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.cpp index 8497949de..ec2f711c0 100644 --- a/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.cpp +++ b/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.cpp @@ -1,296 +1,298 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2015 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /** * QSpinBox that uses fixed-point numbers internally and uses our own * formatting/parsing functions. */ class AmountSpinBox : public QAbstractSpinBox { Q_OBJECT public: explicit AmountSpinBox(QWidget *parent) : QAbstractSpinBox(parent), currentUnit(BitcoinUnits::BCH), singleStep(100000 * SATOSHI) { setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight); connect(lineEdit(), &QLineEdit::textEdited, this, &AmountSpinBox::valueChanged); } QValidator::State validate(QString &text, int &pos) const override { if (text.isEmpty()) { return QValidator::Intermediate; } bool valid = false; parse(text, &valid); // Make sure we return Intermediate so that fixup() is called on // defocus. return valid ? QValidator::Intermediate : QValidator::Invalid; } void fixup(QString &input) const override { bool valid = false; Amount val = parse(input, &valid); if (valid) { input = BitcoinUnits::format(currentUnit, val, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways); lineEdit()->setText(input); } } - Amount value(bool *valid_out = 0) const { return parse(text(), valid_out); } + Amount value(bool *valid_out = nullptr) const { + return parse(text(), valid_out); + } void setValue(const Amount value) { lineEdit()->setText(BitcoinUnits::format( currentUnit, value, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); Q_EMIT valueChanged(); } void stepBy(int steps) override { bool valid = false; Amount val = value(&valid); val = val + steps * singleStep; val = qMin(qMax(val, Amount::zero()), BitcoinUnits::maxMoney()); setValue(val); } void setDisplayUnit(int unit) { bool valid = false; Amount val(value(&valid)); currentUnit = unit; if (valid) { setValue(val); } else { clear(); } } void setSingleStep(const Amount step) { singleStep = step; } QSize minimumSizeHint() const override { if (cachedMinimumSizeHint.isEmpty()) { ensurePolished(); const QFontMetrics fm(fontMetrics()); int h = lineEdit()->minimumSizeHint().height(); int w = fm.width(BitcoinUnits::format( BitcoinUnits::BCH, BitcoinUnits::maxMoney(), false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); // Cursor blinking space. w += 2; QStyleOptionSpinBox opt; initStyleOption(&opt); QSize hint(w, h); QSize extra(35, 6); opt.rect.setSize(hint + extra); extra += hint - style() ->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_SpinBox, &opt, QStyle::SC_SpinBoxEditField, this) .size(); // Get closer to final result by repeating the calculation. opt.rect.setSize(hint + extra); extra += hint - style() ->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_SpinBox, &opt, QStyle::SC_SpinBoxEditField, this) .size(); hint += extra; hint.setHeight(h); opt.rect = rect(); cachedMinimumSizeHint = style() ->sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_SpinBox, &opt, hint, this) .expandedTo(QApplication::globalStrut()); } return cachedMinimumSizeHint; } private: int currentUnit; Amount singleStep; mutable QSize cachedMinimumSizeHint; /** * Parse a string into a number of base monetary units and * return validity. * @note Must return 0 if !valid. */ - Amount parse(const QString &text, bool *valid_out = 0) const { + Amount parse(const QString &text, bool *valid_out = nullptr) const { Amount val = Amount::zero(); bool valid = BitcoinUnits::parse(currentUnit, text, &val); if (valid) { if (val < Amount::zero() || val > BitcoinUnits::maxMoney()) { valid = false; } } if (valid_out) { *valid_out = valid; } return valid ? val : Amount::zero(); } protected: bool event(QEvent *event) override { if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || event->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease) { QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast(event); if (keyEvent->key() == Qt::Key_Comma) { // Translate a comma into a period. QKeyEvent periodKeyEvent( event->type(), Qt::Key_Period, keyEvent->modifiers(), ".", keyEvent->isAutoRepeat(), keyEvent->count()); return QAbstractSpinBox::event(&periodKeyEvent); } } return QAbstractSpinBox::event(event); } StepEnabled stepEnabled() const override { if (isReadOnly()) { // Disable steps when AmountSpinBox is read-only. return StepNone; } if (text().isEmpty()) { // Allow step-up with empty field. return StepUpEnabled; } - StepEnabled rv = 0; + StepEnabled rv = StepNone; bool valid = false; Amount val = value(&valid); if (valid) { if (val > Amount::zero()) { rv |= StepDownEnabled; } if (val < BitcoinUnits::maxMoney()) { rv |= StepUpEnabled; } } return rv; } Q_SIGNALS: void valueChanged(); }; #include BitcoinAmountField::BitcoinAmountField(QWidget *parent) - : QWidget(parent), amount(0) { + : QWidget(parent), amount(nullptr) { amount = new AmountSpinBox(this); amount->setLocale(QLocale::c()); amount->installEventFilter(this); amount->setMaximumWidth(240); QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout(this); layout->addWidget(amount); unit = new QValueComboBox(this); unit->setModel(new BitcoinUnits(this)); layout->addWidget(unit); layout->addStretch(1); layout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0); setLayout(layout); setFocusPolicy(Qt::TabFocus); setFocusProxy(amount); // If one if the widgets changes, the combined content changes as well connect(amount, &AmountSpinBox::valueChanged, this, &BitcoinAmountField::valueChanged); connect( unit, static_cast(&QComboBox::currentIndexChanged), this, &BitcoinAmountField::unitChanged); // Set default based on configuration unitChanged(unit->currentIndex()); } void BitcoinAmountField::clear() { amount->clear(); unit->setCurrentIndex(0); } void BitcoinAmountField::setEnabled(bool fEnabled) { amount->setEnabled(fEnabled); unit->setEnabled(fEnabled); } bool BitcoinAmountField::validate() { bool valid = false; value(&valid); setValid(valid); return valid; } void BitcoinAmountField::setValid(bool valid) { if (valid) { amount->setStyleSheet(""); } else { amount->setStyleSheet(STYLE_INVALID); } } bool BitcoinAmountField::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) { if (event->type() == QEvent::FocusIn) { // Clear invalid flag on focus setValid(true); } return QWidget::eventFilter(object, event); } QWidget *BitcoinAmountField::setupTabChain(QWidget *prev) { QWidget::setTabOrder(prev, amount); QWidget::setTabOrder(amount, unit); return unit; } Amount BitcoinAmountField::value(bool *valid_out) const { return amount->value(valid_out); } void BitcoinAmountField::setValue(const Amount value) { amount->setValue(value); } void BitcoinAmountField::setReadOnly(bool fReadOnly) { amount->setReadOnly(fReadOnly); } void BitcoinAmountField::unitChanged(int idx) { // Use description tooltip for current unit for the combobox unit->setToolTip(unit->itemData(idx, Qt::ToolTipRole).toString()); // Determine new unit ID int newUnit = unit->itemData(idx, BitcoinUnits::UnitRole).toInt(); amount->setDisplayUnit(newUnit); } void BitcoinAmountField::setDisplayUnit(int newUnit) { unit->setValue(newUnit); } void BitcoinAmountField::setSingleStep(const Amount step) { amount->setSingleStep(step); } diff --git a/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.h b/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.h index 1b4c38fe6..e4535fa1a 100644 --- a/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.h +++ b/src/qt/bitcoinamountfield.h @@ -1,74 +1,74 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2015 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_BITCOINAMOUNTFIELD_H #define BITCOIN_QT_BITCOINAMOUNTFIELD_H #include #include class AmountSpinBox; QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QValueComboBox; QT_END_NAMESPACE /** Widget for entering bitcoin amounts. */ class BitcoinAmountField : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT Q_PROPERTY( Amount value READ value WRITE setValue NOTIFY valueChanged USER true) public: - explicit BitcoinAmountField(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit BitcoinAmountField(QWidget *parent = nullptr); - Amount value(bool *value = 0) const; + Amount value(bool *value = nullptr) const; void setValue(const Amount value); /** Set single step in satoshis **/ void setSingleStep(const Amount step); /** Make read-only **/ void setReadOnly(bool fReadOnly); /** Mark current value as invalid in UI. */ void setValid(bool valid); /** Perform input validation, mark field as invalid if entered value is not * valid. */ bool validate(); /** Change unit used to display amount. */ void setDisplayUnit(int unit); /** Make field empty and ready for new input. */ void clear(); /** Enable/Disable. */ void setEnabled(bool fEnabled); /** Qt messes up the tab chain by default in some cases (issue https://bugreports.qt-project.org/browse/QTBUG-10907), in these cases we have to set it up manually. */ QWidget *setupTabChain(QWidget *prev); Q_SIGNALS: void valueChanged(); protected: /** Intercept focus-in event and ',' key presses */ bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) override; private: AmountSpinBox *amount; QValueComboBox *unit; private Q_SLOTS: void unitChanged(int idx); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_BITCOINAMOUNTFIELD_H diff --git a/src/qt/bitcoingui.cpp b/src/qt/bitcoingui.cpp index 6104bed3c..332ffcfc0 100644 --- a/src/qt/bitcoingui.cpp +++ b/src/qt/bitcoingui.cpp @@ -1,1482 +1,1482 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2019 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef Q_OS_MAC #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET #include #include #include #include #endif // ENABLE_WALLET #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include const std::string BitcoinGUI::DEFAULT_UIPLATFORM = #if defined(Q_OS_MAC) "macosx" #elif defined(Q_OS_WIN) "windows" #else "other" #endif ; BitcoinGUI::BitcoinGUI(interfaces::Node &node, const Config *configIn, const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, const NetworkStyle *networkStyle, QWidget *parent) : QMainWindow(parent), m_node(node), config(configIn), platformStyle(_platformStyle), m_network_style(networkStyle) { QSettings settings; if (!restoreGeometry(settings.value("MainWindowGeometry").toByteArray())) { // Restore failed (perhaps missing setting), center the window move(QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().center() - frameGeometry().center()); } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET enableWallet = WalletModel::isWalletEnabled(); #endif // ENABLE_WALLET QApplication::setWindowIcon(m_network_style->getTrayAndWindowIcon()); setWindowIcon(m_network_style->getTrayAndWindowIcon()); updateWindowTitle(); - rpcConsole = new RPCConsole(node, _platformStyle, 0); + rpcConsole = new RPCConsole(node, _platformStyle, nullptr); helpMessageDialog = new HelpMessageDialog(node, this, false); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (enableWallet) { /** Create wallet frame and make it the central widget */ walletFrame = new WalletFrame(_platformStyle, this); setCentralWidget(walletFrame); } else #endif // ENABLE_WALLET { /** * When compiled without wallet or -disablewallet is provided, the * central widget is the rpc console. */ setCentralWidget(rpcConsole); Q_EMIT consoleShown(rpcConsole); } // Accept D&D of URIs setAcceptDrops(true); // Create actions for the toolbar, menu bar and tray/dock icon // Needs walletFrame to be initialized createActions(); // Create application menu bar createMenuBar(); // Create the toolbars createToolBars(); // Create system tray icon and notification if (QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable()) { createTrayIcon(); } notificator = new Notificator(QApplication::applicationName(), trayIcon, this); // Create status bar statusBar(); // Disable size grip because it looks ugly and nobody needs it statusBar()->setSizeGripEnabled(false); // Status bar notification icons QFrame *frameBlocks = new QFrame(); frameBlocks->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0); frameBlocks->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Preferred); QHBoxLayout *frameBlocksLayout = new QHBoxLayout(frameBlocks); frameBlocksLayout->setContentsMargins(3, 0, 3, 0); frameBlocksLayout->setSpacing(3); unitDisplayControl = new UnitDisplayStatusBarControl(platformStyle); labelWalletEncryptionIcon = new QLabel(); labelWalletHDStatusIcon = new QLabel(); labelProxyIcon = new GUIUtil::ClickableLabel(); connectionsControl = new GUIUtil::ClickableLabel(); labelBlocksIcon = new GUIUtil::ClickableLabel(); if (enableWallet) { frameBlocksLayout->addStretch(); frameBlocksLayout->addWidget(unitDisplayControl); frameBlocksLayout->addStretch(); frameBlocksLayout->addWidget(labelWalletEncryptionIcon); frameBlocksLayout->addWidget(labelWalletHDStatusIcon); } frameBlocksLayout->addWidget(labelProxyIcon); frameBlocksLayout->addStretch(); frameBlocksLayout->addWidget(connectionsControl); frameBlocksLayout->addStretch(); frameBlocksLayout->addWidget(labelBlocksIcon); frameBlocksLayout->addStretch(); // Progress bar and label for blocks download progressBarLabel = new QLabel(); progressBarLabel->setVisible(false); progressBar = new GUIUtil::ProgressBar(); progressBar->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter); progressBar->setVisible(false); // Override style sheet for progress bar for styles that have a segmented // progress bar, as they make the text unreadable (workaround for issue // #1071) // See https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/gallery.html QString curStyle = QApplication::style()->metaObject()->className(); if (curStyle == "QWindowsStyle" || curStyle == "QWindowsXPStyle") { progressBar->setStyleSheet( "QProgressBar { background-color: #e8e8e8; border: 1px solid grey; " "border-radius: 7px; padding: 1px; text-align: center; } " "QProgressBar::chunk { background: QLinearGradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, " "x2: 1, y2: 0, stop: 0 #FF8000, stop: 1 orange); border-radius: " "7px; margin: 0px; }"); } statusBar()->addWidget(progressBarLabel); statusBar()->addWidget(progressBar); statusBar()->addPermanentWidget(frameBlocks); // Install event filter to be able to catch status tip events // (QEvent::StatusTip) this->installEventFilter(this); // Initially wallet actions should be disabled setWalletActionsEnabled(false); // Subscribe to notifications from core subscribeToCoreSignals(); connect(connectionsControl, &GUIUtil::ClickableLabel::clicked, [this] { m_node.setNetworkActive(!m_node.getNetworkActive()); }); connect(labelProxyIcon, &GUIUtil::ClickableLabel::clicked, [this] { openOptionsDialogWithTab(OptionsDialog::TAB_NETWORK); }); modalOverlay = new ModalOverlay(this->centralWidget()); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (enableWallet) { connect(walletFrame, &WalletFrame::requestedSyncWarningInfo, this, &BitcoinGUI::showModalOverlay); connect(labelBlocksIcon, &GUIUtil::ClickableLabel::clicked, this, &BitcoinGUI::showModalOverlay); connect(progressBar, &GUIUtil::ClickableProgressBar::clicked, this, &BitcoinGUI::showModalOverlay); } #endif } BitcoinGUI::~BitcoinGUI() { // Unsubscribe from notifications from core unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); QSettings settings; settings.setValue("MainWindowGeometry", saveGeometry()); // Hide tray icon, as deleting will let it linger until quit (on Ubuntu) if (trayIcon) { trayIcon->hide(); } #ifdef Q_OS_MAC delete appMenuBar; MacDockIconHandler::cleanup(); #endif delete rpcConsole; } void BitcoinGUI::createActions() { QActionGroup *tabGroup = new QActionGroup(this); overviewAction = new QAction(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/overview"), tr("&Overview"), this); overviewAction->setStatusTip(tr("Show general overview of wallet")); overviewAction->setToolTip(overviewAction->statusTip()); overviewAction->setCheckable(true); overviewAction->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_1)); tabGroup->addAction(overviewAction); sendCoinsAction = new QAction( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/send"), tr("&Send"), this); sendCoinsAction->setStatusTip(tr("Send coins to a Bitcoin address")); sendCoinsAction->setToolTip(sendCoinsAction->statusTip()); sendCoinsAction->setCheckable(true); sendCoinsAction->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_2)); tabGroup->addAction(sendCoinsAction); sendCoinsMenuAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/send"), sendCoinsAction->text(), this); sendCoinsMenuAction->setStatusTip(sendCoinsAction->statusTip()); sendCoinsMenuAction->setToolTip(sendCoinsMenuAction->statusTip()); receiveCoinsAction = new QAction( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/receiving_addresses"), tr("&Receive"), this); receiveCoinsAction->setStatusTip( tr("Request payments (generates QR codes and %1: URIs)") .arg(QString::fromStdString( config->GetChainParams().CashAddrPrefix()))); receiveCoinsAction->setToolTip(receiveCoinsAction->statusTip()); receiveCoinsAction->setCheckable(true); receiveCoinsAction->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_3)); tabGroup->addAction(receiveCoinsAction); receiveCoinsMenuAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/receiving_addresses"), receiveCoinsAction->text(), this); receiveCoinsMenuAction->setStatusTip(receiveCoinsAction->statusTip()); receiveCoinsMenuAction->setToolTip(receiveCoinsMenuAction->statusTip()); historyAction = new QAction(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/history"), tr("&Transactions"), this); historyAction->setStatusTip(tr("Browse transaction history")); historyAction->setToolTip(historyAction->statusTip()); historyAction->setCheckable(true); historyAction->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_4)); tabGroup->addAction(historyAction); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET // These showNormalIfMinimized are needed because Send Coins and Receive // Coins can be triggered from the tray menu, and need to show the GUI to be // useful. connect(overviewAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(overviewAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::gotoOverviewPage); connect(sendCoinsAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(sendCoinsAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { gotoSendCoinsPage(); }); connect(sendCoinsMenuAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(sendCoinsMenuAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { gotoSendCoinsPage(); }); connect(receiveCoinsAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(receiveCoinsAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::gotoReceiveCoinsPage); connect(receiveCoinsMenuAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(receiveCoinsMenuAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::gotoReceiveCoinsPage); connect(historyAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(historyAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::gotoHistoryPage); #endif // ENABLE_WALLET quitAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/quit"), tr("E&xit"), this); quitAction->setStatusTip(tr("Quit application")); quitAction->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Q)); quitAction->setMenuRole(QAction::QuitRole); aboutAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/about"), tr("&About %1").arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME)), this); aboutAction->setStatusTip( tr("Show information about %1").arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); aboutAction->setMenuRole(QAction::AboutRole); aboutAction->setEnabled(false); aboutQtAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/about_qt"), tr("About &Qt"), this); aboutQtAction->setStatusTip(tr("Show information about Qt")); aboutQtAction->setMenuRole(QAction::AboutQtRole); optionsAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/options"), tr("&Options..."), this); optionsAction->setStatusTip( tr("Modify configuration options for %1").arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); optionsAction->setMenuRole(QAction::PreferencesRole); optionsAction->setEnabled(false); toggleHideAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/about"), tr("&Show / Hide"), this); toggleHideAction->setStatusTip(tr("Show or hide the main Window")); encryptWalletAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/lock_closed"), tr("&Encrypt Wallet..."), this); encryptWalletAction->setStatusTip( tr("Encrypt the private keys that belong to your wallet")); encryptWalletAction->setCheckable(true); backupWalletAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/filesave"), tr("&Backup Wallet..."), this); backupWalletAction->setStatusTip(tr("Backup wallet to another location")); changePassphraseAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/key"), tr("&Change Passphrase..."), this); changePassphraseAction->setStatusTip( tr("Change the passphrase used for wallet encryption")); signMessageAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/edit"), tr("Sign &message..."), this); signMessageAction->setStatusTip( tr("Sign messages with your Bitcoin addresses to prove you own them")); verifyMessageAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/verify"), tr("&Verify message..."), this); verifyMessageAction->setStatusTip( tr("Verify messages to ensure they were signed with specified Bitcoin " "addresses")); openRPCConsoleAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/debugwindow"), tr("&Debug window"), this); openRPCConsoleAction->setStatusTip( tr("Open debugging and diagnostic console")); // initially disable the debug window menu item openRPCConsoleAction->setEnabled(false); openRPCConsoleAction->setObjectName("openRPCConsoleAction"); usedSendingAddressesAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/address-book"), tr("&Sending addresses..."), this); usedSendingAddressesAction->setStatusTip( tr("Show the list of used sending addresses and labels")); usedReceivingAddressesAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/address-book"), tr("&Receiving addresses..."), this); usedReceivingAddressesAction->setStatusTip( tr("Show the list of used receiving addresses and labels")); openAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/open"), tr("Open &URI..."), this); openAction->setStatusTip( tr("Open a %1: URI or payment request") .arg(QString::fromStdString( config->GetChainParams().CashAddrPrefix()))); showHelpMessageAction = new QAction(platformStyle->TextColorIcon(":/icons/info"), tr("&Command-line options"), this); showHelpMessageAction->setMenuRole(QAction::NoRole); showHelpMessageAction->setStatusTip( tr("Show the %1 help message to get a list with possible Bitcoin " "command-line options") .arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); connect(quitAction, &QAction::triggered, qApp, QApplication::quit); connect(aboutAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::aboutClicked); connect(aboutQtAction, &QAction::triggered, qApp, QApplication::aboutQt); connect(optionsAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::optionsClicked); connect(toggleHideAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::toggleHidden); connect(showHelpMessageAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::showHelpMessageClicked); connect(openRPCConsoleAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::showDebugWindow); // prevents an open debug window from becoming stuck/unusable on client // shutdown connect(quitAction, &QAction::triggered, rpcConsole, &QWidget::hide); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (walletFrame) { connect(encryptWalletAction, &QAction::triggered, walletFrame, &WalletFrame::encryptWallet); connect(backupWalletAction, &QAction::triggered, walletFrame, &WalletFrame::backupWallet); connect(changePassphraseAction, &QAction::triggered, walletFrame, &WalletFrame::changePassphrase); connect(signMessageAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(signMessageAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { gotoSignMessageTab(); }); connect(verifyMessageAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { showNormalIfMinimized(); }); connect(verifyMessageAction, &QAction::triggered, [this] { gotoVerifyMessageTab(); }); connect(usedSendingAddressesAction, &QAction::triggered, walletFrame, &WalletFrame::usedSendingAddresses); connect(usedReceivingAddressesAction, &QAction::triggered, walletFrame, &WalletFrame::usedReceivingAddresses); connect(openAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &BitcoinGUI::openClicked); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET connect(new QShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_C), this), &QShortcut::activated, this, &BitcoinGUI::showDebugWindowActivateConsole); connect(new QShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_D), this), &QShortcut::activated, this, &BitcoinGUI::showDebugWindow); } void BitcoinGUI::createMenuBar() { #ifdef Q_OS_MAC // Create a decoupled menu bar on Mac which stays even if the window is // closed appMenuBar = new QMenuBar(); #else // Get the main window's menu bar on other platforms appMenuBar = menuBar(); #endif // Configure the menus QMenu *file = appMenuBar->addMenu(tr("&File")); if (walletFrame) { file->addAction(openAction); file->addAction(backupWalletAction); file->addAction(signMessageAction); file->addAction(verifyMessageAction); file->addSeparator(); file->addAction(usedSendingAddressesAction); file->addAction(usedReceivingAddressesAction); file->addSeparator(); } file->addAction(quitAction); QMenu *settings = appMenuBar->addMenu(tr("&Settings")); if (walletFrame) { settings->addAction(encryptWalletAction); settings->addAction(changePassphraseAction); settings->addSeparator(); } settings->addAction(optionsAction); QMenu *help = appMenuBar->addMenu(tr("&Help")); if (walletFrame) { help->addAction(openRPCConsoleAction); } help->addAction(showHelpMessageAction); help->addSeparator(); help->addAction(aboutAction); help->addAction(aboutQtAction); } void BitcoinGUI::createToolBars() { if (walletFrame) { QToolBar *toolbar = addToolBar(tr("Tabs toolbar")); appToolBar = toolbar; toolbar->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::PreventContextMenu); toolbar->setMovable(false); toolbar->setToolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon); toolbar->addAction(overviewAction); toolbar->addAction(sendCoinsAction); toolbar->addAction(receiveCoinsAction); toolbar->addAction(historyAction); overviewAction->setChecked(true); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET QWidget *spacer = new QWidget(); spacer->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding); toolbar->addWidget(spacer); m_wallet_selector = new QComboBox(); connect(m_wallet_selector, static_cast( &QComboBox::currentIndexChanged), this, &BitcoinGUI::setCurrentWalletBySelectorIndex); m_wallet_selector_label = new QLabel(); m_wallet_selector_label->setText(tr("Wallet:") + " "); m_wallet_selector_label->setBuddy(m_wallet_selector); m_wallet_selector_label_action = appToolBar->addWidget(m_wallet_selector_label); m_wallet_selector_action = appToolBar->addWidget(m_wallet_selector); m_wallet_selector_label_action->setVisible(false); m_wallet_selector_action->setVisible(false); #endif } } void BitcoinGUI::setClientModel(ClientModel *_clientModel) { this->clientModel = _clientModel; if (_clientModel) { // Create system tray menu (or setup the dock menu) that late to prevent // users from calling actions, while the client has not yet fully loaded createTrayIconMenu(); // Keep up to date with client updateNetworkState(); connect(_clientModel, &ClientModel::numConnectionsChanged, this, &BitcoinGUI::setNumConnections); connect(_clientModel, &ClientModel::networkActiveChanged, this, &BitcoinGUI::setNetworkActive); modalOverlay->setKnownBestHeight( _clientModel->getHeaderTipHeight(), QDateTime::fromTime_t(_clientModel->getHeaderTipTime())); setNumBlocks(m_node.getNumBlocks(), QDateTime::fromTime_t(m_node.getLastBlockTime()), m_node.getVerificationProgress(), false); connect(_clientModel, &ClientModel::numBlocksChanged, this, &BitcoinGUI::setNumBlocks); // Receive and report messages from client model connect(_clientModel, &ClientModel::message, [this](const QString &title, const QString &message, unsigned int style) { this->message(title, message, style); }); // Show progress dialog connect(_clientModel, &ClientModel::showProgress, this, &BitcoinGUI::showProgress); rpcConsole->setClientModel(_clientModel); updateProxyIcon(); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->setClientModel(_clientModel); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET unitDisplayControl->setOptionsModel(_clientModel->getOptionsModel()); OptionsModel *optionsModel = _clientModel->getOptionsModel(); if (optionsModel && trayIcon) { // be aware of the tray icon disable state change reported by the // OptionsModel object. connect(optionsModel, &OptionsModel::hideTrayIconChanged, this, &BitcoinGUI::setTrayIconVisible); // initialize the disable state of the tray icon with the current // value in the model. setTrayIconVisible(optionsModel->getHideTrayIcon()); } } else { // Disable possibility to show main window via action toggleHideAction->setEnabled(false); if (trayIconMenu) { // Disable context menu on tray icon trayIconMenu->clear(); } // Propagate cleared model to child objects rpcConsole->setClientModel(nullptr); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->setClientModel(nullptr); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET unitDisplayControl->setOptionsModel(nullptr); } } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::setWalletController(WalletController *wallet_controller) { assert(!m_wallet_controller); assert(wallet_controller); m_wallet_controller = wallet_controller; connect(wallet_controller, &WalletController::walletAdded, this, &BitcoinGUI::addWallet); connect(wallet_controller, &WalletController::walletRemoved, this, &BitcoinGUI::removeWallet); for (WalletModel *wallet_model : m_wallet_controller->getWallets()) { addWallet(wallet_model); } } void BitcoinGUI::addWallet(WalletModel *walletModel) { if (!walletFrame) { return; } const QString display_name = walletModel->getDisplayName(); setWalletActionsEnabled(true); rpcConsole->addWallet(walletModel); walletFrame->addWallet(walletModel); m_wallet_selector->addItem(display_name, QVariant::fromValue(walletModel)); if (m_wallet_selector->count() == 2) { m_wallet_selector_label_action->setVisible(true); m_wallet_selector_action->setVisible(true); } } void BitcoinGUI::removeWallet(WalletModel *walletModel) { if (!walletFrame) { return; } int index = m_wallet_selector->findData(QVariant::fromValue(walletModel)); m_wallet_selector->removeItem(index); if (m_wallet_selector->count() == 0) { setWalletActionsEnabled(false); } else if (m_wallet_selector->count() == 1) { m_wallet_selector_label_action->setVisible(false); m_wallet_selector_action->setVisible(false); } rpcConsole->removeWallet(walletModel); walletFrame->removeWallet(walletModel); updateWindowTitle(); } void BitcoinGUI::setCurrentWallet(WalletModel *wallet_model) { if (!walletFrame) { return; } walletFrame->setCurrentWallet(wallet_model); for (int index = 0; index < m_wallet_selector->count(); ++index) { if (m_wallet_selector->itemData(index).value() == wallet_model) { m_wallet_selector->setCurrentIndex(index); break; } } updateWindowTitle(); } void BitcoinGUI::setCurrentWalletBySelectorIndex(int index) { WalletModel *wallet_model = m_wallet_selector->itemData(index).value(); if (wallet_model) { setCurrentWallet(wallet_model); } } void BitcoinGUI::removeAllWallets() { if (!walletFrame) { return; } setWalletActionsEnabled(false); walletFrame->removeAllWallets(); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::setWalletActionsEnabled(bool enabled) { overviewAction->setEnabled(enabled); sendCoinsAction->setEnabled(enabled); sendCoinsMenuAction->setEnabled(enabled); receiveCoinsAction->setEnabled(enabled); receiveCoinsMenuAction->setEnabled(enabled); historyAction->setEnabled(enabled); encryptWalletAction->setEnabled(enabled); backupWalletAction->setEnabled(enabled); changePassphraseAction->setEnabled(enabled); signMessageAction->setEnabled(enabled); verifyMessageAction->setEnabled(enabled); usedSendingAddressesAction->setEnabled(enabled); usedReceivingAddressesAction->setEnabled(enabled); openAction->setEnabled(enabled); } void BitcoinGUI::createTrayIcon() { assert(QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable()); #ifndef Q_OS_MAC if (QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable()) { trayIcon = new QSystemTrayIcon(m_network_style->getTrayAndWindowIcon(), this); QString toolTip = tr("%1 client").arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME)) + " " + m_network_style->getTitleAddText(); trayIcon->setToolTip(toolTip); } #endif } void BitcoinGUI::createTrayIconMenu() { #ifndef Q_OS_MAC // Return if trayIcon is unset (only on non-macOSes) if (!trayIcon) { return; } trayIconMenu = new QMenu(this); trayIcon->setContextMenu(trayIconMenu); connect(trayIcon, &QSystemTrayIcon::activated, this, &BitcoinGUI::trayIconActivated); #else // Note: On macOS, the Dock icon is used to provide the tray's // functionality. MacDockIconHandler *dockIconHandler = MacDockIconHandler::instance(); connect(dockIconHandler, &MacDockIconHandler::dockIconClicked, this, &BitcoinGUI::macosDockIconActivated); trayIconMenu = new QMenu(this); trayIconMenu->setAsDockMenu(); #endif // Configuration of the tray icon (or Dock icon) menu #ifndef Q_OS_MAC // Note: On macOS, the Dock icon's menu already has Show / Hide action. trayIconMenu->addAction(toggleHideAction); trayIconMenu->addSeparator(); #endif trayIconMenu->addAction(sendCoinsMenuAction); trayIconMenu->addAction(receiveCoinsMenuAction); trayIconMenu->addSeparator(); trayIconMenu->addAction(signMessageAction); trayIconMenu->addAction(verifyMessageAction); trayIconMenu->addSeparator(); trayIconMenu->addAction(optionsAction); trayIconMenu->addAction(openRPCConsoleAction); #ifndef Q_OS_MAC // This is built-in on macOS trayIconMenu->addSeparator(); trayIconMenu->addAction(quitAction); #endif } #ifndef Q_OS_MAC void BitcoinGUI::trayIconActivated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason) { if (reason == QSystemTrayIcon::Trigger) { // Click on system tray icon triggers show/hide of the main window toggleHidden(); } } #else void BitcoinGUI::macosDockIconActivated() { show(); activateWindow(); } #endif void BitcoinGUI::optionsClicked() { openOptionsDialogWithTab(OptionsDialog::TAB_MAIN); } void BitcoinGUI::aboutClicked() { if (!clientModel) { return; } HelpMessageDialog dlg(m_node, this, true); dlg.exec(); } void BitcoinGUI::showDebugWindow() { GUIUtil::bringToFront(rpcConsole); Q_EMIT consoleShown(rpcConsole); } void BitcoinGUI::showDebugWindowActivateConsole() { rpcConsole->setTabFocus(RPCConsole::TAB_CONSOLE); showDebugWindow(); } void BitcoinGUI::showHelpMessageClicked() { helpMessageDialog->show(); } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::openClicked() { OpenURIDialog dlg(config->GetChainParams(), this); if (dlg.exec()) { Q_EMIT receivedURI(dlg.getURI()); } } void BitcoinGUI::gotoOverviewPage() { overviewAction->setChecked(true); if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->gotoOverviewPage(); } } void BitcoinGUI::gotoHistoryPage() { historyAction->setChecked(true); if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->gotoHistoryPage(); } } void BitcoinGUI::gotoReceiveCoinsPage() { receiveCoinsAction->setChecked(true); if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->gotoReceiveCoinsPage(); } } void BitcoinGUI::gotoSendCoinsPage(QString addr) { sendCoinsAction->setChecked(true); if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->gotoSendCoinsPage(addr); } } void BitcoinGUI::gotoSignMessageTab(QString addr) { if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->gotoSignMessageTab(addr); } } void BitcoinGUI::gotoVerifyMessageTab(QString addr) { if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->gotoVerifyMessageTab(addr); } } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::updateNetworkState() { int count = clientModel->getNumConnections(); QString icon; switch (count) { case 0: icon = ":/icons/connect_0"; break; case 1: case 2: case 3: icon = ":/icons/connect_1"; break; case 4: case 5: case 6: icon = ":/icons/connect_2"; break; case 7: case 8: case 9: icon = ":/icons/connect_3"; break; default: icon = ":/icons/connect_4"; break; } QString tooltip; if (m_node.getNetworkActive()) { tooltip = tr("%n active connection(s) to Bitcoin network", "", count) + QString(".
") + tr("Click to disable network activity."); } else { tooltip = tr("Network activity disabled.") + QString("
") + tr("Click to enable network activity again."); icon = ":/icons/network_disabled"; } // Don't word-wrap this (fixed-width) tooltip tooltip = QString("") + tooltip + QString(""); connectionsControl->setToolTip(tooltip); connectionsControl->setPixmap(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(icon).pixmap( STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); } void BitcoinGUI::setNumConnections(int count) { updateNetworkState(); } void BitcoinGUI::setNetworkActive(bool networkActive) { updateNetworkState(); } void BitcoinGUI::updateHeadersSyncProgressLabel() { int64_t headersTipTime = clientModel->getHeaderTipTime(); int headersTipHeight = clientModel->getHeaderTipHeight(); int estHeadersLeft = (GetTime() - headersTipTime) / config->GetChainParams().GetConsensus().nPowTargetSpacing; if (estHeadersLeft > HEADER_HEIGHT_DELTA_SYNC) { progressBarLabel->setText( tr("Syncing Headers (%1%)...") .arg(QString::number(100.0 / (headersTipHeight + estHeadersLeft) * headersTipHeight, 'f', 1))); } } void BitcoinGUI::openOptionsDialogWithTab(OptionsDialog::Tab tab) { if (!clientModel || !clientModel->getOptionsModel()) { return; } OptionsDialog dlg(this, enableWallet); dlg.setCurrentTab(tab); dlg.setModel(clientModel->getOptionsModel()); dlg.exec(); } void BitcoinGUI::setNumBlocks(int count, const QDateTime &blockDate, double nVerificationProgress, bool header) { if (modalOverlay) { if (header) { modalOverlay->setKnownBestHeight(count, blockDate); } else { modalOverlay->tipUpdate(count, blockDate, nVerificationProgress); } } if (!clientModel) { return; } // Prevent orphan statusbar messages (e.g. hover Quit in main menu, wait // until chain-sync starts -> garbled text) statusBar()->clearMessage(); // Acquire current block source enum BlockSource blockSource = clientModel->getBlockSource(); switch (blockSource) { case BlockSource::NETWORK: if (header) { updateHeadersSyncProgressLabel(); return; } progressBarLabel->setText(tr("Synchronizing with network...")); updateHeadersSyncProgressLabel(); break; case BlockSource::DISK: if (header) { progressBarLabel->setText(tr("Indexing blocks on disk...")); } else { progressBarLabel->setText(tr("Processing blocks on disk...")); } break; case BlockSource::REINDEX: progressBarLabel->setText(tr("Reindexing blocks on disk...")); break; case BlockSource::NONE: if (header) { return; } progressBarLabel->setText(tr("Connecting to peers...")); break; } QString tooltip; QDateTime currentDate = QDateTime::currentDateTime(); qint64 secs = blockDate.secsTo(currentDate); tooltip = tr("Processed %n block(s) of transaction history.", "", count); // Set icon state: spinning if catching up, tick otherwise if (secs < MAX_BLOCK_TIME_GAP) { tooltip = tr("Up to date") + QString(".
") + tooltip; labelBlocksIcon->setPixmap( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/synced") .pixmap(STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->showOutOfSyncWarning(false); modalOverlay->showHide(true, true); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET progressBarLabel->setVisible(false); progressBar->setVisible(false); } else { QString timeBehindText = GUIUtil::formatNiceTimeOffset(secs); progressBarLabel->setVisible(true); progressBar->setFormat(tr("%1 behind").arg(timeBehindText)); progressBar->setMaximum(1000000000); progressBar->setValue(nVerificationProgress * 1000000000.0 + 0.5); progressBar->setVisible(true); tooltip = tr("Catching up...") + QString("
") + tooltip; if (count != prevBlocks) { labelBlocksIcon->setPixmap( platformStyle ->SingleColorIcon(QString(":/movies/spinner-%1") .arg(spinnerFrame, 3, 10, QChar('0'))) .pixmap(STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); spinnerFrame = (spinnerFrame + 1) % SPINNER_FRAMES; } prevBlocks = count; #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (walletFrame) { walletFrame->showOutOfSyncWarning(true); modalOverlay->showHide(); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET tooltip += QString("
"); tooltip += tr("Last received block was generated %1 ago.").arg(timeBehindText); tooltip += QString("
"); tooltip += tr("Transactions after this will not yet be visible."); } // Don't word-wrap this (fixed-width) tooltip tooltip = QString("") + tooltip + QString(""); labelBlocksIcon->setToolTip(tooltip); progressBarLabel->setToolTip(tooltip); progressBar->setToolTip(tooltip); } void BitcoinGUI::message(const QString &title, const QString &message, unsigned int style, bool *ret) { // default title QString strTitle = tr("Bitcoin"); // Default to information icon int nMBoxIcon = QMessageBox::Information; int nNotifyIcon = Notificator::Information; QString msgType; // Prefer supplied title over style based title if (!title.isEmpty()) { msgType = title; } else { switch (style) { case CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR: msgType = tr("Error"); break; case CClientUIInterface::MSG_WARNING: msgType = tr("Warning"); break; case CClientUIInterface::MSG_INFORMATION: msgType = tr("Information"); break; default: break; } } // Append title to "Bitcoin - " if (!msgType.isEmpty()) { strTitle += " - " + msgType; } // Check for error/warning icon if (style & CClientUIInterface::ICON_ERROR) { nMBoxIcon = QMessageBox::Critical; nNotifyIcon = Notificator::Critical; } else if (style & CClientUIInterface::ICON_WARNING) { nMBoxIcon = QMessageBox::Warning; nNotifyIcon = Notificator::Warning; } // Display message if (style & CClientUIInterface::MODAL) { // Check for buttons, use OK as default, if none was supplied QMessageBox::StandardButton buttons; if (!(buttons = (QMessageBox::StandardButton)( style & CClientUIInterface::BTN_MASK))) { buttons = QMessageBox::Ok; } showNormalIfMinimized(); QMessageBox mBox(static_cast(nMBoxIcon), strTitle, message, buttons, this); mBox.setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText); int r = mBox.exec(); if (ret != nullptr) { *ret = r == QMessageBox::Ok; } } else { notificator->notify(static_cast(nNotifyIcon), strTitle, message); } } void BitcoinGUI::changeEvent(QEvent *e) { QMainWindow::changeEvent(e); #ifndef Q_OS_MAC // Ignored on Mac if (e->type() == QEvent::WindowStateChange) { if (clientModel && clientModel->getOptionsModel() && clientModel->getOptionsModel()->getMinimizeToTray()) { QWindowStateChangeEvent *wsevt = static_cast(e); if (!(wsevt->oldState() & Qt::WindowMinimized) && isMinimized()) { QTimer::singleShot(0, this, &BitcoinGUI::hide); e->ignore(); } else if ((wsevt->oldState() & Qt::WindowMinimized) && !isMinimized()) { QTimer::singleShot(0, this, &BitcoinGUI::show); e->ignore(); } } } #endif } void BitcoinGUI::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) { #ifndef Q_OS_MAC // Ignored on Mac if (clientModel && clientModel->getOptionsModel()) { if (!clientModel->getOptionsModel()->getMinimizeOnClose()) { // close rpcConsole in case it was open to make some space for the // shutdown window rpcConsole->close(); QApplication::quit(); } else { QMainWindow::showMinimized(); event->ignore(); } } #else QMainWindow::closeEvent(event); #endif } void BitcoinGUI::showEvent(QShowEvent *event) { // enable the debug window when the main window shows up openRPCConsoleAction->setEnabled(true); aboutAction->setEnabled(true); optionsAction->setEnabled(true); } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::incomingTransaction(const QString &date, int unit, const Amount amount, const QString &type, const QString &address, const QString &label, const QString &walletName) { // On new transaction, make an info balloon QString msg = tr("Date: %1\n").arg(date) + tr("Amount: %1\n") .arg(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(unit, amount, true)); if (m_node.getWallets().size() > 1 && !walletName.isEmpty()) { msg += tr("Wallet: %1\n").arg(walletName); } msg += tr("Type: %1\n").arg(type); if (!label.isEmpty()) { msg += tr("Label: %1\n").arg(label); } else if (!address.isEmpty()) { msg += tr("Address: %1\n").arg(address); } message(amount < Amount::zero() ? tr("Sent transaction") : tr("Incoming transaction"), msg, CClientUIInterface::MSG_INFORMATION); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event) { // Accept only URIs if (event->mimeData()->hasUrls()) { event->acceptProposedAction(); } } void BitcoinGUI::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event) { if (event->mimeData()->hasUrls()) { for (const QUrl &uri : event->mimeData()->urls()) { Q_EMIT receivedURI(uri.toString()); } } event->acceptProposedAction(); } bool BitcoinGUI::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) { // Catch status tip events if (event->type() == QEvent::StatusTip) { // Prevent adding text from setStatusTip(), if we currently use the // status bar for displaying other stuff if (progressBarLabel->isVisible() || progressBar->isVisible()) { return true; } } return QMainWindow::eventFilter(object, event); } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET bool BitcoinGUI::handlePaymentRequest(const SendCoinsRecipient &recipient) { // URI has to be valid if (walletFrame && walletFrame->handlePaymentRequest(recipient)) { showNormalIfMinimized(); gotoSendCoinsPage(); return true; } return false; } void BitcoinGUI::setHDStatus(int hdEnabled) { labelWalletHDStatusIcon->setPixmap( platformStyle ->SingleColorIcon(hdEnabled ? ":/icons/hd_enabled" : ":/icons/hd_disabled") .pixmap(STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); labelWalletHDStatusIcon->setToolTip( hdEnabled ? tr("HD key generation is enabled") : tr("HD key generation is disabled")); // eventually disable the QLabel to set its opacity to 50% labelWalletHDStatusIcon->setEnabled(hdEnabled); } void BitcoinGUI::setEncryptionStatus(int status) { switch (status) { case WalletModel::Unencrypted: labelWalletEncryptionIcon->hide(); encryptWalletAction->setChecked(false); changePassphraseAction->setEnabled(false); encryptWalletAction->setEnabled(true); break; case WalletModel::Unlocked: labelWalletEncryptionIcon->show(); labelWalletEncryptionIcon->setPixmap( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/lock_open") .pixmap(STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); labelWalletEncryptionIcon->setToolTip( tr("Wallet is encrypted and currently unlocked")); encryptWalletAction->setChecked(true); changePassphraseAction->setEnabled(true); encryptWalletAction->setEnabled( false); // TODO: decrypt currently not supported break; case WalletModel::Locked: labelWalletEncryptionIcon->show(); labelWalletEncryptionIcon->setPixmap( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/lock_closed") .pixmap(STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); labelWalletEncryptionIcon->setToolTip( tr("Wallet is encrypted and currently locked")); encryptWalletAction->setChecked(true); changePassphraseAction->setEnabled(true); encryptWalletAction->setEnabled( false); // TODO: decrypt currently not supported break; } } void BitcoinGUI::updateWalletStatus() { if (!walletFrame) { return; } WalletView *const walletView = walletFrame->currentWalletView(); if (!walletView) { return; } WalletModel *const walletModel = walletView->getWalletModel(); setEncryptionStatus(walletModel->getEncryptionStatus()); setHDStatus(walletModel->wallet().hdEnabled()); } #endif // ENABLE_WALLET void BitcoinGUI::updateProxyIcon() { std::string ip_port; bool proxy_enabled = clientModel->getProxyInfo(ip_port); if (proxy_enabled) { - if (labelProxyIcon->pixmap() == 0) { + if (labelProxyIcon->pixmap() == nullptr) { QString ip_port_q = QString::fromStdString(ip_port); labelProxyIcon->setPixmap( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/proxy") .pixmap(STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE, STATUSBAR_ICONSIZE)); labelProxyIcon->setToolTip( tr("Proxy is enabled: %1").arg(ip_port_q)); } else { labelProxyIcon->show(); } } else { labelProxyIcon->hide(); } } void BitcoinGUI::updateWindowTitle() { QString window_title = tr(PACKAGE_NAME) + " - "; #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (walletFrame) { WalletModel *const wallet_model = walletFrame->currentWalletModel(); if (wallet_model && !wallet_model->getWalletName().isEmpty()) { window_title += wallet_model->getDisplayName() + " - "; } } #endif window_title += m_network_style->getTitleAddText(); setWindowTitle(window_title); } void BitcoinGUI::showNormalIfMinimized(bool fToggleHidden) { if (!clientModel) { return; } if (!isHidden() && !isMinimized() && !GUIUtil::isObscured(this) && fToggleHidden) { hide(); } else { GUIUtil::bringToFront(this); } } void BitcoinGUI::toggleHidden() { showNormalIfMinimized(true); } void BitcoinGUI::detectShutdown() { if (m_node.shutdownRequested()) { if (rpcConsole) { rpcConsole->hide(); } qApp->quit(); } } void BitcoinGUI::showProgress(const QString &title, int nProgress) { if (nProgress == 0) { progressDialog = new QProgressDialog(title, "", 0, 100); progressDialog->setWindowModality(Qt::ApplicationModal); progressDialog->setMinimumDuration(0); - progressDialog->setCancelButton(0); + progressDialog->setCancelButton(nullptr); progressDialog->setAutoClose(false); progressDialog->setValue(0); } else if (progressDialog) { if (nProgress == 100) { progressDialog->close(); progressDialog->deleteLater(); } else { progressDialog->setValue(nProgress); } } } void BitcoinGUI::setTrayIconVisible(bool fHideTrayIcon) { if (trayIcon) { trayIcon->setVisible(!fHideTrayIcon); } } void BitcoinGUI::showModalOverlay() { if (modalOverlay && (progressBar->isVisible() || modalOverlay->isLayerVisible())) { modalOverlay->toggleVisibility(); } } static bool ThreadSafeMessageBox(BitcoinGUI *gui, const std::string &message, const std::string &caption, unsigned int style) { // Redundantly log and print message in non-gui fashion noui_ThreadSafeMessageBox(message, caption, style); bool modal = (style & CClientUIInterface::MODAL); // The SECURE flag has no effect in the Qt GUI. // bool secure = (style & CClientUIInterface::SECURE); style &= ~CClientUIInterface::SECURE; bool ret = false; // In case of modal message, use blocking connection to wait for user to // click a button QMetaObject::invokeMethod(gui, "message", modal ? GUIUtil::blockingGUIThreadConnection() : Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(QString, QString::fromStdString(caption)), Q_ARG(QString, QString::fromStdString(message)), Q_ARG(unsigned int, style), Q_ARG(bool *, &ret)); return ret; } void BitcoinGUI::subscribeToCoreSignals() { // Connect signals to client m_handler_message_box = m_node.handleMessageBox( std::bind(ThreadSafeMessageBox, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3)); m_handler_question = m_node.handleQuestion( std::bind(ThreadSafeMessageBox, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_3, std::placeholders::_4)); } void BitcoinGUI::unsubscribeFromCoreSignals() { // Disconnect signals from client m_handler_message_box->disconnect(); m_handler_question->disconnect(); } UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::UnitDisplayStatusBarControl( const PlatformStyle *platformStyle) - : optionsModel(0), menu(0) { + : optionsModel(nullptr), menu(nullptr) { createContextMenu(); setToolTip(tr("Unit to show amounts in. Click to select another unit.")); QList units = BitcoinUnits::availableUnits(); int max_width = 0; const QFontMetrics fm(font()); for (const BitcoinUnits::Unit unit : units) { max_width = qMax(max_width, fm.width(BitcoinUnits::longName(unit))); } setMinimumSize(max_width, 0); setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignVCenter); setStyleSheet(QString("QLabel { color : %1 }") .arg(platformStyle->SingleColor().name())); } /** So that it responds to button clicks */ void UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) { onDisplayUnitsClicked(event->pos()); } /** Creates context menu, its actions, and wires up all the relevant signals for * mouse events. */ void UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::createContextMenu() { menu = new QMenu(this); for (const BitcoinUnits::Unit u : BitcoinUnits::availableUnits()) { QAction *menuAction = new QAction(QString(BitcoinUnits::longName(u)), this); menuAction->setData(QVariant(u)); menu->addAction(menuAction); } connect(menu, &QMenu::triggered, this, &UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::onMenuSelection); } /** Lets the control know about the Options Model (and its signals) */ void UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::setOptionsModel(OptionsModel *_optionsModel) { if (_optionsModel) { this->optionsModel = _optionsModel; // be aware of a display unit change reported by the OptionsModel // object. connect(_optionsModel, &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::updateDisplayUnit); // initialize the display units label with the current value in the // model. updateDisplayUnit(_optionsModel->getDisplayUnit()); } } /** When Display Units are changed on OptionsModel it will refresh the display * text of the control on the status bar */ void UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::updateDisplayUnit(int newUnits) { setText(BitcoinUnits::longName(newUnits)); } /** Shows context menu with Display Unit options by the mouse coordinates */ void UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::onDisplayUnitsClicked(const QPoint &point) { QPoint globalPos = mapToGlobal(point); menu->exec(globalPos); } /** Tells underlying optionsModel to update its current display unit. */ void UnitDisplayStatusBarControl::onMenuSelection(QAction *action) { if (action) { optionsModel->setDisplayUnit(action->data()); } } diff --git a/src/qt/bitcoingui.h b/src/qt/bitcoingui.h index 2b5817aaf..57d0bbded 100644 --- a/src/qt/bitcoingui.h +++ b/src/qt/bitcoingui.h @@ -1,342 +1,343 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2019 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_BITCOINGUI_H #define BITCOIN_QT_BITCOINGUI_H #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include class ClientModel; class NetworkStyle; class Notificator; class OptionsModel; class PlatformStyle; class RPCConsole; class SendCoinsRecipient; class UnitDisplayStatusBarControl; class WalletController; class WalletFrame; class WalletModel; class HelpMessageDialog; class ModalOverlay; class Config; namespace interfaces { class Handler; class Node; } // namespace interfaces QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QAction; class QComboBox; class QProgressBar; class QProgressDialog; QT_END_NAMESPACE namespace GUIUtil { class ClickableLabel; class ClickableProgressBar; } // namespace GUIUtil /** * Bitcoin GUI main class. This class represents the main window of the Bitcoin * UI. It communicates with both the client and wallet models to give the user * an up-to-date view of the current core state. */ class BitcoinGUI : public QMainWindow { Q_OBJECT public: static const std::string DEFAULT_UIPLATFORM; explicit BitcoinGUI(interfaces::Node &node, const Config *, const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, - const NetworkStyle *networkStyle, QWidget *parent = 0); + const NetworkStyle *networkStyle, + QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~BitcoinGUI(); /** * Set the client model. * The client model represents the part of the core that communicates with * the P2P network, and is wallet-agnostic. */ void setClientModel(ClientModel *clientModel); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void setWalletController(WalletController *wallet_controller); #endif #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET /** * Set the wallet model. * The wallet model represents a bitcoin wallet, and offers access to the * list of transactions, address book and sending functionality. */ void addWallet(WalletModel *walletModel); void removeWallet(WalletModel *walletModel); void removeAllWallets(); #endif // ENABLE_WALLET bool enableWallet = false; protected: void changeEvent(QEvent *e) override; void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) override; void showEvent(QShowEvent *event) override; void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event) override; void dropEvent(QDropEvent *event) override; bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) override; private: interfaces::Node &m_node; WalletController *m_wallet_controller{nullptr}; std::unique_ptr m_handler_message_box; std::unique_ptr m_handler_question; ClientModel *clientModel = nullptr; WalletFrame *walletFrame = nullptr; UnitDisplayStatusBarControl *unitDisplayControl = nullptr; QLabel *labelWalletEncryptionIcon = nullptr; QLabel *labelWalletHDStatusIcon = nullptr; GUIUtil::ClickableLabel *labelProxyIcon = nullptr; GUIUtil::ClickableLabel *connectionsControl = nullptr; GUIUtil::ClickableLabel *labelBlocksIcon = nullptr; QLabel *progressBarLabel = nullptr; GUIUtil::ClickableProgressBar *progressBar = nullptr; QProgressDialog *progressDialog = nullptr; QMenuBar *appMenuBar = nullptr; QToolBar *appToolBar = nullptr; QAction *overviewAction = nullptr; QAction *historyAction = nullptr; QAction *quitAction = nullptr; QAction *sendCoinsAction = nullptr; QAction *sendCoinsMenuAction = nullptr; QAction *usedSendingAddressesAction = nullptr; QAction *usedReceivingAddressesAction = nullptr; QAction *signMessageAction = nullptr; QAction *verifyMessageAction = nullptr; QAction *aboutAction = nullptr; QAction *receiveCoinsAction = nullptr; QAction *receiveCoinsMenuAction = nullptr; QAction *optionsAction = nullptr; QAction *toggleHideAction = nullptr; QAction *encryptWalletAction = nullptr; QAction *backupWalletAction = nullptr; QAction *changePassphraseAction = nullptr; QAction *aboutQtAction = nullptr; QAction *openRPCConsoleAction = nullptr; QAction *openAction = nullptr; QAction *showHelpMessageAction = nullptr; QAction *m_wallet_selector_label_action = nullptr; QAction *m_wallet_selector_action = nullptr; QLabel *m_wallet_selector_label = nullptr; QComboBox *m_wallet_selector = nullptr; QSystemTrayIcon *trayIcon = nullptr; QMenu *trayIconMenu = nullptr; Notificator *notificator = nullptr; RPCConsole *rpcConsole = nullptr; HelpMessageDialog *helpMessageDialog = nullptr; ModalOverlay *modalOverlay = nullptr; /** Keep track of previous number of blocks, to detect progress */ int prevBlocks = 0; int spinnerFrame = 0; const Config *config; const PlatformStyle *platformStyle; const NetworkStyle *const m_network_style; /** Create the main UI actions. */ void createActions(); /** Create the menu bar and sub-menus. */ void createMenuBar(); /** Create the toolbars */ void createToolBars(); /** Create system tray icon and notification */ void createTrayIcon(); /** Create system tray menu (or setup the dock menu) */ void createTrayIconMenu(); /** Enable or disable all wallet-related actions */ void setWalletActionsEnabled(bool enabled); /** Connect core signals to GUI client */ void subscribeToCoreSignals(); /** Disconnect core signals from GUI client */ void unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); /** Update UI with latest network info from model. */ void updateNetworkState(); void updateHeadersSyncProgressLabel(); /** Open the OptionsDialog on the specified tab index */ void openOptionsDialogWithTab(OptionsDialog::Tab tab); Q_SIGNALS: /** Signal raised when a URI was entered or dragged to the GUI */ void receivedURI(const QString &uri); /** Signal raised when RPC console shown */ void consoleShown(RPCConsole *console); public Q_SLOTS: /** Set number of connections shown in the UI */ void setNumConnections(int count); /** Set network state shown in the UI */ void setNetworkActive(bool networkActive); /** Set number of blocks and last block date shown in the UI */ void setNumBlocks(int count, const QDateTime &blockDate, double nVerificationProgress, bool headers); /** Notify the user of an event from the core network or transaction handling code. @param[in] title the message box / notification title @param[in] message the displayed text @param[in] style modality and style definitions (icon and used buttons - buttons only for message boxes) @see CClientUIInterface::MessageBoxFlags @param[in] ret pointer to a bool that will be modified to whether Ok was clicked (modal only) */ void message(const QString &title, const QString &message, unsigned int style, bool *ret = nullptr); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void setCurrentWallet(WalletModel *wallet_model); void setCurrentWalletBySelectorIndex(int index); /** Set the UI status indicators based on the currently selected wallet. */ void updateWalletStatus(); private: /** Set the encryption status as shown in the UI. @param[in] status current encryption status @see WalletModel::EncryptionStatus */ void setEncryptionStatus(int status); /** Set the hd-enabled status as shown in the UI. @param[in] status current hd enabled status @see WalletModel::EncryptionStatus */ void setHDStatus(int hdEnabled); public Q_SLOTS: bool handlePaymentRequest(const SendCoinsRecipient &recipient); /** Show incoming transaction notification for new transactions. */ void incomingTransaction(const QString &date, int unit, const Amount amount, const QString &type, const QString &address, const QString &label, const QString &walletName); #endif // ENABLE_WALLET private: /** Set the proxy-enabled icon as shown in the UI. */ void updateProxyIcon(); void updateWindowTitle(); public Q_SLOTS: #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET /** Switch to overview (home) page */ void gotoOverviewPage(); /** Switch to history (transactions) page */ void gotoHistoryPage(); /** Switch to receive coins page */ void gotoReceiveCoinsPage(); /** Switch to send coins page */ void gotoSendCoinsPage(QString addr = ""); /** Show Sign/Verify Message dialog and switch to sign message tab */ void gotoSignMessageTab(QString addr = ""); /** Show Sign/Verify Message dialog and switch to verify message tab */ void gotoVerifyMessageTab(QString addr = ""); /** Show open dialog */ void openClicked(); #endif // ENABLE_WALLET /** Show configuration dialog */ void optionsClicked(); /** Show about dialog */ void aboutClicked(); /** Show debug window */ void showDebugWindow(); /** Show debug window and set focus to the console */ void showDebugWindowActivateConsole(); /** Show help message dialog */ void showHelpMessageClicked(); #ifndef Q_OS_MAC /** Handle tray icon clicked */ void trayIconActivated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason); #else /** Handle macOS Dock icon clicked */ void macosDockIconActivated(); #endif /** Show window if hidden, unminimize when minimized, rise when obscured or * show if hidden and fToggleHidden is true */ void showNormalIfMinimized() { showNormalIfMinimized(false); } void showNormalIfMinimized(bool fToggleHidden); /** Simply calls showNormalIfMinimized(true) for use in SLOT() macro */ void toggleHidden(); /** called by a timer to check if ShutdownRequested() has been set **/ void detectShutdown(); /** Show progress dialog e.g. for verifychain */ void showProgress(const QString &title, int nProgress); /** When hideTrayIcon setting is changed in OptionsModel hide or show the * icon accordingly. */ void setTrayIconVisible(bool); void showModalOverlay(); }; class UnitDisplayStatusBarControl : public QLabel { Q_OBJECT public: explicit UnitDisplayStatusBarControl(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle); /** Lets the control know about the Options Model (and its signals) */ void setOptionsModel(OptionsModel *optionsModel); protected: /** So that it responds to left-button clicks */ void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) override; private: OptionsModel *optionsModel; QMenu *menu; /** Shows context menu with Display Unit options by the mouse coordinates */ void onDisplayUnitsClicked(const QPoint &point); /** Creates context menu, its actions, and wires up all the relevant signals * for mouse events. */ void createContextMenu(); private Q_SLOTS: /** When Display Units are changed on OptionsModel it will refresh the * display text of the control on the status bar */ void updateDisplayUnit(int newUnits); /** Tells underlying optionsModel to update its current display unit. */ void onMenuSelection(QAction *action); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_BITCOINGUI_H diff --git a/src/qt/clientmodel.cpp b/src/qt/clientmodel.cpp index 104386cdc..c08d81de9 100644 --- a/src/qt/clientmodel.cpp +++ b/src/qt/clientmodel.cpp @@ -1,277 +1,277 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include static int64_t nLastHeaderTipUpdateNotification = 0; static int64_t nLastBlockTipUpdateNotification = 0; ClientModel::ClientModel(interfaces::Node &node, OptionsModel *_optionsModel, QObject *parent) : QObject(parent), m_node(node), optionsModel(_optionsModel), - peerTableModel(0), banTableModel(0), pollTimer(0) { + peerTableModel(nullptr), banTableModel(nullptr), pollTimer(nullptr) { cachedBestHeaderHeight = -1; cachedBestHeaderTime = -1; peerTableModel = new PeerTableModel(m_node, this); banTableModel = new BanTableModel(m_node, this); pollTimer = new QTimer(this); connect(pollTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &ClientModel::updateTimer); pollTimer->start(MODEL_UPDATE_DELAY); subscribeToCoreSignals(); } ClientModel::~ClientModel() { unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); } int ClientModel::getNumConnections(NumConnections flags) const { CConnman::NumConnections connections = CConnman::CONNECTIONS_NONE; if (flags == CONNECTIONS_IN) { connections = CConnman::CONNECTIONS_IN; } else if (flags == CONNECTIONS_OUT) { connections = CConnman::CONNECTIONS_OUT; } else if (flags == CONNECTIONS_ALL) { connections = CConnman::CONNECTIONS_ALL; } return m_node.getNodeCount(connections); } int ClientModel::getHeaderTipHeight() const { if (cachedBestHeaderHeight == -1) { // make sure we initially populate the cache via a cs_main lock // otherwise we need to wait for a tip update int height; int64_t blockTime; if (m_node.getHeaderTip(height, blockTime)) { cachedBestHeaderHeight = height; cachedBestHeaderTime = blockTime; } } return cachedBestHeaderHeight; } int64_t ClientModel::getHeaderTipTime() const { if (cachedBestHeaderTime == -1) { int height; int64_t blockTime; if (m_node.getHeaderTip(height, blockTime)) { cachedBestHeaderHeight = height; cachedBestHeaderTime = blockTime; } } return cachedBestHeaderTime; } void ClientModel::updateTimer() { // no locking required at this point // the following calls will acquire the required lock Q_EMIT mempoolSizeChanged(m_node.getMempoolSize(), m_node.getMempoolDynamicUsage()); Q_EMIT bytesChanged(m_node.getTotalBytesRecv(), m_node.getTotalBytesSent()); } void ClientModel::updateNumConnections(int numConnections) { Q_EMIT numConnectionsChanged(numConnections); } void ClientModel::updateNetworkActive(bool networkActive) { Q_EMIT networkActiveChanged(networkActive); } void ClientModel::updateAlert() { Q_EMIT alertsChanged(getStatusBarWarnings()); } enum BlockSource ClientModel::getBlockSource() const { if (m_node.getReindex()) { return BlockSource::REINDEX; } else if (m_node.getImporting()) { return BlockSource::DISK; } else if (getNumConnections() > 0) { return BlockSource::NETWORK; } return BlockSource::NONE; } QString ClientModel::getStatusBarWarnings() const { return QString::fromStdString(m_node.getWarnings("gui")); } OptionsModel *ClientModel::getOptionsModel() { return optionsModel; } PeerTableModel *ClientModel::getPeerTableModel() { return peerTableModel; } BanTableModel *ClientModel::getBanTableModel() { return banTableModel; } QString ClientModel::formatFullVersion() const { return QString::fromStdString(FormatFullVersion()); } QString ClientModel::formatSubVersion() const { return QString::fromStdString(userAgent(GetConfig())); } bool ClientModel::isReleaseVersion() const { return CLIENT_VERSION_IS_RELEASE; } QString ClientModel::formatClientStartupTime() const { return QDateTime::fromTime_t(GetStartupTime()).toString(); } QString ClientModel::dataDir() const { return GUIUtil::boostPathToQString(GetDataDir()); } QString ClientModel::blocksDir() const { return GUIUtil::boostPathToQString(GetBlocksDir()); } void ClientModel::updateBanlist() { banTableModel->refresh(); } // Handlers for core signals static void ShowProgress(ClientModel *clientmodel, const std::string &title, int nProgress) { // emits signal "showProgress" QMetaObject::invokeMethod(clientmodel, "showProgress", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(QString, QString::fromStdString(title)), Q_ARG(int, nProgress)); } static void NotifyNumConnectionsChanged(ClientModel *clientmodel, int newNumConnections) { // Too noisy: qDebug() << "NotifyNumConnectionsChanged: " + // QString::number(newNumConnections); QMetaObject::invokeMethod(clientmodel, "updateNumConnections", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(int, newNumConnections)); } static void NotifyNetworkActiveChanged(ClientModel *clientmodel, bool networkActive) { QMetaObject::invokeMethod(clientmodel, "updateNetworkActive", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(bool, networkActive)); } static void NotifyAlertChanged(ClientModel *clientmodel) { qDebug() << "NotifyAlertChanged"; QMetaObject::invokeMethod(clientmodel, "updateAlert", Qt::QueuedConnection); } static void BannedListChanged(ClientModel *clientmodel) { qDebug() << QString("%1: Requesting update for peer banlist").arg(__func__); QMetaObject::invokeMethod(clientmodel, "updateBanlist", Qt::QueuedConnection); } static void BlockTipChanged(ClientModel *clientmodel, bool initialSync, int height, int64_t blockTime, double verificationProgress, bool fHeader) { // lock free async UI updates in case we have a new block tip // during initial sync, only update the UI if the last update // was > 250ms (MODEL_UPDATE_DELAY) ago int64_t now = 0; if (initialSync) { now = GetTimeMillis(); } int64_t &nLastUpdateNotification = fHeader ? nLastHeaderTipUpdateNotification : nLastBlockTipUpdateNotification; if (fHeader) { // cache best headers time and height to reduce future cs_main locks clientmodel->cachedBestHeaderHeight = height; clientmodel->cachedBestHeaderTime = blockTime; } // if we are in-sync, update the UI regardless of last update time if (!initialSync || now - nLastUpdateNotification > MODEL_UPDATE_DELAY) { // pass an async signal to the UI thread QMetaObject::invokeMethod( clientmodel, "numBlocksChanged", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(int, height), Q_ARG(QDateTime, QDateTime::fromTime_t(blockTime)), Q_ARG(double, verificationProgress), Q_ARG(bool, fHeader)); nLastUpdateNotification = now; } } void ClientModel::subscribeToCoreSignals() { // Connect signals to client m_handler_show_progress = m_node.handleShowProgress(std::bind( ShowProgress, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2)); m_handler_notify_num_connections_changed = m_node.handleNotifyNumConnectionsChanged(std::bind( NotifyNumConnectionsChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1)); m_handler_notify_network_active_changed = m_node.handleNotifyNetworkActiveChanged( std::bind(NotifyNetworkActiveChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1)); m_handler_notify_alert_changed = m_node.handleNotifyAlertChanged(std::bind(NotifyAlertChanged, this)); m_handler_banned_list_changed = m_node.handleBannedListChanged(std::bind(BannedListChanged, this)); m_handler_notify_block_tip = m_node.handleNotifyBlockTip(std::bind( BlockTipChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3, std::placeholders::_4, false)); m_handler_notify_header_tip = m_node.handleNotifyHeaderTip(std::bind( BlockTipChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3, std::placeholders::_4, true)); } void ClientModel::unsubscribeFromCoreSignals() { // Disconnect signals from client m_handler_show_progress->disconnect(); m_handler_notify_num_connections_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_notify_network_active_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_notify_alert_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_banned_list_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_notify_block_tip->disconnect(); m_handler_notify_header_tip->disconnect(); } bool ClientModel::getProxyInfo(std::string &ip_port) const { proxyType ipv4, ipv6; if (m_node.getProxy((Network)1, ipv4) && m_node.getProxy((Network)2, ipv6)) { ip_port = ipv4.proxy.ToStringIPPort(); return true; } return false; } diff --git a/src/qt/clientmodel.h b/src/qt/clientmodel.h index 34473e91c..22baec54e 100644 --- a/src/qt/clientmodel.h +++ b/src/qt/clientmodel.h @@ -1,119 +1,119 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_CLIENTMODEL_H #define BITCOIN_QT_CLIENTMODEL_H #include #include #include #include class BanTableModel; class OptionsModel; class PeerTableModel; class CBlockIndex; namespace interfaces { class Handler; class Node; } // namespace interfaces QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QTimer; QT_END_NAMESPACE enum class BlockSource { NONE, REINDEX, DISK, NETWORK }; /** Model for Bitcoin network client. */ class ClientModel : public QObject { Q_OBJECT public: enum NumConnections { CONNECTIONS_NONE = 0, CONNECTIONS_IN = (1U << 0), CONNECTIONS_OUT = (1U << 1), CONNECTIONS_ALL = (CONNECTIONS_IN | CONNECTIONS_OUT), }; explicit ClientModel(interfaces::Node &node, OptionsModel *optionsModel, - QObject *parent = 0); + QObject *parent = nullptr); ~ClientModel(); interfaces::Node &node() const { return m_node; } OptionsModel *getOptionsModel(); PeerTableModel *getPeerTableModel(); BanTableModel *getBanTableModel(); //! Return number of connections, default is in- and outbound (total) int getNumConnections(NumConnections flags = CONNECTIONS_ALL) const; int getHeaderTipHeight() const; int64_t getHeaderTipTime() const; //! Returns enum BlockSource of the current importing/syncing state enum BlockSource getBlockSource() const; //! Return warnings to be displayed in status bar QString getStatusBarWarnings() const; QString formatFullVersion() const; QString formatSubVersion() const; bool isReleaseVersion() const; QString formatClientStartupTime() const; QString dataDir() const; QString blocksDir() const; bool getProxyInfo(std::string &ip_port) const; // caches for the best header mutable std::atomic cachedBestHeaderHeight; mutable std::atomic cachedBestHeaderTime; private: interfaces::Node &m_node; std::unique_ptr m_handler_show_progress; std::unique_ptr m_handler_notify_num_connections_changed; std::unique_ptr m_handler_notify_network_active_changed; std::unique_ptr m_handler_notify_alert_changed; std::unique_ptr m_handler_banned_list_changed; std::unique_ptr m_handler_notify_block_tip; std::unique_ptr m_handler_notify_header_tip; OptionsModel *optionsModel; PeerTableModel *peerTableModel; BanTableModel *banTableModel; QTimer *pollTimer; void subscribeToCoreSignals(); void unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); Q_SIGNALS: void numConnectionsChanged(int count); void numBlocksChanged(int count, const QDateTime &blockDate, double nVerificationProgress, bool header); void mempoolSizeChanged(long count, size_t mempoolSizeInBytes); void networkActiveChanged(bool networkActive); void alertsChanged(const QString &warnings); void bytesChanged(quint64 totalBytesIn, quint64 totalBytesOut); //! Fired when a message should be reported to the user void message(const QString &title, const QString &message, unsigned int style); // Show progress dialog e.g. for verifychain void showProgress(const QString &title, int nProgress); public Q_SLOTS: void updateTimer(); void updateNumConnections(int numConnections); void updateNetworkActive(bool networkActive); void updateAlert(); void updateBanlist(); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_CLIENTMODEL_H diff --git a/src/qt/coincontroldialog.cpp b/src/qt/coincontroldialog.cpp index c63fc1661..c90185bff 100644 --- a/src/qt/coincontroldialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/coincontroldialog.cpp @@ -1,835 +1,835 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // For mempool #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include QList CoinControlDialog::payAmounts; bool CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount = false; bool CCoinControlWidgetItem::operator<(const QTreeWidgetItem &other) const { int column = treeWidget()->sortColumn(); if (column == CoinControlDialog::COLUMN_AMOUNT || column == CoinControlDialog::COLUMN_DATE || column == CoinControlDialog::COLUMN_CONFIRMATIONS) { return data(column, Qt::UserRole).toLongLong() < other.data(column, Qt::UserRole).toLongLong(); } return QTreeWidgetItem::operator<(other); } CoinControlDialog::CoinControlDialog(const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::CoinControlDialog), model(0), + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::CoinControlDialog), model(nullptr), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { ui->setupUi(this); // context menu actions QAction *copyAddressAction = new QAction(tr("Copy address"), this); QAction *copyLabelAction = new QAction(tr("Copy label"), this); QAction *copyAmountAction = new QAction(tr("Copy amount"), this); // we need to enable/disable this copyTransactionHashAction = new QAction(tr("Copy transaction ID"), this); // we need to enable/disable this lockAction = new QAction(tr("Lock unspent"), this); // we need to enable/disable this unlockAction = new QAction(tr("Unlock unspent"), this); // context menu contextMenu = new QMenu(this); contextMenu->addAction(copyAddressAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyLabelAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyAmountAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyTransactionHashAction); contextMenu->addSeparator(); contextMenu->addAction(lockAction); contextMenu->addAction(unlockAction); // context menu signals connect(ui->treeWidget, &QWidget::customContextMenuRequested, this, &CoinControlDialog::showMenu); connect(copyAddressAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::copyAddress); connect(copyLabelAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::copyLabel); connect(copyAmountAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::copyAmount); connect(copyTransactionHashAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::copyTransactionHash); connect(lockAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::lockCoin); connect(unlockAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::unlockCoin); // clipboard actions QAction *clipboardQuantityAction = new QAction(tr("Copy quantity"), this); QAction *clipboardAmountAction = new QAction(tr("Copy amount"), this); QAction *clipboardFeeAction = new QAction(tr("Copy fee"), this); QAction *clipboardAfterFeeAction = new QAction(tr("Copy after fee"), this); QAction *clipboardBytesAction = new QAction(tr("Copy bytes"), this); QAction *clipboardLowOutputAction = new QAction(tr("Copy dust"), this); QAction *clipboardChangeAction = new QAction(tr("Copy change"), this); connect(clipboardQuantityAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardQuantity); connect(clipboardAmountAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardAmount); connect(clipboardFeeAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardFee); connect(clipboardAfterFeeAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardAfterFee); connect(clipboardBytesAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardBytes); connect(clipboardLowOutputAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardLowOutput); connect(clipboardChangeAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &CoinControlDialog::clipboardChange); ui->labelCoinControlQuantity->addAction(clipboardQuantityAction); ui->labelCoinControlAmount->addAction(clipboardAmountAction); ui->labelCoinControlFee->addAction(clipboardFeeAction); ui->labelCoinControlAfterFee->addAction(clipboardAfterFeeAction); ui->labelCoinControlBytes->addAction(clipboardBytesAction); ui->labelCoinControlLowOutput->addAction(clipboardLowOutputAction); ui->labelCoinControlChange->addAction(clipboardChangeAction); // toggle tree/list mode connect(ui->radioTreeMode, &QRadioButton::toggled, this, &CoinControlDialog::radioTreeMode); connect(ui->radioListMode, &QRadioButton::toggled, this, &CoinControlDialog::radioListMode); // click on checkbox connect(ui->treeWidget, &QTreeWidget::itemChanged, this, &CoinControlDialog::viewItemChanged); // click on header ui->treeWidget->header()->setSectionsClickable(true); connect(ui->treeWidget->header(), &QHeaderView::sectionClicked, this, &CoinControlDialog::headerSectionClicked); // ok button connect(ui->buttonBox, &QDialogButtonBox::clicked, this, &CoinControlDialog::buttonBoxClicked); // (un)select all connect(ui->pushButtonSelectAll, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &CoinControlDialog::buttonSelectAllClicked); ui->treeWidget->setColumnWidth(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, 84); ui->treeWidget->setColumnWidth(COLUMN_AMOUNT, 110); ui->treeWidget->setColumnWidth(COLUMN_LABEL, 190); ui->treeWidget->setColumnWidth(COLUMN_ADDRESS, 320); ui->treeWidget->setColumnWidth(COLUMN_DATE, 130); ui->treeWidget->setColumnWidth(COLUMN_CONFIRMATIONS, 110); // store transaction hash in this column, but don't show it ui->treeWidget->setColumnHidden(COLUMN_TXID, true); // store vout index in this column, but don't show it ui->treeWidget->setColumnHidden(COLUMN_VOUT_INDEX, true); // default view is sorted by amount desc sortView(COLUMN_AMOUNT, Qt::DescendingOrder); // restore list mode and sortorder as a convenience feature QSettings settings; if (settings.contains("nCoinControlMode") && !settings.value("nCoinControlMode").toBool()) { ui->radioTreeMode->click(); } if (settings.contains("nCoinControlSortColumn") && settings.contains("nCoinControlSortOrder")) { sortView(settings.value("nCoinControlSortColumn").toInt(), (static_cast( settings.value("nCoinControlSortOrder").toInt()))); } } CoinControlDialog::~CoinControlDialog() { QSettings settings; settings.setValue("nCoinControlMode", ui->radioListMode->isChecked()); settings.setValue("nCoinControlSortColumn", sortColumn); settings.setValue("nCoinControlSortOrder", (int)sortOrder); delete ui; } void CoinControlDialog::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model && _model->getOptionsModel() && _model->getAddressTableModel()) { updateView(); updateLabelLocked(); CoinControlDialog::updateLabels(_model, this); } } // ok button void CoinControlDialog::buttonBoxClicked(QAbstractButton *button) { if (ui->buttonBox->buttonRole(button) == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole) { // closes the dialog done(QDialog::Accepted); } } // (un)select all void CoinControlDialog::buttonSelectAllClicked() { Qt::CheckState state = Qt::Checked; for (int i = 0; i < ui->treeWidget->topLevelItemCount(); i++) { if (ui->treeWidget->topLevelItem(i)->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) != Qt::Unchecked) { state = Qt::Unchecked; break; } } ui->treeWidget->setEnabled(false); for (int i = 0; i < ui->treeWidget->topLevelItemCount(); i++) { if (ui->treeWidget->topLevelItem(i)->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) != state) { ui->treeWidget->topLevelItem(i)->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, state); } } ui->treeWidget->setEnabled(true); if (state == Qt::Unchecked) { // just to be sure coinControl()->UnSelectAll(); } CoinControlDialog::updateLabels(model, this); } // context menu void CoinControlDialog::showMenu(const QPoint &point) { QTreeWidgetItem *item = ui->treeWidget->itemAt(point); if (item) { contextMenuItem = item; // disable some items (like Copy Transaction ID, lock, unlock) for tree // roots in context menu if (item->text(COLUMN_TXID).length() == 64) { COutPoint outpoint = buildOutPoint(item); // transaction hash is 64 characters (this means it is a child node, // so it is not a parent node in tree mode) copyTransactionHashAction->setEnabled(true); if (model->wallet().isLockedCoin(outpoint)) { lockAction->setEnabled(false); unlockAction->setEnabled(true); } else { lockAction->setEnabled(true); unlockAction->setEnabled(false); } } else { // this means click on parent node in tree mode -> disable all copyTransactionHashAction->setEnabled(false); lockAction->setEnabled(false); unlockAction->setEnabled(false); } // show context menu contextMenu->exec(QCursor::pos()); } } // context menu action: copy amount void CoinControlDialog::copyAmount() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( BitcoinUnits::removeSpaces(contextMenuItem->text(COLUMN_AMOUNT))); } // context menu action: copy label void CoinControlDialog::copyLabel() { if (ui->radioTreeMode->isChecked() && contextMenuItem->text(COLUMN_LABEL).length() == 0 && contextMenuItem->parent()) { GUIUtil::setClipboard(contextMenuItem->parent()->text(COLUMN_LABEL)); } else { GUIUtil::setClipboard(contextMenuItem->text(COLUMN_LABEL)); } } // context menu action: copy address void CoinControlDialog::copyAddress() { if (ui->radioTreeMode->isChecked() && contextMenuItem->text(COLUMN_ADDRESS).length() == 0 && contextMenuItem->parent()) { GUIUtil::setClipboard(contextMenuItem->parent()->text(COLUMN_ADDRESS)); } else { GUIUtil::setClipboard(contextMenuItem->text(COLUMN_ADDRESS)); } } // context menu action: copy transaction id void CoinControlDialog::copyTransactionHash() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(contextMenuItem->text(COLUMN_TXID)); } // context menu action: lock coin void CoinControlDialog::lockCoin() { if (contextMenuItem->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) == Qt::Checked) { contextMenuItem->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Unchecked); } COutPoint outpoint = buildOutPoint(contextMenuItem); model->wallet().lockCoin(outpoint); contextMenuItem->setDisabled(true); contextMenuItem->setIcon( COLUMN_CHECKBOX, platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/lock_closed")); updateLabelLocked(); } // context menu action: unlock coin void CoinControlDialog::unlockCoin() { COutPoint outpoint = buildOutPoint(contextMenuItem); model->wallet().unlockCoin(outpoint); contextMenuItem->setDisabled(false); contextMenuItem->setIcon(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, QIcon()); updateLabelLocked(); } // copy label "Quantity" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardQuantity() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->labelCoinControlQuantity->text()); } // copy label "Amount" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardAmount() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->labelCoinControlAmount->text().left( ui->labelCoinControlAmount->text().indexOf(" "))); } // copy label "Fee" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardFee() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlFee->text() .left(ui->labelCoinControlFee->text().indexOf(" ")) .replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // copy label "After fee" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardAfterFee() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlAfterFee->text() .left(ui->labelCoinControlAfterFee->text().indexOf(" ")) .replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // copy label "Bytes" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardBytes() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlBytes->text().replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // copy label "Dust" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardLowOutput() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->labelCoinControlLowOutput->text()); } // copy label "Change" to clipboard void CoinControlDialog::clipboardChange() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlChange->text() .left(ui->labelCoinControlChange->text().indexOf(" ")) .replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // treeview: sort void CoinControlDialog::sortView(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) { sortColumn = column; sortOrder = order; ui->treeWidget->sortItems(column, order); ui->treeWidget->header()->setSortIndicator(sortColumn, sortOrder); } // treeview: clicked on header void CoinControlDialog::headerSectionClicked(int logicalIndex) { // click on most left column -> do nothing if (logicalIndex == COLUMN_CHECKBOX) { ui->treeWidget->header()->setSortIndicator(sortColumn, sortOrder); } else { if (sortColumn == logicalIndex) { sortOrder = ((sortOrder == Qt::AscendingOrder) ? Qt::DescendingOrder : Qt::AscendingOrder); } else { sortColumn = logicalIndex; // if label or address then default => asc, else default => desc sortOrder = ((sortColumn == COLUMN_LABEL || sortColumn == COLUMN_ADDRESS) ? Qt::AscendingOrder : Qt::DescendingOrder); } sortView(sortColumn, sortOrder); } } // toggle tree mode void CoinControlDialog::radioTreeMode(bool checked) { if (checked && model) { updateView(); } } // toggle list mode void CoinControlDialog::radioListMode(bool checked) { if (checked && model) { updateView(); } } // checkbox clicked by user void CoinControlDialog::viewItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *item, int column) { // transaction hash is 64 characters (this means it is a child node, so it // is not a parent node in tree mode) if (column == COLUMN_CHECKBOX && item->text(COLUMN_TXID).length() == 64) { COutPoint outpoint = buildOutPoint(item); if (item->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) == Qt::Unchecked) { coinControl()->UnSelect(outpoint); } else if (item->isDisabled()) { // locked (this happens if "check all" through parent node) item->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Unchecked); } else { coinControl()->Select(outpoint); } // selection changed -> update labels if (ui->treeWidget->isEnabled()) { // do not update on every click for (un)select all CoinControlDialog::updateLabels(model, this); } } // TODO: Remove this temporary qt5 fix after Qt5.3 and Qt5.4 are no longer // used. // Fixed in Qt5.5 and above: https://bugreports.qt.io/browse/QTBUG-43473 else if (column == COLUMN_CHECKBOX && item->childCount() > 0) { if (item->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) == Qt::PartiallyChecked && item->child(0)->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) == Qt::PartiallyChecked) { item->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Checked); } } } // shows count of locked unspent outputs void CoinControlDialog::updateLabelLocked() { std::vector vOutpts; model->wallet().listLockedCoins(vOutpts); if (vOutpts.size() > 0) { ui->labelLocked->setText(tr("(%1 locked)").arg(vOutpts.size())); ui->labelLocked->setVisible(true); } else { ui->labelLocked->setVisible(false); } } void CoinControlDialog::updateLabels(WalletModel *model, QDialog *dialog) { if (!model) { return; } // nPayAmount Amount nPayAmount = Amount::zero(); bool fDust = false; CMutableTransaction txDummy; for (const Amount &amount : CoinControlDialog::payAmounts) { nPayAmount += amount; if (amount > Amount::zero()) { CTxOut txout(amount, static_cast(std::vector(24, 0))); txDummy.vout.push_back(txout); fDust |= IsDust(txout, model->node().getDustRelayFee()); } } Amount nAmount = Amount::zero(); Amount nPayFee = Amount::zero(); Amount nAfterFee = Amount::zero(); Amount nChange = Amount::zero(); unsigned int nBytes = 0; unsigned int nBytesInputs = 0; unsigned int nQuantity = 0; std::vector vCoinControl; coinControl()->ListSelected(vCoinControl); size_t i = 0; for (const auto &out : model->wallet().getCoins(vCoinControl)) { if (out.depth_in_main_chain < 0) { continue; } // unselect already spent, very unlikely scenario, this could happen // when selected are spent elsewhere, like rpc or another computer const COutPoint &output = vCoinControl[i++]; if (out.is_spent) { coinControl()->UnSelect(output); continue; } // Quantity nQuantity++; // Amount nAmount += out.txout.nValue; // Bytes CTxDestination address; if (ExtractDestination(out.txout.scriptPubKey, address)) { CPubKey pubkey; CKeyID *keyid = boost::get(&address); if (keyid && model->wallet().getPubKey(*keyid, pubkey)) { nBytesInputs += (pubkey.IsCompressed() ? 148 : 180); } else { // in all error cases, simply assume 148 here nBytesInputs += 148; } } else { nBytesInputs += 148; } } // calculation if (nQuantity > 0) { // Bytes // always assume +1 output for change here nBytes = nBytesInputs + ((CoinControlDialog::payAmounts.size() > 0 ? CoinControlDialog::payAmounts.size() + 1 : 2) * 34) + 10; // in the subtract fee from amount case, we can tell if zero change // already and subtract the bytes, so that fee calculation afterwards is // accurate if (CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { if (nAmount - nPayAmount == Amount::zero()) { nBytes -= 34; } } // Fee nPayFee = model->wallet().getMinimumFee(nBytes, *coinControl()); if (nPayAmount > Amount::zero()) { nChange = nAmount - nPayAmount; if (!CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { nChange -= nPayFee; } // Never create dust outputs; if we would, just add the dust to the // fee. if (nChange > Amount::zero() && nChange < MIN_CHANGE) { CTxOut txout(nChange, static_cast(std::vector(24, 0))); if (IsDust(txout, model->node().getDustRelayFee())) { nPayFee += nChange; nChange = Amount::zero(); if (CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { // we didn't detect lack of change above nBytes -= 34; } } } if (nChange == Amount::zero() && !CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { nBytes -= 34; } } // after fee nAfterFee = std::max(nAmount - nPayFee, Amount::zero()); } // actually update labels int nDisplayUnit = BitcoinUnits::BCH; if (model && model->getOptionsModel()) { nDisplayUnit = model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(); } QLabel *l1 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlQuantity"); QLabel *l2 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlAmount"); QLabel *l3 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlFee"); QLabel *l4 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlAfterFee"); QLabel *l5 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlBytes"); QLabel *l7 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlLowOutput"); QLabel *l8 = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlChange"); // enable/disable "dust" and "change" dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlLowOutputText") ->setEnabled(nPayAmount > Amount::zero()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlLowOutput") ->setEnabled(nPayAmount > Amount::zero()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlChangeText") ->setEnabled(nPayAmount > Amount::zero()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlChange") ->setEnabled(nPayAmount > Amount::zero()); // stats // Quantity l1->setText(QString::number(nQuantity)); // Amount l2->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(nDisplayUnit, nAmount)); // Fee l3->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(nDisplayUnit, nPayFee)); // After Fee l4->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(nDisplayUnit, nAfterFee)); // Bytes l5->setText(((nBytes > 0) ? ASYMP_UTF8 : "") + QString::number(nBytes)); // Dust l7->setText(fDust ? tr("yes") : tr("no")); // Change l8->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(nDisplayUnit, nChange)); if (nPayFee > Amount::zero()) { l3->setText(ASYMP_UTF8 + l3->text()); l4->setText(ASYMP_UTF8 + l4->text()); if (nChange > Amount::zero() && !CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { l8->setText(ASYMP_UTF8 + l8->text()); } } // turn label red when dust l7->setStyleSheet((fDust) ? "color:red;" : ""); // tool tips QString toolTipDust = tr("This label turns red if any recipient receives an amount smaller " "than the current dust threshold."); // how many satoshis the estimated fee can vary per byte we guess wrong double dFeeVary = (nBytes != 0) ? double(nPayFee / SATOSHI) / nBytes : 0; QString toolTip4 = tr("Can vary +/- %1 satoshi(s) per input.").arg(dFeeVary); l3->setToolTip(toolTip4); l4->setToolTip(toolTip4); l7->setToolTip(toolTipDust); l8->setToolTip(toolTip4); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlFeeText") ->setToolTip(l3->toolTip()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlAfterFeeText") ->setToolTip(l4->toolTip()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlBytesText") ->setToolTip(l5->toolTip()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlLowOutputText") ->setToolTip(l7->toolTip()); dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlChangeText") ->setToolTip(l8->toolTip()); // Insufficient funds QLabel *label = dialog->findChild("labelCoinControlInsuffFunds"); if (label) { label->setVisible(nChange < Amount::zero()); } } CCoinControl *CoinControlDialog::coinControl() { static CCoinControl coin_control; return &coin_control; } COutPoint CoinControlDialog::buildOutPoint(const QTreeWidgetItem *item) { TxId txid; txid.SetHex(item->text(COLUMN_TXID).toStdString()); return COutPoint(txid, item->text(COLUMN_VOUT_INDEX).toUInt()); } void CoinControlDialog::updateView() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel() || !model->getAddressTableModel()) { return; } bool treeMode = ui->radioTreeMode->isChecked(); ui->treeWidget->clear(); // performance, otherwise updateLabels would be called for every checked // checkbox ui->treeWidget->setEnabled(false); ui->treeWidget->setAlternatingRowColors(!treeMode); QFlags flgCheckbox = Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsUserCheckable; QFlags flgTristate = Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsUserCheckable | Qt::ItemIsTristate; int nDisplayUnit = model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(); for (const auto &coins : model->wallet().listCoins()) { CCoinControlWidgetItem *itemWalletAddress = new CCoinControlWidgetItem(); itemWalletAddress->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Unchecked); QString sWalletAddress = QString::fromStdString( EncodeCashAddr(coins.first, model->getChainParams())); QString sWalletLabel = model->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress(sWalletAddress); if (sWalletLabel.isEmpty()) { sWalletLabel = tr("(no label)"); } if (treeMode) { // wallet address ui->treeWidget->addTopLevelItem(itemWalletAddress); itemWalletAddress->setFlags(flgTristate); itemWalletAddress->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Unchecked); // label itemWalletAddress->setText(COLUMN_LABEL, sWalletLabel); // address itemWalletAddress->setText(COLUMN_ADDRESS, sWalletAddress); } Amount nSum = Amount::zero(); int nChildren = 0; for (const auto &outpair : coins.second) { const COutPoint &output = std::get<0>(outpair); const interfaces::WalletTxOut &out = std::get<1>(outpair); nSum += out.txout.nValue; nChildren++; CCoinControlWidgetItem *itemOutput; if (treeMode) { itemOutput = new CCoinControlWidgetItem(itemWalletAddress); } else { itemOutput = new CCoinControlWidgetItem(ui->treeWidget); } itemOutput->setFlags(flgCheckbox); itemOutput->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Unchecked); // address CTxDestination outputAddress; QString sAddress = ""; if (ExtractDestination(out.txout.scriptPubKey, outputAddress)) { sAddress = QString::fromStdString( EncodeCashAddr(outputAddress, model->getChainParams())); // if listMode or change => show bitcoin address. In tree mode, // address is not shown again for direct wallet address outputs if (!treeMode || (!(sAddress == sWalletAddress))) { itemOutput->setText(COLUMN_ADDRESS, sAddress); } } // label if (!(sAddress == sWalletAddress)) { // change tooltip from where the change comes from itemOutput->setToolTip(COLUMN_LABEL, tr("change from %1 (%2)") .arg(sWalletLabel) .arg(sWalletAddress)); itemOutput->setText(COLUMN_LABEL, tr("(change)")); } else if (!treeMode) { QString sLabel = model->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress(sAddress); if (sLabel.isEmpty()) { sLabel = tr("(no label)"); } itemOutput->setText(COLUMN_LABEL, sLabel); } // amount itemOutput->setText( COLUMN_AMOUNT, BitcoinUnits::format(nDisplayUnit, out.txout.nValue)); // padding so that sorting works correctly itemOutput->setData( COLUMN_AMOUNT, Qt::UserRole, QVariant(qlonglong(out.txout.nValue / SATOSHI))); // date itemOutput->setText(COLUMN_DATE, GUIUtil::dateTimeStr(out.time)); itemOutput->setData(COLUMN_DATE, Qt::UserRole, QVariant((qlonglong)out.time)); // confirmations itemOutput->setText(COLUMN_CONFIRMATIONS, QString::number(out.depth_in_main_chain)); itemOutput->setData(COLUMN_CONFIRMATIONS, Qt::UserRole, QVariant((qlonglong)out.depth_in_main_chain)); // transaction id itemOutput->setText( COLUMN_TXID, QString::fromStdString(output.GetTxId().GetHex())); // vout index itemOutput->setText(COLUMN_VOUT_INDEX, QString::number(output.GetN())); // disable locked coins if (model->wallet().isLockedCoin(output)) { // just to be sure coinControl()->UnSelect(output); itemOutput->setDisabled(true); itemOutput->setIcon( COLUMN_CHECKBOX, platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/lock_closed")); } // set checkbox if (coinControl()->IsSelected(output)) { itemOutput->setCheckState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, Qt::Checked); } } // amount if (treeMode) { itemWalletAddress->setText(COLUMN_CHECKBOX, "(" + QString::number(nChildren) + ")"); itemWalletAddress->setText( COLUMN_AMOUNT, BitcoinUnits::format(nDisplayUnit, nSum)); itemWalletAddress->setData(COLUMN_AMOUNT, Qt::UserRole, QVariant(qlonglong(nSum / SATOSHI))); } } // expand all partially selected if (treeMode) { for (int i = 0; i < ui->treeWidget->topLevelItemCount(); i++) { if (ui->treeWidget->topLevelItem(i)->checkState(COLUMN_CHECKBOX) == Qt::PartiallyChecked) { ui->treeWidget->topLevelItem(i)->setExpanded(true); } } } // sort view sortView(sortColumn, sortOrder); ui->treeWidget->setEnabled(true); } diff --git a/src/qt/coincontroldialog.h b/src/qt/coincontroldialog.h index 744c6f4ab..ac0822525 100644 --- a/src/qt/coincontroldialog.h +++ b/src/qt/coincontroldialog.h @@ -1,114 +1,114 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_COINCONTROLDIALOG_H #define BITCOIN_QT_COINCONTROLDIALOG_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include class PlatformStyle; class WalletModel; class CCoinControl; class COutPoint; namespace Ui { class CoinControlDialog; } #define ASYMP_UTF8 "\xE2\x89\x88" class CCoinControlWidgetItem : public QTreeWidgetItem { public: explicit CCoinControlWidgetItem(QTreeWidget *parent, int type = Type) : QTreeWidgetItem(parent, type) {} explicit CCoinControlWidgetItem(int type = Type) : QTreeWidgetItem(type) {} explicit CCoinControlWidgetItem(QTreeWidgetItem *parent, int type = Type) : QTreeWidgetItem(parent, type) {} bool operator<(const QTreeWidgetItem &other) const override; }; class CoinControlDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: explicit CoinControlDialog(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, - QWidget *parent = 0); + QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~CoinControlDialog(); void setModel(WalletModel *model); // static because also called from sendcoinsdialog static void updateLabels(WalletModel *, QDialog *); static QList payAmounts; static CCoinControl *coinControl(); static bool fSubtractFeeFromAmount; private: Ui::CoinControlDialog *ui; WalletModel *model; int sortColumn; Qt::SortOrder sortOrder; QMenu *contextMenu; QTreeWidgetItem *contextMenuItem; QAction *copyTransactionHashAction; QAction *lockAction; QAction *unlockAction; const PlatformStyle *platformStyle; void sortView(int, Qt::SortOrder); void updateView(); enum { COLUMN_CHECKBOX = 0, COLUMN_AMOUNT, COLUMN_LABEL, COLUMN_ADDRESS, COLUMN_DATE, COLUMN_CONFIRMATIONS, COLUMN_TXID, COLUMN_VOUT_INDEX, }; friend class CCoinControlWidgetItem; static COutPoint buildOutPoint(const QTreeWidgetItem *item); private Q_SLOTS: void showMenu(const QPoint &); void copyAmount(); void copyLabel(); void copyAddress(); void copyTransactionHash(); void lockCoin(); void unlockCoin(); void clipboardQuantity(); void clipboardAmount(); void clipboardFee(); void clipboardAfterFee(); void clipboardBytes(); void clipboardLowOutput(); void clipboardChange(); void radioTreeMode(bool); void radioListMode(bool); void viewItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *, int); void headerSectionClicked(int); void buttonBoxClicked(QAbstractButton *); void buttonSelectAllClicked(); void updateLabelLocked(); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_COINCONTROLDIALOG_H diff --git a/src/qt/coincontroltreewidget.h b/src/qt/coincontroltreewidget.h index 06e4710d5..94b77eebe 100644 --- a/src/qt/coincontroltreewidget.h +++ b/src/qt/coincontroltreewidget.h @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2014 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_COINCONTROLTREEWIDGET_H #define BITCOIN_QT_COINCONTROLTREEWIDGET_H #include #include class CoinControlTreeWidget : public QTreeWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit CoinControlTreeWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit CoinControlTreeWidget(QWidget *parent = nullptr); protected: virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) override; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_COINCONTROLTREEWIDGET_H diff --git a/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.cpp b/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.cpp index fe616a2ae..b749b5f8a 100644 --- a/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.cpp +++ b/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.cpp @@ -1,78 +1,78 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include CSVModelWriter::CSVModelWriter(const QString &_filename, QObject *parent) - : QObject(parent), filename(_filename), model(0) {} + : QObject(parent), filename(_filename), model(nullptr) {} void CSVModelWriter::setModel(const QAbstractItemModel *_model) { this->model = _model; } void CSVModelWriter::addColumn(const QString &title, int column, int role) { Column col; col.title = title; col.column = column; col.role = role; columns.append(col); } static void writeValue(QTextStream &f, const QString &value) { QString escaped = value; escaped.replace('"', "\"\""); f << "\"" << escaped << "\""; } static void writeSep(QTextStream &f) { f << ","; } static void writeNewline(QTextStream &f) { f << "\n"; } bool CSVModelWriter::write() { QFile file(filename); if (!file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) { return false; } QTextStream out(&file); int numRows = 0; if (model) { numRows = model->rowCount(); } // Header row for (int i = 0; i < columns.size(); ++i) { if (i != 0) { writeSep(out); } writeValue(out, columns[i].title); } writeNewline(out); // Data rows for (int j = 0; j < numRows; ++j) { for (int i = 0; i < columns.size(); ++i) { if (i != 0) { writeSep(out); } QVariant data = model->index(j, columns[i].column).data(columns[i].role); writeValue(out, data.toString()); } writeNewline(out); } file.close(); return file.error() == QFile::NoError; } diff --git a/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.h b/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.h index aa83a74cc..4813c49a7 100644 --- a/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.h +++ b/src/qt/csvmodelwriter.h @@ -1,45 +1,45 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2014 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_CSVMODELWRITER_H #define BITCOIN_QT_CSVMODELWRITER_H #include #include QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QAbstractItemModel; QT_END_NAMESPACE /** Export a Qt table model to a CSV file. This is useful for analyzing or post-processing the data in a spreadsheet. */ class CSVModelWriter : public QObject { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit CSVModelWriter(const QString &filename, QObject *parent = 0); + explicit CSVModelWriter(const QString &filename, QObject *parent = nullptr); void setModel(const QAbstractItemModel *model); void addColumn(const QString &title, int column, int role = Qt::EditRole); /** Perform export of the model to CSV. @returns true on success, false otherwise */ bool write(); private: QString filename; const QAbstractItemModel *model; struct Column { QString title; int column; int role; }; QList columns; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_CSVMODELWRITER_H diff --git a/src/qt/editaddressdialog.cpp b/src/qt/editaddressdialog.cpp index b41726fc8..ec02ec715 100644 --- a/src/qt/editaddressdialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/editaddressdialog.cpp @@ -1,150 +1,150 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include EditAddressDialog::EditAddressDialog(Mode _mode, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::EditAddressDialog), mapper(0), mode(_mode), - model(0) { + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::EditAddressDialog), mapper(nullptr), + mode(_mode), model(nullptr) { ui->setupUi(this); GUIUtil::setupAddressWidget(ui->addressEdit, this); switch (mode) { case NewSendingAddress: setWindowTitle(tr("New sending address")); break; case EditReceivingAddress: setWindowTitle(tr("Edit receiving address")); ui->addressEdit->setEnabled(false); break; case EditSendingAddress: setWindowTitle(tr("Edit sending address")); break; } mapper = new QDataWidgetMapper(this); mapper->setSubmitPolicy(QDataWidgetMapper::ManualSubmit); GUIUtil::ItemDelegate *delegate = new GUIUtil::ItemDelegate(mapper); connect(delegate, &GUIUtil::ItemDelegate::keyEscapePressed, this, &EditAddressDialog::reject); mapper->setItemDelegate(delegate); } EditAddressDialog::~EditAddressDialog() { delete ui; } void EditAddressDialog::setModel(AddressTableModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (!_model) { return; } mapper->setModel(_model); mapper->addMapping(ui->labelEdit, AddressTableModel::Label); mapper->addMapping(ui->addressEdit, AddressTableModel::Address); } void EditAddressDialog::loadRow(int row) { mapper->setCurrentIndex(row); } bool EditAddressDialog::saveCurrentRow() { if (!model) { return false; } switch (mode) { case NewSendingAddress: address = model->addRow( AddressTableModel::Send, ui->labelEdit->text(), ui->addressEdit->text(), model->GetDefaultAddressType()); break; case EditReceivingAddress: case EditSendingAddress: if (mapper->submit()) { address = ui->addressEdit->text(); } break; } return !address.isEmpty(); } void EditAddressDialog::accept() { if (!model) { return; } if (!saveCurrentRow()) { switch (model->getEditStatus()) { case AddressTableModel::OK: // Failed with unknown reason. Just reject. break; case AddressTableModel::NO_CHANGES: // No changes were made during edit operation. Just reject. break; case AddressTableModel::INVALID_ADDRESS: QMessageBox::warning(this, windowTitle(), tr("The entered address \"%1\" is not a " "valid Bitcoin address.") .arg(ui->addressEdit->text()), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::Ok); break; case AddressTableModel::DUPLICATE_ADDRESS: QMessageBox::warning(this, windowTitle(), getDuplicateAddressWarning(), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::Ok); break; case AddressTableModel::WALLET_UNLOCK_FAILURE: QMessageBox::critical(this, windowTitle(), tr("Could not unlock wallet."), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::Ok); break; case AddressTableModel::KEY_GENERATION_FAILURE: QMessageBox::critical(this, windowTitle(), tr("New key generation failed."), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::Ok); break; } return; } QDialog::accept(); } QString EditAddressDialog::getDuplicateAddressWarning() const { QString dup_address = ui->addressEdit->text(); QString existing_label = model->labelForAddress(dup_address); QString existing_purpose = model->purposeForAddress(dup_address); if (existing_purpose == "receive" && (mode == NewSendingAddress || mode == EditSendingAddress)) { return tr("Address \"%1\" already exists as a receiving address with " "label " "\"%2\" and so cannot be added as a sending address.") .arg(dup_address) .arg(existing_label); } return tr("The entered address \"%1\" is already in the address book with " "label \"%2\".") .arg(dup_address) .arg(existing_label); } QString EditAddressDialog::getAddress() const { return address; } void EditAddressDialog::setAddress(const QString &_address) { this->address = _address; ui->addressEdit->setText(_address); } diff --git a/src/qt/intro.cpp b/src/qt/intro.cpp index d8fd83e71..f5eb27b90 100644 --- a/src/qt/intro.cpp +++ b/src/qt/intro.cpp @@ -1,334 +1,334 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include static const uint64_t GB_BYTES = 1000000000LL; /** * Minimum free space (in GB) needed for data directory. */ static const uint64_t BLOCK_CHAIN_SIZE = 220; /** * Minimum free space (in GB) needed for data directory when pruned; Does not * include prune target. */ static const uint64_t CHAIN_STATE_SIZE = 4; /** * Total required space (in GB) depending on user choice (prune, not prune). */ static uint64_t requiredSpace; /* Check free space asynchronously to prevent hanging the UI thread. Up to one request to check a path is in flight to this thread; when the check() function runs, the current path is requested from the associated Intro object. The reply is sent back through a signal. This ensures that no queue of checking requests is built up while the user is still entering the path, and that always the most recently entered path is checked as soon as the thread becomes available. */ class FreespaceChecker : public QObject { Q_OBJECT public: explicit FreespaceChecker(Intro *intro); enum Status { ST_OK, ST_ERROR }; public Q_SLOTS: void check(); Q_SIGNALS: void reply(int status, const QString &message, quint64 available); private: Intro *intro; }; #include FreespaceChecker::FreespaceChecker(Intro *_intro) { this->intro = _intro; } void FreespaceChecker::check() { QString dataDirStr = intro->getPathToCheck(); fs::path dataDir = GUIUtil::qstringToBoostPath(dataDirStr); uint64_t freeBytesAvailable = 0; int replyStatus = ST_OK; QString replyMessage = tr("A new data directory will be created."); /* Find first parent that exists, so that fs::space does not fail */ fs::path parentDir = dataDir; fs::path parentDirOld = fs::path(); while (parentDir.has_parent_path() && !fs::exists(parentDir)) { parentDir = parentDir.parent_path(); /* Check if we make any progress, break if not to prevent an infinite * loop here */ if (parentDirOld == parentDir) { break; } parentDirOld = parentDir; } try { freeBytesAvailable = fs::space(parentDir).available; if (fs::exists(dataDir)) { if (fs::is_directory(dataDir)) { QString separator = "" + QDir::toNativeSeparators("/") + tr("name") + ""; replyStatus = ST_OK; replyMessage = tr("Directory already exists. Add %1 if you " "intend to create a new directory here.") .arg(separator); } else { replyStatus = ST_ERROR; replyMessage = tr("Path already exists, and is not a directory."); } } } catch (const fs::filesystem_error &) { /* Parent directory does not exist or is not accessible */ replyStatus = ST_ERROR; replyMessage = tr("Cannot create data directory here."); } Q_EMIT reply(replyStatus, replyMessage, freeBytesAvailable); } Intro::Intro(QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::Intro), thread(0), signalled(false) { + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::Intro), thread(nullptr), signalled(false) { ui->setupUi(this); ui->welcomeLabel->setText(ui->welcomeLabel->text().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); ui->storageLabel->setText(ui->storageLabel->text().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); ui->lblExplanation1->setText(ui->lblExplanation1->text() .arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME)) .arg(BLOCK_CHAIN_SIZE) .arg(2009) .arg(tr("Bitcoin"))); ui->lblExplanation2->setText( ui->lblExplanation2->text().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); uint64_t pruneTarget = std::max(0, gArgs.GetArg("-prune", 0)); requiredSpace = BLOCK_CHAIN_SIZE; QString storageRequiresMsg = tr("At least %1 GB of data will be stored in this directory, and it " "will grow over time."); if (pruneTarget) { uint64_t prunedGBs = std::ceil(pruneTarget * 1024 * 1024.0 / GB_BYTES); if (prunedGBs <= requiredSpace) { requiredSpace = prunedGBs; storageRequiresMsg = tr("Approximately %1 GB of data will be " "stored in this directory."); } ui->lblExplanation3->setVisible(true); } else { ui->lblExplanation3->setVisible(false); } requiredSpace += CHAIN_STATE_SIZE; ui->sizeWarningLabel->setText( tr("%1 will download and store a copy of the Bitcoin block chain.") .arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME)) + " " + storageRequiresMsg.arg(requiredSpace) + " " + tr("The wallet will also be stored in this directory.")); startThread(); } Intro::~Intro() { delete ui; /* Ensure thread is finished before it is deleted */ Q_EMIT stopThread(); thread->wait(); } QString Intro::getDataDirectory() { return ui->dataDirectory->text(); } void Intro::setDataDirectory(const QString &dataDir) { ui->dataDirectory->setText(dataDir); if (dataDir == getDefaultDataDirectory()) { ui->dataDirDefault->setChecked(true); ui->dataDirectory->setEnabled(false); ui->ellipsisButton->setEnabled(false); } else { ui->dataDirCustom->setChecked(true); ui->dataDirectory->setEnabled(true); ui->ellipsisButton->setEnabled(true); } } QString Intro::getDefaultDataDirectory() { return GUIUtil::boostPathToQString(GetDefaultDataDir()); } bool Intro::pickDataDirectory(interfaces::Node &node) { QSettings settings; /* If data directory provided on command line, no need to look at settings or show a picking dialog */ if (!gArgs.GetArg("-datadir", "").empty()) { return true; } /* 1) Default data directory for operating system */ QString dataDir = getDefaultDataDirectory(); /* 2) Allow QSettings to override default dir */ dataDir = settings.value("strDataDir", dataDir).toString(); if (!fs::exists(GUIUtil::qstringToBoostPath(dataDir)) || gArgs.GetBoolArg("-choosedatadir", DEFAULT_CHOOSE_DATADIR) || settings.value("fReset", false).toBool() || gArgs.GetBoolArg("-resetguisettings", false)) { /* If current default data directory does not exist, let the user choose * one */ Intro intro; intro.setDataDirectory(dataDir); intro.setWindowIcon(QIcon(":icons/bitcoin")); while (true) { if (!intro.exec()) { /* Cancel clicked */ return false; } dataDir = intro.getDataDirectory(); try { if (TryCreateDirectories( GUIUtil::qstringToBoostPath(dataDir))) { // If a new data directory has been created, make wallets // subdirectory too TryCreateDirectories(GUIUtil::qstringToBoostPath(dataDir) / "wallets"); } break; } catch (const fs::filesystem_error &) { - QMessageBox::critical(0, tr(PACKAGE_NAME), + QMessageBox::critical(nullptr, tr(PACKAGE_NAME), tr("Error: Specified data directory " "\"%1\" cannot be created.") .arg(dataDir)); /* fall through, back to choosing screen */ } } settings.setValue("strDataDir", dataDir); settings.setValue("fReset", false); } /* Only override -datadir if different from the default, to make it possible * to * override -datadir in the bitcoin.conf file in the default data directory * (to be consistent with bitcoind behavior) */ if (dataDir != getDefaultDataDirectory()) { // use OS locale for path setting node.softSetArg("-datadir", GUIUtil::qstringToBoostPath(dataDir).string()); } return true; } void Intro::setStatus(int status, const QString &message, quint64 bytesAvailable) { switch (status) { case FreespaceChecker::ST_OK: ui->errorMessage->setText(message); ui->errorMessage->setStyleSheet(""); break; case FreespaceChecker::ST_ERROR: ui->errorMessage->setText(tr("Error") + ": " + message); ui->errorMessage->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: #800000 }"); break; } /* Indicate number of bytes available */ if (status == FreespaceChecker::ST_ERROR) { ui->freeSpace->setText(""); } else { QString freeString = tr("%n GB of free space available", "", bytesAvailable / GB_BYTES); if (bytesAvailable < requiredSpace * GB_BYTES) { freeString += " " + tr("(of %n GB needed)", "", requiredSpace); ui->freeSpace->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: #800000 }"); } else { ui->freeSpace->setStyleSheet(""); } ui->freeSpace->setText(freeString + "."); } /* Don't allow confirm in ERROR state */ ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok) ->setEnabled(status != FreespaceChecker::ST_ERROR); } void Intro::on_dataDirectory_textChanged(const QString &dataDirStr) { /* Disable OK button until check result comes in */ ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(false); checkPath(dataDirStr); } void Intro::on_ellipsisButton_clicked() { QString dir = QDir::toNativeSeparators(QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( - 0, "Choose data directory", ui->dataDirectory->text())); + nullptr, "Choose data directory", ui->dataDirectory->text())); if (!dir.isEmpty()) { ui->dataDirectory->setText(dir); } } void Intro::on_dataDirDefault_clicked() { setDataDirectory(getDefaultDataDirectory()); } void Intro::on_dataDirCustom_clicked() { ui->dataDirectory->setEnabled(true); ui->ellipsisButton->setEnabled(true); } void Intro::startThread() { thread = new QThread(this); FreespaceChecker *executor = new FreespaceChecker(this); executor->moveToThread(thread); connect(executor, &FreespaceChecker::reply, this, &Intro::setStatus); connect(this, &Intro::requestCheck, executor, &FreespaceChecker::check); /* make sure executor object is deleted in its own thread */ connect(this, &Intro::stopThread, executor, &QObject::deleteLater); connect(this, &Intro::stopThread, thread, &QThread::quit); thread->start(); } void Intro::checkPath(const QString &dataDir) { mutex.lock(); pathToCheck = dataDir; if (!signalled) { signalled = true; Q_EMIT requestCheck(); } mutex.unlock(); } QString Intro::getPathToCheck() { QString retval; mutex.lock(); retval = pathToCheck; signalled = false; /* new request can be queued now */ mutex.unlock(); return retval; } diff --git a/src/qt/intro.h b/src/qt/intro.h index 3edda0dd3..ac7cba3e1 100644 --- a/src/qt/intro.h +++ b/src/qt/intro.h @@ -1,83 +1,83 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_INTRO_H #define BITCOIN_QT_INTRO_H #include #include #include static const bool DEFAULT_CHOOSE_DATADIR = false; class FreespaceChecker; namespace interfaces { class Node; } namespace Ui { class Intro; } /** Introduction screen (pre-GUI startup). Allows the user to choose a data directory, in which the wallet and block chain will be stored. */ class Intro : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit Intro(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit Intro(QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~Intro(); QString getDataDirectory(); void setDataDirectory(const QString &dataDir); /** * Determine data directory. Let the user choose if the current one doesn't * exist. * * @returns true if a data directory was selected, false if the user * cancelled the selection * dialog. * * @note do NOT call global GetDataDir() before calling this function, this * will cause the wrong path to be cached. */ static bool pickDataDirectory(interfaces::Node &node); /** * Determine default data directory for operating system. */ static QString getDefaultDataDirectory(); Q_SIGNALS: void requestCheck(); void stopThread(); public Q_SLOTS: void setStatus(int status, const QString &message, quint64 bytesAvailable); private Q_SLOTS: void on_dataDirectory_textChanged(const QString &arg1); void on_ellipsisButton_clicked(); void on_dataDirDefault_clicked(); void on_dataDirCustom_clicked(); private: Ui::Intro *ui; QThread *thread; QMutex mutex; bool signalled; QString pathToCheck; void startThread(); void checkPath(const QString &dataDir); QString getPathToCheck(); friend class FreespaceChecker; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_INTRO_H diff --git a/src/qt/networkstyle.cpp b/src/qt/networkstyle.cpp index bf33082de..f9f08f81a 100644 --- a/src/qt/networkstyle.cpp +++ b/src/qt/networkstyle.cpp @@ -1,86 +1,86 @@ // Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include static const struct { const char *networkId; const char *appName; const int iconColorHueShift; const int iconColorSaturationReduction; const char *titleAddText; } network_styles[] = {{"main", QAPP_APP_NAME_DEFAULT, 0, 0, ""}, {"test", QAPP_APP_NAME_TESTNET, 70, 30, QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("SplashScreen", "[testnet]")}, {"regtest", QAPP_APP_NAME_TESTNET, 160, 30, "[regtest]"}}; static const unsigned network_styles_count = sizeof(network_styles) / sizeof(*network_styles); // titleAddText needs to be const char* for tr() NetworkStyle::NetworkStyle(const QString &_appName, const int iconColorHueShift, const int iconColorSaturationReduction, const char *_titleAddText) : appName(_appName), titleAddText(qApp->translate("SplashScreen", _titleAddText)) { // load pixmap QPixmap pixmap(":/icons/bitcoin"); if (iconColorHueShift != 0 && iconColorSaturationReduction != 0) { // generate QImage from QPixmap QImage img = pixmap.toImage(); int h, s, l, a; // traverse though lines for (int y = 0; y < img.height(); y++) { QRgb *scL = reinterpret_cast(img.scanLine(y)); // loop through pixels for (int x = 0; x < img.width(); x++) { // preserve alpha because QColor::getHsl doesn't return the // alpha value a = qAlpha(scL[x]); QColor col(scL[x]); // get hue value col.getHsl(&h, &s, &l); // rotate color on RGB color circle // 70° should end up with the typical "testnet" green h += iconColorHueShift; // change saturation value if (s > iconColorSaturationReduction) { s -= iconColorSaturationReduction; } col.setHsl(h, s, l, a); // set the pixel scL[x] = col.rgba(); } } // convert back to QPixmap pixmap.convertFromImage(img); } appIcon = QIcon(pixmap); trayAndWindowIcon = QIcon(pixmap.scaled(QSize(256, 256))); } const NetworkStyle *NetworkStyle::instantiate(const QString &networkId) { for (unsigned x = 0; x < network_styles_count; ++x) { if (networkId == network_styles[x].networkId) { return new NetworkStyle( network_styles[x].appName, network_styles[x].iconColorHueShift, network_styles[x].iconColorSaturationReduction, network_styles[x].titleAddText); } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/src/qt/optionsdialog.cpp b/src/qt/optionsdialog.cpp index 62a77a531..1ead83235 100644 --- a/src/qt/optionsdialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/optionsdialog.cpp @@ -1,418 +1,419 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // for -dbcache defaults #include // for DEFAULT_SCRIPTCHECK_THREADS and MAX_SCRIPTCHECK_THREADS #include #include #include #include #include #include #include OptionsDialog::OptionsDialog(QWidget *parent, bool enableWallet) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::OptionsDialog), model(0), mapper(0) { + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::OptionsDialog), model(nullptr), + mapper(nullptr) { ui->setupUi(this); /* Main elements init */ ui->databaseCache->setMinimum(nMinDbCache); ui->databaseCache->setMaximum(nMaxDbCache); static const uint64_t GiB = 1024 * 1024 * 1024; static const uint64_t nMinDiskSpace = MIN_DISK_SPACE_FOR_BLOCK_FILES / GiB + (MIN_DISK_SPACE_FOR_BLOCK_FILES % GiB) ? 1 : 0; ui->pruneSize->setMinimum(nMinDiskSpace); ui->threadsScriptVerif->setMinimum(-GetNumCores()); ui->threadsScriptVerif->setMaximum(MAX_SCRIPTCHECK_THREADS); ui->pruneWarning->setVisible(false); ui->pruneWarning->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->pruneSize->setEnabled(false); connect(ui->prune, &QPushButton::toggled, ui->pruneSize, &QWidget::setEnabled); /* Network elements init */ #ifndef USE_UPNP ui->mapPortUpnp->setEnabled(false); #endif ui->proxyIp->setEnabled(false); ui->proxyPort->setEnabled(false); ui->proxyPort->setValidator(new QIntValidator(1, 65535, this)); ui->proxyIpTor->setEnabled(false); ui->proxyPortTor->setEnabled(false); ui->proxyPortTor->setValidator(new QIntValidator(1, 65535, this)); connect(ui->connectSocks, &QPushButton::toggled, ui->proxyIp, &QWidget::setEnabled); connect(ui->connectSocks, &QPushButton::toggled, ui->proxyPort, &QWidget::setEnabled); connect(ui->connectSocks, &QPushButton::toggled, this, &OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState); connect(ui->connectSocksTor, &QPushButton::toggled, ui->proxyIpTor, &QWidget::setEnabled); connect(ui->connectSocksTor, &QPushButton::toggled, ui->proxyPortTor, &QWidget::setEnabled); connect(ui->connectSocksTor, &QPushButton::toggled, this, &OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState); /* Window elements init */ #ifdef Q_OS_MAC /* remove Window tab on Mac */ ui->tabWidget->removeTab(ui->tabWidget->indexOf(ui->tabWindow)); #endif /* remove Wallet tab in case of -disablewallet */ if (!enableWallet) { ui->tabWidget->removeTab(ui->tabWidget->indexOf(ui->tabWallet)); } /* Display elements init */ QDir translations(":translations"); ui->bitcoinAtStartup->setToolTip( ui->bitcoinAtStartup->toolTip().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); ui->bitcoinAtStartup->setText( ui->bitcoinAtStartup->text().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); ui->openBitcoinConfButton->setToolTip( ui->openBitcoinConfButton->toolTip().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); ui->lang->setToolTip(ui->lang->toolTip().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); ui->lang->addItem(QString("(") + tr("default") + QString(")"), QVariant("")); for (const QString &langStr : translations.entryList()) { QLocale locale(langStr); /** check if the locale name consists of 2 parts (language_country) */ if (langStr.contains("_")) { /** display language strings as "native language - native country * (locale name)", e.g. "Deutsch - Deutschland (de)" */ ui->lang->addItem(locale.nativeLanguageName() + QString(" - ") + locale.nativeCountryName() + QString(" (") + langStr + QString(")"), QVariant(langStr)); } else { /** display language strings as "native language (locale name)", * e.g. "Deutsch (de)" */ ui->lang->addItem(locale.nativeLanguageName() + QString(" (") + langStr + QString(")"), QVariant(langStr)); } } ui->thirdPartyTxUrls->setPlaceholderText("https://example.com/tx/%s"); ui->unit->setModel(new BitcoinUnits(this)); /* Widget-to-option mapper */ mapper = new QDataWidgetMapper(this); mapper->setSubmitPolicy(QDataWidgetMapper::ManualSubmit); mapper->setOrientation(Qt::Vertical); GUIUtil::ItemDelegate *delegate = new GUIUtil::ItemDelegate(mapper); connect(delegate, &GUIUtil::ItemDelegate::keyEscapePressed, this, &OptionsDialog::reject); mapper->setItemDelegate(delegate); /* setup/change UI elements when proxy IPs are invalid/valid */ ui->proxyIp->setCheckValidator(new ProxyAddressValidator(parent)); ui->proxyIpTor->setCheckValidator(new ProxyAddressValidator(parent)); connect(ui->proxyIp, &QValidatedLineEdit::validationDidChange, this, &OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState); connect(ui->proxyIpTor, &QValidatedLineEdit::validationDidChange, this, &OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState); connect(ui->proxyPort, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState); connect(ui->proxyPortTor, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState); if (!QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable()) { ui->hideTrayIcon->setChecked(true); ui->hideTrayIcon->setEnabled(false); ui->minimizeToTray->setChecked(false); ui->minimizeToTray->setEnabled(false); } } OptionsDialog::~OptionsDialog() { delete ui; } void OptionsDialog::setModel(OptionsModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model) { /* check if client restart is needed and show persistent message */ if (_model->isRestartRequired()) { showRestartWarning(true); } QString strLabel = _model->getOverriddenByCommandLine(); if (strLabel.isEmpty()) { strLabel = tr("none"); } ui->overriddenByCommandLineLabel->setText(strLabel); mapper->setModel(_model); setMapper(); mapper->toFirst(); updateDefaultProxyNets(); } /* warn when one of the following settings changes by user action (placed * here so init via mapper doesn't trigger them) */ /* Main */ connect(ui->prune, &QCheckBox::clicked, this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); connect(ui->prune, &QCheckBox::clicked, this, &OptionsDialog::togglePruneWarning); connect(ui->pruneSize, static_cast(&QSpinBox::valueChanged), this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); connect(ui->databaseCache, static_cast(&QSpinBox::valueChanged), this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); connect(ui->threadsScriptVerif, static_cast(&QSpinBox::valueChanged), this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); /* Wallet */ connect(ui->spendZeroConfChange, &QCheckBox::clicked, this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); /* Network */ connect(ui->allowIncoming, &QCheckBox::clicked, this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); connect(ui->connectSocks, &QCheckBox::clicked, this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); connect(ui->connectSocksTor, &QCheckBox::clicked, this, &OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning); /* Display */ connect( ui->lang, static_cast(&QValueComboBox::valueChanged), [this] { showRestartWarning(); }); connect(ui->thirdPartyTxUrls, &QLineEdit::textChanged, [this] { showRestartWarning(); }); } void OptionsDialog::setCurrentTab(OptionsDialog::Tab tab) { QWidget *tab_widget = nullptr; if (tab == OptionsDialog::Tab::TAB_NETWORK) { tab_widget = ui->tabNetwork; } if (tab == OptionsDialog::Tab::TAB_MAIN) { tab_widget = ui->tabMain; } if (tab_widget && ui->tabWidget->currentWidget() != tab_widget) { ui->tabWidget->setCurrentWidget(tab_widget); } } void OptionsDialog::setMapper() { /* Main */ mapper->addMapping(ui->bitcoinAtStartup, OptionsModel::StartAtStartup); mapper->addMapping(ui->threadsScriptVerif, OptionsModel::ThreadsScriptVerif); mapper->addMapping(ui->databaseCache, OptionsModel::DatabaseCache); mapper->addMapping(ui->prune, OptionsModel::Prune); mapper->addMapping(ui->pruneSize, OptionsModel::PruneSize); /* Wallet */ mapper->addMapping(ui->spendZeroConfChange, OptionsModel::SpendZeroConfChange); mapper->addMapping(ui->coinControlFeatures, OptionsModel::CoinControlFeatures); /* Network */ mapper->addMapping(ui->mapPortUpnp, OptionsModel::MapPortUPnP); mapper->addMapping(ui->allowIncoming, OptionsModel::Listen); mapper->addMapping(ui->connectSocks, OptionsModel::ProxyUse); mapper->addMapping(ui->proxyIp, OptionsModel::ProxyIP); mapper->addMapping(ui->proxyPort, OptionsModel::ProxyPort); mapper->addMapping(ui->connectSocksTor, OptionsModel::ProxyUseTor); mapper->addMapping(ui->proxyIpTor, OptionsModel::ProxyIPTor); mapper->addMapping(ui->proxyPortTor, OptionsModel::ProxyPortTor); /* Window */ #ifndef Q_OS_MAC if (QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable()) { mapper->addMapping(ui->hideTrayIcon, OptionsModel::HideTrayIcon); mapper->addMapping(ui->minimizeToTray, OptionsModel::MinimizeToTray); } mapper->addMapping(ui->minimizeOnClose, OptionsModel::MinimizeOnClose); #endif /* Display */ mapper->addMapping(ui->lang, OptionsModel::Language); mapper->addMapping(ui->unit, OptionsModel::DisplayUnit); mapper->addMapping(ui->thirdPartyTxUrls, OptionsModel::ThirdPartyTxUrls); } void OptionsDialog::setOkButtonState(bool fState) { ui->okButton->setEnabled(fState); } void OptionsDialog::on_resetButton_clicked() { if (model) { // confirmation dialog QMessageBox::StandardButton btnRetVal = QMessageBox::question( this, tr("Confirm options reset"), tr("Client restart required to activate changes.") + "

" + tr("Client will be shut down. Do you want to proceed?"), QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, QMessageBox::Cancel); if (btnRetVal == QMessageBox::Cancel) { return; } /* reset all options and close GUI */ model->Reset(); QApplication::quit(); } } void OptionsDialog::on_openBitcoinConfButton_clicked() { /* explain the purpose of the config file */ QMessageBox::information( this, tr("Configuration options"), tr("The configuration file is used to specify advanced user options " "which override GUI settings. Additionally, any command-line " "options will override this configuration file.")); /* show an error if there was some problem opening the file */ if (!GUIUtil::openBitcoinConf()) { QMessageBox::critical( this, tr("Error"), tr("The configuration file could not be opened.")); } } void OptionsDialog::on_okButton_clicked() { mapper->submit(); accept(); updateDefaultProxyNets(); } void OptionsDialog::on_cancelButton_clicked() { reject(); } void OptionsDialog::on_hideTrayIcon_stateChanged(int fState) { if (fState) { ui->minimizeToTray->setChecked(false); ui->minimizeToTray->setEnabled(false); } else { ui->minimizeToTray->setEnabled(true); } } void OptionsDialog::togglePruneWarning(bool enabled) { ui->pruneWarning->setVisible(!ui->pruneWarning->isVisible()); } void OptionsDialog::showRestartWarning(bool fPersistent) { ui->statusLabel->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); if (fPersistent) { ui->statusLabel->setText( tr("Client restart required to activate changes.")); } else { ui->statusLabel->setText( tr("This change would require a client restart.")); // clear non-persistent status label after 10 seconds // TODO: should perhaps be a class attribute, if we extend the use of // statusLabel QTimer::singleShot(10000, this, &OptionsDialog::clearStatusLabel); } } void OptionsDialog::clearStatusLabel() { ui->statusLabel->clear(); if (model && model->isRestartRequired()) { showRestartWarning(true); } } void OptionsDialog::updateProxyValidationState() { QValidatedLineEdit *pUiProxyIp = ui->proxyIp; QValidatedLineEdit *otherProxyWidget = (pUiProxyIp == ui->proxyIpTor) ? ui->proxyIp : ui->proxyIpTor; if (pUiProxyIp->isValid() && (!ui->proxyPort->isEnabled() || ui->proxyPort->text().toInt() > 0) && (!ui->proxyPortTor->isEnabled() || ui->proxyPortTor->text().toInt() > 0)) { // Only enable ok button if both proxys are valid setOkButtonState(otherProxyWidget->isValid()); clearStatusLabel(); } else { setOkButtonState(false); ui->statusLabel->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel->setText(tr("The supplied proxy address is invalid.")); } } void OptionsDialog::updateDefaultProxyNets() { proxyType proxy; std::string strProxy; QString strDefaultProxyGUI; model->node().getProxy(NET_IPV4, proxy); strProxy = proxy.proxy.ToStringIP() + ":" + proxy.proxy.ToStringPort(); strDefaultProxyGUI = ui->proxyIp->text() + ":" + ui->proxyPort->text(); (strProxy == strDefaultProxyGUI.toStdString()) ? ui->proxyReachIPv4->setChecked(true) : ui->proxyReachIPv4->setChecked(false); model->node().getProxy(NET_IPV6, proxy); strProxy = proxy.proxy.ToStringIP() + ":" + proxy.proxy.ToStringPort(); strDefaultProxyGUI = ui->proxyIp->text() + ":" + ui->proxyPort->text(); (strProxy == strDefaultProxyGUI.toStdString()) ? ui->proxyReachIPv6->setChecked(true) : ui->proxyReachIPv6->setChecked(false); model->node().getProxy(NET_ONION, proxy); strProxy = proxy.proxy.ToStringIP() + ":" + proxy.proxy.ToStringPort(); strDefaultProxyGUI = ui->proxyIp->text() + ":" + ui->proxyPort->text(); (strProxy == strDefaultProxyGUI.toStdString()) ? ui->proxyReachTor->setChecked(true) : ui->proxyReachTor->setChecked(false); } ProxyAddressValidator::ProxyAddressValidator(QObject *parent) : QValidator(parent) {} QValidator::State ProxyAddressValidator::validate(QString &input, int &pos) const { Q_UNUSED(pos); // Validate the proxy CService serv( LookupNumeric(input.toStdString().c_str(), DEFAULT_GUI_PROXY_PORT)); proxyType addrProxy = proxyType(serv, true); if (addrProxy.IsValid()) { return QValidator::Acceptable; } return QValidator::Invalid; } diff --git a/src/qt/optionsmodel.h b/src/qt/optionsmodel.h index 9483be3d3..99f9c858b 100644 --- a/src/qt/optionsmodel.h +++ b/src/qt/optionsmodel.h @@ -1,116 +1,116 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_OPTIONSMODEL_H #define BITCOIN_QT_OPTIONSMODEL_H #include #include namespace interfaces { class Node; } QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QNetworkProxy; QT_END_NAMESPACE extern const char *DEFAULT_GUI_PROXY_HOST; static constexpr unsigned short DEFAULT_GUI_PROXY_PORT = 9050; /** Interface from Qt to configuration data structure for Bitcoin client. To Qt, the options are presented as a list with the different options laid out vertically. This can be changed to a tree once the settings become sufficiently complex. */ class OptionsModel : public QAbstractListModel { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit OptionsModel(interfaces::Node &node, QObject *parent = 0, + explicit OptionsModel(interfaces::Node &node, QObject *parent = nullptr, bool resetSettings = false); enum OptionID { StartAtStartup, // bool HideTrayIcon, // bool MinimizeToTray, // bool MapPortUPnP, // bool MinimizeOnClose, // bool ProxyUse, // bool ProxyIP, // QString ProxyPort, // int ProxyUseTor, // bool ProxyIPTor, // QString ProxyPortTor, // int DisplayUnit, // BitcoinUnits::Unit ThirdPartyTxUrls, // QString Language, // QString CoinControlFeatures, // bool ThreadsScriptVerif, // int Prune, // bool PruneSize, // int DatabaseCache, // int SpendZeroConfChange, // bool Listen, // bool OptionIDRowCount, }; void Init(bool resetSettings = false); void Reset(); int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const override; QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override; bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role = Qt::EditRole) override; /** Updates current unit in memory, settings and emits * displayUnitChanged(newUnit) signal */ void setDisplayUnit(const QVariant &value); /* Explicit getters */ bool getHideTrayIcon() const { return fHideTrayIcon; } bool getMinimizeToTray() const { return fMinimizeToTray; } bool getMinimizeOnClose() const { return fMinimizeOnClose; } int getDisplayUnit() const { return nDisplayUnit; } QString getThirdPartyTxUrls() const { return strThirdPartyTxUrls; } bool getProxySettings(QNetworkProxy &proxy) const; bool getCoinControlFeatures() const { return fCoinControlFeatures; } const QString &getOverriddenByCommandLine() { return strOverriddenByCommandLine; } /* Restart flag helper */ void setRestartRequired(bool fRequired); bool isRestartRequired() const; interfaces::Node &node() const { return m_node; } private: interfaces::Node &m_node; /* Qt-only settings */ bool fHideTrayIcon; bool fMinimizeToTray; bool fMinimizeOnClose; QString language; int nDisplayUnit; QString strThirdPartyTxUrls; bool fCoinControlFeatures; /* settings that were overridden by command-line */ QString strOverriddenByCommandLine; // Add option to list of GUI options overridden through command line/config // file void addOverriddenOption(const std::string &option); // Check settings version and upgrade default values if required void checkAndMigrate(); Q_SIGNALS: void displayUnitChanged(int unit); void coinControlFeaturesChanged(bool); void hideTrayIconChanged(bool); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_OPTIONSMODEL_H diff --git a/src/qt/overviewpage.cpp b/src/qt/overviewpage.cpp index 704783c1e..912a34063 100644 --- a/src/qt/overviewpage.cpp +++ b/src/qt/overviewpage.cpp @@ -1,293 +1,294 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #define DECORATION_SIZE 54 #define NUM_ITEMS 5 Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(interfaces::WalletBalances) class TxViewDelegate : public QAbstractItemDelegate { Q_OBJECT public: explicit TxViewDelegate(const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, QObject *parent = nullptr) : QAbstractItemDelegate(parent), unit(BitcoinUnits::BCH), platformStyle(_platformStyle) {} inline void paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const { painter->save(); QIcon icon = qvariant_cast( index.data(TransactionTableModel::RawDecorationRole)); QRect mainRect = option.rect; QRect decorationRect(mainRect.topLeft(), QSize(DECORATION_SIZE, DECORATION_SIZE)); int xspace = DECORATION_SIZE + 8; int ypad = 6; int halfheight = (mainRect.height() - 2 * ypad) / 2; QRect amountRect(mainRect.left() + xspace, mainRect.top() + ypad, mainRect.width() - xspace, halfheight); QRect addressRect(mainRect.left() + xspace, mainRect.top() + ypad + halfheight, mainRect.width() - xspace, halfheight); icon = platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(icon); icon.paint(painter, decorationRect); QDateTime date = index.data(TransactionTableModel::DateRole).toDateTime(); QString address = index.data(Qt::DisplayRole).toString(); Amount amount( int64_t( index.data(TransactionTableModel::AmountRole).toLongLong()) * SATOSHI); bool confirmed = index.data(TransactionTableModel::ConfirmedRole).toBool(); QVariant value = index.data(Qt::ForegroundRole); QColor foreground = option.palette.color(QPalette::Text); if (value.canConvert()) { QBrush brush = qvariant_cast(value); foreground = brush.color(); } painter->setPen(foreground); QRect boundingRect; painter->drawText(addressRect, Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, address, &boundingRect); if (index.data(TransactionTableModel::WatchonlyRole).toBool()) { QIcon iconWatchonly = qvariant_cast( index.data(TransactionTableModel::WatchonlyDecorationRole)); QRect watchonlyRect(boundingRect.right() + 5, mainRect.top() + ypad + halfheight, 16, halfheight); iconWatchonly.paint(painter, watchonlyRect); } if (amount < Amount::zero()) { foreground = COLOR_NEGATIVE; } else if (!confirmed) { foreground = COLOR_UNCONFIRMED; } else { foreground = option.palette.color(QPalette::Text); } painter->setPen(foreground); QString amountText = BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( unit, amount, true, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways); if (!confirmed) { amountText = QString("[") + amountText + QString("]"); } painter->drawText(amountRect, Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignVCenter, amountText); painter->setPen(option.palette.color(QPalette::Text)); painter->drawText(amountRect, Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, GUIUtil::dateTimeStr(date)); painter->restore(); } inline QSize sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const { return QSize(DECORATION_SIZE, DECORATION_SIZE); } int unit; const PlatformStyle *platformStyle; }; #include OverviewPage::OverviewPage(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, QWidget *parent) - : QWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::OverviewPage), clientModel(0), walletModel(0), + : QWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::OverviewPage), clientModel(nullptr), + walletModel(nullptr), txdelegate(new TxViewDelegate(platformStyle, this)) { ui->setupUi(this); m_balances.balance = -SATOSHI; // use a SingleColorIcon for the "out of sync warning" icon QIcon icon = platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/warning"); // also set the disabled icon because we are using a disabled QPushButton to // work around missing HiDPI support of QLabel // (https://bugreports.qt.io/browse/QTBUG-42503) icon.addPixmap(icon.pixmap(QSize(64, 64), QIcon::Normal), QIcon::Disabled); ui->labelTransactionsStatus->setIcon(icon); ui->labelWalletStatus->setIcon(icon); // Recent transactions ui->listTransactions->setItemDelegate(txdelegate); ui->listTransactions->setIconSize(QSize(DECORATION_SIZE, DECORATION_SIZE)); ui->listTransactions->setMinimumHeight(NUM_ITEMS * (DECORATION_SIZE + 2)); ui->listTransactions->setAttribute(Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect, false); connect(ui->listTransactions, &QListView::clicked, this, &OverviewPage::handleTransactionClicked); // start with displaying the "out of sync" warnings showOutOfSyncWarning(true); connect(ui->labelWalletStatus, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OverviewPage::handleOutOfSyncWarningClicks); connect(ui->labelTransactionsStatus, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OverviewPage::handleOutOfSyncWarningClicks); } void OverviewPage::handleTransactionClicked(const QModelIndex &index) { if (filter) { Q_EMIT transactionClicked(filter->mapToSource(index)); } } void OverviewPage::handleOutOfSyncWarningClicks() { Q_EMIT outOfSyncWarningClicked(); } OverviewPage::~OverviewPage() { delete ui; } void OverviewPage::setBalance(const interfaces::WalletBalances &balances) { int unit = walletModel->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(); m_balances = balances; ui->labelBalance->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( unit, balances.balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelUnconfirmed->setText( BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(unit, balances.unconfirmed_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelImmature->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( unit, balances.immature_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelTotal->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( unit, balances.balance + balances.unconfirmed_balance + balances.immature_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelWatchAvailable->setText( BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(unit, balances.watch_only_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelWatchPending->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( unit, balances.unconfirmed_watch_only_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelWatchImmature->setText( BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(unit, balances.immature_watch_only_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); ui->labelWatchTotal->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( unit, balances.watch_only_balance + balances.unconfirmed_watch_only_balance + balances.immature_watch_only_balance, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways)); // only show immature (newly mined) balance if it's non-zero, so as not to // complicate things for the non-mining users bool showImmature = balances.immature_balance != Amount::zero(); bool showWatchOnlyImmature = balances.immature_watch_only_balance != Amount::zero(); // for symmetry reasons also show immature label when the watch-only one is // shown ui->labelImmature->setVisible(showImmature || showWatchOnlyImmature); ui->labelImmatureText->setVisible(showImmature || showWatchOnlyImmature); ui->labelWatchImmature->setVisible( showWatchOnlyImmature); // show watch-only immature balance } // show/hide watch-only labels void OverviewPage::updateWatchOnlyLabels(bool showWatchOnly) { // show spendable label (only when watch-only is active) ui->labelSpendable->setVisible(showWatchOnly); // show watch-only label ui->labelWatchonly->setVisible(showWatchOnly); // show watch-only balance separator line ui->lineWatchBalance->setVisible(showWatchOnly); // show watch-only available balance ui->labelWatchAvailable->setVisible(showWatchOnly); // show watch-only pending balance ui->labelWatchPending->setVisible(showWatchOnly); // show watch-only total balance ui->labelWatchTotal->setVisible(showWatchOnly); if (!showWatchOnly) { ui->labelWatchImmature->hide(); } } void OverviewPage::setClientModel(ClientModel *model) { this->clientModel = model; if (model) { // Show warning if this is a prerelease version connect(model, &ClientModel::alertsChanged, this, &OverviewPage::updateAlerts); updateAlerts(model->getStatusBarWarnings()); } } void OverviewPage::setWalletModel(WalletModel *model) { this->walletModel = model; if (model && model->getOptionsModel()) { // Set up transaction list filter.reset(new TransactionFilterProxy()); filter->setSourceModel(model->getTransactionTableModel()); filter->setLimit(NUM_ITEMS); filter->setDynamicSortFilter(true); filter->setSortRole(Qt::EditRole); filter->setShowInactive(false); filter->sort(TransactionTableModel::Date, Qt::DescendingOrder); ui->listTransactions->setModel(filter.get()); ui->listTransactions->setModelColumn(TransactionTableModel::ToAddress); // Keep up to date with wallet interfaces::Wallet &wallet = model->wallet(); interfaces::WalletBalances balances = wallet.getBalances(); setBalance(balances); connect(model, &WalletModel::balanceChanged, this, &OverviewPage::setBalance); connect(model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &OverviewPage::updateDisplayUnit); updateWatchOnlyLabels(wallet.haveWatchOnly()); connect(model, &WalletModel::notifyWatchonlyChanged, this, &OverviewPage::updateWatchOnlyLabels); } // update the display unit, to not use the default ("BCH") updateDisplayUnit(); } void OverviewPage::updateDisplayUnit() { if (walletModel && walletModel->getOptionsModel()) { if (m_balances.balance != -SATOSHI) { setBalance(m_balances); } // Update txdelegate->unit with the current unit txdelegate->unit = walletModel->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(); ui->listTransactions->update(); } } void OverviewPage::updateAlerts(const QString &warnings) { this->ui->labelAlerts->setVisible(!warnings.isEmpty()); this->ui->labelAlerts->setText(warnings); } void OverviewPage::showOutOfSyncWarning(bool fShow) { ui->labelWalletStatus->setVisible(fShow); ui->labelTransactionsStatus->setVisible(fShow); } diff --git a/src/qt/overviewpage.h b/src/qt/overviewpage.h index 0c4675aa8..ca7ef5ef0 100644 --- a/src/qt/overviewpage.h +++ b/src/qt/overviewpage.h @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_OVERVIEWPAGE_H #define BITCOIN_QT_OVERVIEWPAGE_H #include #include #include class ClientModel; class TransactionFilterProxy; class TxViewDelegate; class PlatformStyle; class WalletModel; namespace Ui { class OverviewPage; } QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QModelIndex; QT_END_NAMESPACE /** Overview ("home") page widget */ class OverviewPage : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: explicit OverviewPage(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, - QWidget *parent = 0); + QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~OverviewPage(); void setClientModel(ClientModel *clientModel); void setWalletModel(WalletModel *walletModel); void showOutOfSyncWarning(bool fShow); public Q_SLOTS: void setBalance(const interfaces::WalletBalances &balances); Q_SIGNALS: void transactionClicked(const QModelIndex &index); void outOfSyncWarningClicked(); private: Ui::OverviewPage *ui; ClientModel *clientModel; WalletModel *walletModel; interfaces::WalletBalances m_balances; TxViewDelegate *txdelegate; std::unique_ptr filter; private Q_SLOTS: void updateDisplayUnit(); void handleTransactionClicked(const QModelIndex &index); void updateAlerts(const QString &warnings); void updateWatchOnlyLabels(bool showWatchOnly); void handleOutOfSyncWarningClicks(); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_OVERVIEWPAGE_H diff --git a/src/qt/paymentserver.cpp b/src/qt/paymentserver.cpp index afe7f1d1f..44323085f 100644 --- a/src/qt/paymentserver.cpp +++ b/src/qt/paymentserver.cpp @@ -1,915 +1,915 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include const int BITCOIN_IPC_CONNECT_TIMEOUT = 1000; // milliseconds #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // BIP70 payment protocol messages const char *BIP70_MESSAGE_PAYMENTACK = "PaymentACK"; const char *BIP70_MESSAGE_PAYMENTREQUEST = "PaymentRequest"; // BIP71 payment protocol media types const char *BIP71_MIMETYPE_PAYMENT = "application/bitcoincash-payment"; const char *BIP71_MIMETYPE_PAYMENTACK = "application/bitcoincash-paymentack"; const char *BIP71_MIMETYPE_PAYMENTREQUEST = "application/bitcoincash-paymentrequest"; #endif // // Create a name that is unique for: // testnet / non-testnet // data directory // static QString ipcServerName() { QString name("BitcoinQt"); // Append a simple hash of the datadir // Note that GetDataDir(true) returns a different path for -testnet versus // main net QString ddir(GUIUtil::boostPathToQString(GetDataDir(true))); name.append(QString::number(qHash(ddir))); return name; } // // We store payment URIs and requests received before the main GUI window is up // and ready to ask the user to send payment. // static QList savedPaymentRequests; static std::string ipcParseURI(const QString &arg, const CChainParams ¶ms, bool useCashAddr) { const QString scheme = QString::fromStdString(params.CashAddrPrefix()); if (!arg.startsWith(scheme + ":", Qt::CaseInsensitive)) { return {}; } SendCoinsRecipient r; if (!GUIUtil::parseBitcoinURI(scheme, arg, &r)) { return {}; } return r.address.toStdString(); } static bool ipcCanParseCashAddrURI(const QString &arg, const std::string &network) { auto tempChainParams = CreateChainParams(network); std::string addr = ipcParseURI(arg, *tempChainParams, true); return IsValidDestinationString(addr, *tempChainParams); } static bool ipcCanParseLegacyURI(const QString &arg, const std::string &network) { auto tempChainParams = CreateChainParams(network); std::string addr = ipcParseURI(arg, *tempChainParams, false); return IsValidDestinationString(addr, *tempChainParams); } // // Sending to the server is done synchronously, at startup. // If the server isn't already running, startup continues, and the items in // savedPaymentRequest will be handled when uiReady() is called. // // Warning: ipcSendCommandLine() is called early in init, so don't use "Q_EMIT // message()", but "QMessageBox::"! // void PaymentServer::ipcParseCommandLine(interfaces::Node &node, int argc, char *argv[]) { std::array networks = { {&CBaseChainParams::MAIN, &CBaseChainParams::TESTNET, &CBaseChainParams::REGTEST}}; const std::string *chosenNetwork = nullptr; for (int i = 1; i < argc; i++) { QString arg(argv[i]); if (arg.startsWith("-")) { continue; } const std::string *itemNetwork = nullptr; // Try to parse as a URI for (auto net : networks) { if (ipcCanParseCashAddrURI(arg, *net)) { itemNetwork = net; break; } if (ipcCanParseLegacyURI(arg, *net)) { itemNetwork = net; break; } } #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 if (!itemNetwork && QFile::exists(arg)) { // Filename PaymentRequestPlus request; if (readPaymentRequestFromFile(arg, request)) { for (auto net : networks) { if (*net == request.getDetails().network()) { itemNetwork = net; } } } } #endif if (itemNetwork == nullptr) { // Printing to debug.log is about the best we can do here, the GUI // hasn't started yet so we can't pop up a message box. qWarning() << "PaymentServer::ipcSendCommandLine: Payment request " "file or URI does not exist or is invalid: " << arg; continue; } #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 if (chosenNetwork && chosenNetwork != itemNetwork) { qWarning() << "PaymentServer::ipcSendCommandLine: Payment request " "from network " << QString(itemNetwork->c_str()) << " does not match already chosen network " << QString(chosenNetwork->c_str()); continue; } savedPaymentRequests.append(arg); #endif chosenNetwork = itemNetwork; } if (chosenNetwork) { node.selectParams(*chosenNetwork); } } // // Sending to the server is done synchronously, at startup. // If the server isn't already running, startup continues, and the items in // savedPaymentRequest will be handled when uiReady() is called. // bool PaymentServer::ipcSendCommandLine() { bool fResult = false; for (const QString &r : savedPaymentRequests) { QLocalSocket *socket = new QLocalSocket(); socket->connectToServer(ipcServerName(), QIODevice::WriteOnly); if (!socket->waitForConnected(BITCOIN_IPC_CONNECT_TIMEOUT)) { delete socket; socket = nullptr; return false; } QByteArray block; QDataStream out(&block, QIODevice::WriteOnly); out.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); out << r; out.device()->seek(0); socket->write(block); socket->flush(); socket->waitForBytesWritten(BITCOIN_IPC_CONNECT_TIMEOUT); socket->disconnectFromServer(); delete socket; socket = nullptr; fResult = true; } return fResult; } PaymentServer::PaymentServer(QObject *parent, bool startLocalServer) - : QObject(parent), saveURIs(true), uriServer(0), optionsModel(0) + : QObject(parent), saveURIs(true), uriServer(nullptr), optionsModel(nullptr) // clang-format off #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 - ,netManager(0) + ,netManager(nullptr) #endif // clang-format on { #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // Verify that the version of the library that we linked against is // compatible with the version of the headers we compiled against. GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_VERIFY_VERSION; #endif // Install global event filter to catch QFileOpenEvents // on Mac: sent when you click bitcoincash: links // other OSes: helpful when dealing with payment request files if (parent) { parent->installEventFilter(this); } QString name = ipcServerName(); // Clean up old socket leftover from a crash: QLocalServer::removeServer(name); if (startLocalServer) { uriServer = new QLocalServer(this); if (!uriServer->listen(name)) { // constructor is called early in init, so don't use "Q_EMIT // message()" here - QMessageBox::critical(0, tr("Payment request error"), + QMessageBox::critical(nullptr, tr("Payment request error"), tr("Cannot start click-to-pay handler")); } else { connect(uriServer, &QLocalServer::newConnection, this, &PaymentServer::handleURIConnection); #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 connect(this, &PaymentServer::receivedPaymentACK, this, &PaymentServer::handlePaymentACK); #endif } } } PaymentServer::~PaymentServer() { #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 google::protobuf::ShutdownProtobufLibrary(); #endif } // // OSX-specific way of handling bitcoincash: URIs and PaymentRequest mime types. // Also used by paymentservertests.cpp and when opening a payment request file // via "Open URI..." menu entry. // bool PaymentServer::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) { if (event->type() == QEvent::FileOpen) { QFileOpenEvent *fileEvent = static_cast(event); if (!fileEvent->file().isEmpty()) { handleURIOrFile(fileEvent->file()); } else if (!fileEvent->url().isEmpty()) { handleURIOrFile(fileEvent->url().toString()); } return true; } return QObject::eventFilter(object, event); } void PaymentServer::uiReady() { #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 initNetManager(); #endif saveURIs = false; for (const QString &s : savedPaymentRequests) { handleURIOrFile(s); } savedPaymentRequests.clear(); } bool PaymentServer::handleURI(const CChainParams ¶ms, const QString &s) { const QString scheme = QString::fromStdString(params.CashAddrPrefix()); if (!s.startsWith(scheme + ":", Qt::CaseInsensitive)) { return false; } QUrlQuery uri((QUrl(s))); // payment request URI if (uri.hasQueryItem("r")) { #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 QByteArray temp; temp.append(uri.queryItemValue("r")); QString decoded = QUrl::fromPercentEncoding(temp); QUrl fetchUrl(decoded, QUrl::StrictMode); if (fetchUrl.isValid()) { qDebug() << "PaymentServer::handleURIOrFile: fetchRequest(" << fetchUrl << ")"; fetchRequest(fetchUrl); } else { qWarning() << "PaymentServer::handleURIOrFile: Invalid URL: " << fetchUrl; Q_EMIT message(tr("URI handling"), tr("Payment request fetch URL is invalid: %1") .arg(fetchUrl.toString()), CClientUIInterface::ICON_WARNING); } #else Q_EMIT message(tr("URI handling"), tr("Cannot process payment request because BIP70 " "support was not compiled in."), CClientUIInterface::ICON_WARNING); #endif return true; } // normal URI SendCoinsRecipient recipient; if (GUIUtil::parseBitcoinURI(scheme, s, &recipient)) { if (!IsValidDestinationString(recipient.address.toStdString(), params)) { Q_EMIT message( tr("URI handling"), tr("Invalid payment address %1").arg(recipient.address), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); } else { Q_EMIT receivedPaymentRequest(recipient); } } else { Q_EMIT message( tr("URI handling"), tr("URI cannot be parsed! This can be caused by an invalid " "Bitcoin address or malformed URI parameters."), CClientUIInterface::ICON_WARNING); } return true; } void PaymentServer::handleURIOrFile(const QString &s) { if (saveURIs) { savedPaymentRequests.append(s); return; } // bitcoincash: CashAddr URI if (handleURI(Params(), s)) { return; } #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // payment request file if (QFile::exists(s)) { PaymentRequestPlus request; SendCoinsRecipient recipient; if (!readPaymentRequestFromFile(s, request)) { Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request file handling"), tr("Payment request file cannot be read! This can " "be caused by an invalid payment request file."), CClientUIInterface::ICON_WARNING); } else if (processPaymentRequest(request, recipient)) { Q_EMIT receivedPaymentRequest(recipient); } return; } #endif } void PaymentServer::handleURIConnection() { QLocalSocket *clientConnection = uriServer->nextPendingConnection(); while (clientConnection->bytesAvailable() < (int)sizeof(quint32)) { clientConnection->waitForReadyRead(); } connect(clientConnection, &QLocalSocket::disconnected, clientConnection, &QLocalSocket::deleteLater); QDataStream in(clientConnection); in.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); if (clientConnection->bytesAvailable() < (int)sizeof(quint16)) { return; } QString msg; in >> msg; handleURIOrFile(msg); } void PaymentServer::setOptionsModel(OptionsModel *_optionsModel) { this->optionsModel = _optionsModel; } #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 struct X509StoreDeleter { void operator()(X509_STORE *b) { X509_STORE_free(b); } }; struct X509Deleter { void operator()(X509 *b) { X509_free(b); } }; // Anon namespace namespace { std::unique_ptr certStore; } static void ReportInvalidCertificate(const QSslCertificate &cert) { qDebug() << QString("%1: Payment server found an invalid certificate: ") .arg(__func__) << cert.serialNumber() << cert.subjectInfo(QSslCertificate::CommonName) << cert.subjectInfo(QSslCertificate::DistinguishedNameQualifier) << cert.subjectInfo(QSslCertificate::OrganizationalUnitName); } // // Load OpenSSL's list of root certificate authorities // void PaymentServer::LoadRootCAs(X509_STORE *_store) { // Unit tests mostly use this, to pass in fake root CAs: if (_store) { certStore.reset(_store); return; } // Normal execution, use either -rootcertificates or system certs: certStore.reset(X509_STORE_new()); // Note: use "-system-" default here so that users can pass // -rootcertificates="" and get 'I don't like X.509 certificates, don't // trust anybody' behavior: QString certFile = QString::fromStdString(gArgs.GetArg("-rootcertificates", "-system-")); // Empty store if (certFile.isEmpty()) { qDebug() << QString("PaymentServer::%1: Payment request authentication " "via X.509 certificates disabled.") .arg(__func__); return; } QList certList; if (certFile != "-system-") { qDebug() << QString("PaymentServer::%1: Using \"%2\" as trusted root " "certificate.") .arg(__func__) .arg(certFile); certList = QSslCertificate::fromPath(certFile); // Use those certificates when fetching payment requests, too: QSslSocket::setDefaultCaCertificates(certList); } else { certList = QSslSocket::systemCaCertificates(); } int nRootCerts = 0; const QDateTime currentTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime(); for (const QSslCertificate &cert : certList) { // Don't log NULL certificates if (cert.isNull()) { continue; } // Not yet active/valid, or expired certificate if (currentTime < cert.effectiveDate() || currentTime > cert.expiryDate()) { ReportInvalidCertificate(cert); continue; } // Blacklisted certificate if (cert.isBlacklisted()) { ReportInvalidCertificate(cert); continue; } QByteArray certData = cert.toDer(); const uint8_t *data = (const uint8_t *)certData.data(); std::unique_ptr x509( d2i_X509(0, &data, certData.size())); if (x509 && X509_STORE_add_cert(certStore.get(), x509.get())) { // Note: X509_STORE increases the reference count to the X509 // object, we still have to release our reference to it. ++nRootCerts; } else { ReportInvalidCertificate(cert); continue; } } qWarning() << "PaymentServer::LoadRootCAs: Loaded " << nRootCerts << " root certificates"; // Project for another day: // Fetch certificate revocation lists, and add them to certStore. // Issues to consider: // performance (start a thread to fetch in background?) // privacy (fetch through tor/proxy so IP address isn't revealed) // would it be easier to just use a compiled-in blacklist? // or use Qt's blacklist? // "certificate stapling" with server-side caching is more efficient } void PaymentServer::initNetManager() { if (!optionsModel) { return; } if (netManager != nullptr) { delete netManager; } // netManager is used to fetch paymentrequests given in bitcoincash: URIs netManager = new QNetworkAccessManager(this); QNetworkProxy proxy; // Query active SOCKS5 proxy if (optionsModel->getProxySettings(proxy)) { netManager->setProxy(proxy); qDebug() << "PaymentServer::initNetManager: Using SOCKS5 proxy" << proxy.hostName() << ":" << proxy.port(); } else { qDebug() << "PaymentServer::initNetManager: No active proxy server found."; } connect(netManager, &QNetworkAccessManager::finished, this, &PaymentServer::netRequestFinished); connect(netManager, &QNetworkAccessManager::sslErrors, this, &PaymentServer::reportSslErrors); } // // Warning: readPaymentRequestFromFile() is used in ipcSendCommandLine() // so don't use "Q_EMIT message()", but "QMessageBox::"! // bool PaymentServer::readPaymentRequestFromFile(const QString &filename, PaymentRequestPlus &request) { QFile f(filename); if (!f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { qWarning() << QString("PaymentServer::%1: Failed to open %2") .arg(__func__) .arg(filename); return false; } // BIP70 DoS protection if (!verifySize(f.size())) { return false; } QByteArray data = f.readAll(); return request.parse(data); } bool PaymentServer::processPaymentRequest(const PaymentRequestPlus &request, SendCoinsRecipient &recipient) { if (!optionsModel) { return false; } if (request.IsInitialized()) { // Payment request network matches client network? if (!verifyNetwork(optionsModel->node(), request.getDetails())) { Q_EMIT message( tr("Payment request rejected"), tr("Payment request network doesn't match client network."), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } // Make sure any payment requests involved are still valid. // This is re-checked just before sending coins in // WalletModel::sendCoins(). if (verifyExpired(request.getDetails())) { Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request rejected"), tr("Payment request expired."), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } } else { Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request error"), tr("Payment request is not initialized."), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } recipient.paymentRequest = request; recipient.message = GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(request.getDetails().memo()); request.getMerchant(certStore.get(), recipient.authenticatedMerchant); QList> sendingTos = request.getPayTo(); QStringList addresses; for (const std::pair &sendingTo : sendingTos) { // Extract and check destination addresses CTxDestination dest; if (ExtractDestination(sendingTo.first, dest)) { // Append destination address addresses.append( QString::fromStdString(EncodeCashAddr(dest, Params()))); } else if (!recipient.authenticatedMerchant.isEmpty()) { // Unauthenticated payment requests to custom bitcoin addresses are // not supported (there is no good way to tell the user where they // are paying in a way they'd have a chance of understanding). Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request rejected"), tr("Unverified payment requests to custom payment " "scripts are unsupported."), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } // Bitcoin amounts are stored as (optional) uint64 in the protobuf // messages (see paymentrequest.proto), but Amount is defined as // int64_t. Because of that we need to verify that amounts are in a // valid range and no overflow has happened. if (!verifyAmount(sendingTo.second)) { Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request rejected"), tr("Invalid payment request."), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } // Extract and check amounts CTxOut txOut(Amount(sendingTo.second), sendingTo.first); if (IsDust(txOut, optionsModel->node().getDustRelayFee())) { Q_EMIT message( tr("Payment request error"), tr("Requested payment amount of %1 is too small (considered " "dust).") .arg(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( optionsModel->getDisplayUnit(), sendingTo.second)), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } recipient.amount += sendingTo.second; // Also verify that the final amount is still in a valid range after // adding additional amounts. if (!verifyAmount(recipient.amount)) { Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request rejected"), tr("Invalid payment request."), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return false; } } // Store addresses and format them to fit nicely into the GUI recipient.address = addresses.join("
"); if (!recipient.authenticatedMerchant.isEmpty()) { qDebug() << "PaymentServer::processPaymentRequest: Secure payment " "request from " << recipient.authenticatedMerchant; } else { qDebug() << "PaymentServer::processPaymentRequest: Insecure payment " "request to " << addresses.join(", "); } return true; } void PaymentServer::fetchRequest(const QUrl &url) { QNetworkRequest netRequest; netRequest.setAttribute(QNetworkRequest::User, BIP70_MESSAGE_PAYMENTREQUEST); netRequest.setUrl(url); netRequest.setRawHeader("User-Agent", CLIENT_NAME.c_str()); netRequest.setRawHeader("Accept", BIP71_MIMETYPE_PAYMENTREQUEST); netManager->get(netRequest); } void PaymentServer::fetchPaymentACK(WalletModel *walletModel, const SendCoinsRecipient &recipient, QByteArray transaction) { const payments::PaymentDetails &details = recipient.paymentRequest.getDetails(); if (!details.has_payment_url()) { return; } QNetworkRequest netRequest; netRequest.setAttribute(QNetworkRequest::User, BIP70_MESSAGE_PAYMENTACK); netRequest.setUrl(QString::fromStdString(details.payment_url())); netRequest.setHeader(QNetworkRequest::ContentTypeHeader, BIP71_MIMETYPE_PAYMENT); netRequest.setRawHeader("User-Agent", CLIENT_NAME.c_str()); netRequest.setRawHeader("Accept", BIP71_MIMETYPE_PAYMENTACK); payments::Payment payment; payment.set_merchant_data(details.merchant_data()); payment.add_transactions(transaction.data(), transaction.size()); // Create a new refund address, or re-use: CPubKey newKey; if (walletModel->wallet().getKeyFromPool(false /* internal */, newKey)) { // BIP70 requests encode the scriptPubKey directly, so we are not // restricted to address types supported by the receiver. As a result, // we choose the address format we also use for change. Despite an // actual payment and not change, this is a close match: it's the output // type we use subject to privacy issues, but not restricted by what // other software supports. const OutputType change_type = walletModel->wallet().getDefaultChangeType() != OutputType::CHANGE_AUTO ? walletModel->wallet().getDefaultChangeType() : walletModel->wallet().getDefaultAddressType(); walletModel->wallet().learnRelatedScripts(newKey, change_type); CTxDestination dest = GetDestinationForKey(newKey, change_type); std::string label = tr("Refund from %1") .arg(recipient.authenticatedMerchant) .toStdString(); walletModel->wallet().setAddressBook(dest, label, "refund"); CScript s = GetScriptForDestination(dest); payments::Output *refund_to = payment.add_refund_to(); refund_to->set_script(&s[0], s.size()); } else { // This should never happen, because sending coins should have // just unlocked the wallet and refilled the keypool. qWarning() << "PaymentServer::fetchPaymentACK: Error getting refund " "key, refund_to not set"; } int length = payment.ByteSize(); netRequest.setHeader(QNetworkRequest::ContentLengthHeader, length); QByteArray serData(length, '\0'); if (payment.SerializeToArray(serData.data(), length)) { netManager->post(netRequest, serData); } else { // This should never happen, either. qWarning() << "PaymentServer::fetchPaymentACK: Error serializing " "payment message"; } } void PaymentServer::netRequestFinished(QNetworkReply *reply) { reply->deleteLater(); // BIP70 DoS protection if (!verifySize(reply->size())) { Q_EMIT message( tr("Payment request rejected"), tr("Payment request %1 is too large (%2 bytes, allowed %3 bytes).") .arg(reply->request().url().toString()) .arg(reply->size()) .arg(BIP70_MAX_PAYMENTREQUEST_SIZE), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return; } if (reply->error() != QNetworkReply::NoError) { QString msg = tr("Error communicating with %1: %2") .arg(reply->request().url().toString()) .arg(reply->errorString()); qWarning() << "PaymentServer::netRequestFinished: " << msg; Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request error"), msg, CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return; } QByteArray data = reply->readAll(); QString requestType = reply->request().attribute(QNetworkRequest::User).toString(); if (requestType == BIP70_MESSAGE_PAYMENTREQUEST) { PaymentRequestPlus request; SendCoinsRecipient recipient; if (!request.parse(data)) { qWarning() << "PaymentServer::netRequestFinished: Error parsing " "payment request"; Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request error"), tr("Payment request cannot be parsed!"), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); } else if (processPaymentRequest(request, recipient)) { Q_EMIT receivedPaymentRequest(recipient); } return; } else if (requestType == BIP70_MESSAGE_PAYMENTACK) { payments::PaymentACK paymentACK; if (!paymentACK.ParseFromArray(data.data(), data.size())) { QString msg = tr("Bad response from server %1") .arg(reply->request().url().toString()); qWarning() << "PaymentServer::netRequestFinished: " << msg; Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment request error"), msg, CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); } else { Q_EMIT receivedPaymentACK(GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(paymentACK.memo())); } } } void PaymentServer::reportSslErrors(QNetworkReply *reply, const QList &errs) { Q_UNUSED(reply); QString errString; for (const QSslError &err : errs) { qWarning() << "PaymentServer::reportSslErrors: " << err; errString += err.errorString() + "\n"; } Q_EMIT message(tr("Network request error"), errString, CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); } void PaymentServer::handlePaymentACK(const QString &paymentACKMsg) { // currently we don't further process or store the paymentACK message Q_EMIT message(tr("Payment acknowledged"), paymentACKMsg, CClientUIInterface::ICON_INFORMATION | CClientUIInterface::MODAL); } bool PaymentServer::verifyNetwork( interfaces::Node &node, const payments::PaymentDetails &requestDetails) { bool fVerified = requestDetails.network() == node.getNetwork(); if (!fVerified) { qWarning() << QString("PaymentServer::%1: Payment request network " "\"%2\" doesn't match client network \"%3\".") .arg(__func__) .arg(QString::fromStdString(requestDetails.network())) .arg(QString::fromStdString(node.getNetwork())); } return fVerified; } bool PaymentServer::verifyExpired( const payments::PaymentDetails &requestDetails) { bool fVerified = (requestDetails.has_expires() && (int64_t)requestDetails.expires() < GetTime()); if (fVerified) { const QString requestExpires = QString::fromStdString( FormatISO8601DateTime((int64_t)requestDetails.expires())); qWarning() << QString( "PaymentServer::%1: Payment request expired \"%2\".") .arg(__func__) .arg(requestExpires); } return fVerified; } bool PaymentServer::verifySize(qint64 requestSize) { bool fVerified = (requestSize <= BIP70_MAX_PAYMENTREQUEST_SIZE); if (!fVerified) { qWarning() << QString("PaymentServer::%1: Payment request too large " "(%2 bytes, allowed %3 bytes).") .arg(__func__) .arg(requestSize) .arg(BIP70_MAX_PAYMENTREQUEST_SIZE); } return fVerified; } bool PaymentServer::verifyAmount(const Amount requestAmount) { bool fVerified = MoneyRange(Amount(requestAmount)); if (!fVerified) { qWarning() << QString("PaymentServer::%1: Payment request amount out " "of allowed range (%2, allowed 0 - %3).") .arg(__func__) .arg(requestAmount / SATOSHI) .arg(MAX_MONEY / SATOSHI); } return fVerified; } X509_STORE *PaymentServer::getCertStore() { return certStore.get(); } #endif diff --git a/src/qt/peertablemodel.cpp b/src/qt/peertablemodel.cpp index 41d77f12c..f4a2261ca 100644 --- a/src/qt/peertablemodel.cpp +++ b/src/qt/peertablemodel.cpp @@ -1,231 +1,232 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // for cs_main #include #include #include #include bool NodeLessThan::operator()(const CNodeCombinedStats &left, const CNodeCombinedStats &right) const { const CNodeStats *pLeft = &(left.nodeStats); const CNodeStats *pRight = &(right.nodeStats); if (order == Qt::DescendingOrder) { std::swap(pLeft, pRight); } switch (column) { case PeerTableModel::NetNodeId: return pLeft->nodeid < pRight->nodeid; case PeerTableModel::Address: return pLeft->addrName.compare(pRight->addrName) < 0; case PeerTableModel::Subversion: return pLeft->cleanSubVer.compare(pRight->cleanSubVer) < 0; case PeerTableModel::Ping: return pLeft->dMinPing < pRight->dMinPing; case PeerTableModel::Sent: return pLeft->nSendBytes < pRight->nSendBytes; case PeerTableModel::Received: return pLeft->nRecvBytes < pRight->nRecvBytes; } return false; } // private implementation class PeerTablePriv { public: /** Local cache of peer information */ QList cachedNodeStats; /** Column to sort nodes by (default to unsorted) */ int sortColumn{-1}; /** Order (ascending or descending) to sort nodes by */ Qt::SortOrder sortOrder; /** Index of rows by node ID */ std::map mapNodeRows; /** Pull a full list of peers from vNodes into our cache */ void refreshPeers(interfaces::Node &node) { { cachedNodeStats.clear(); interfaces::Node::NodesStats nodes_stats; node.getNodesStats(nodes_stats); cachedNodeStats.reserve(nodes_stats.size()); for (const auto &node_stats : nodes_stats) { CNodeCombinedStats stats; stats.nodeStats = std::get<0>(node_stats); stats.fNodeStateStatsAvailable = std::get<1>(node_stats); stats.nodeStateStats = std::get<2>(node_stats); cachedNodeStats.append(stats); } } if (sortColumn >= 0) { // sort cacheNodeStats (use stable sort to prevent rows jumping // around unnecessarily) std::stable_sort(cachedNodeStats.begin(), cachedNodeStats.end(), NodeLessThan(sortColumn, sortOrder)); } // build index map mapNodeRows.clear(); int row = 0; for (const CNodeCombinedStats &stats : cachedNodeStats) { mapNodeRows.insert( std::pair(stats.nodeStats.nodeid, row++)); } } int size() const { return cachedNodeStats.size(); } CNodeCombinedStats *index(int idx) { if (idx >= 0 && idx < cachedNodeStats.size()) { return &cachedNodeStats[idx]; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; PeerTableModel::PeerTableModel(interfaces::Node &node, ClientModel *parent) - : QAbstractTableModel(parent), m_node(node), clientModel(parent), timer(0) { + : QAbstractTableModel(parent), m_node(node), clientModel(parent), + timer(nullptr) { columns << tr("NodeId") << tr("Node/Service") << tr("Ping") << tr("Sent") << tr("Received") << tr("User Agent"); priv.reset(new PeerTablePriv()); // set up timer for auto refresh timer = new QTimer(this); connect(timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &PeerTableModel::refresh); timer->setInterval(MODEL_UPDATE_DELAY); // load initial data refresh(); } PeerTableModel::~PeerTableModel() { // Intentionally left empty } void PeerTableModel::startAutoRefresh() { timer->start(); } void PeerTableModel::stopAutoRefresh() { timer->stop(); } int PeerTableModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return priv->size(); } int PeerTableModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return columns.length(); } QVariant PeerTableModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const { if (!index.isValid()) { return QVariant(); } CNodeCombinedStats *rec = static_cast(index.internalPointer()); if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) { switch (index.column()) { case NetNodeId: return (qint64)rec->nodeStats.nodeid; case Address: return QString::fromStdString(rec->nodeStats.addrName); case Subversion: return QString::fromStdString(rec->nodeStats.cleanSubVer); case Ping: return GUIUtil::formatPingTime(rec->nodeStats.dMinPing); case Sent: return GUIUtil::formatBytes(rec->nodeStats.nSendBytes); case Received: return GUIUtil::formatBytes(rec->nodeStats.nRecvBytes); } } else if (role == Qt::TextAlignmentRole) { switch (index.column()) { case Ping: case Sent: case Received: return QVariant(Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignVCenter); default: return QVariant(); } } return QVariant(); } QVariant PeerTableModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const { if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { if (role == Qt::DisplayRole && section < columns.size()) { return columns[section]; } } return QVariant(); } Qt::ItemFlags PeerTableModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const { if (!index.isValid()) { - return 0; + return Qt::NoItemFlags; } Qt::ItemFlags retval = Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled; return retval; } QModelIndex PeerTableModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); CNodeCombinedStats *data = priv->index(row); if (data) { return createIndex(row, column, data); } return QModelIndex(); } const CNodeCombinedStats *PeerTableModel::getNodeStats(int idx) { return priv->index(idx); } void PeerTableModel::refresh() { Q_EMIT layoutAboutToBeChanged(); priv->refreshPeers(m_node); Q_EMIT layoutChanged(); } int PeerTableModel::getRowByNodeId(NodeId nodeid) { std::map::iterator it = priv->mapNodeRows.find(nodeid); if (it == priv->mapNodeRows.end()) { return -1; } return it->second; } void PeerTableModel::sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) { priv->sortColumn = column; priv->sortOrder = order; refresh(); } diff --git a/src/qt/peertablemodel.h b/src/qt/peertablemodel.h index 84e083df1..fb88f3355 100644 --- a/src/qt/peertablemodel.h +++ b/src/qt/peertablemodel.h @@ -1,93 +1,94 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_PEERTABLEMODEL_H #define BITCOIN_QT_PEERTABLEMODEL_H #include #include // For CNodeStateStats #include #include #include class ClientModel; class PeerTablePriv; namespace interfaces { class Node; } QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QTimer; QT_END_NAMESPACE struct CNodeCombinedStats { CNodeStats nodeStats; CNodeStateStats nodeStateStats; bool fNodeStateStatsAvailable; }; class NodeLessThan { public: NodeLessThan(int nColumn, Qt::SortOrder fOrder) : column(nColumn), order(fOrder) {} bool operator()(const CNodeCombinedStats &left, const CNodeCombinedStats &right) const; private: int column; Qt::SortOrder order; }; /** * Qt model providing information about connected peers, similar to the * "getpeerinfo" RPC call. Used by the rpc console UI. */ class PeerTableModel : public QAbstractTableModel { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit PeerTableModel(interfaces::Node &node, ClientModel *parent = 0); + explicit PeerTableModel(interfaces::Node &node, + ClientModel *parent = nullptr); ~PeerTableModel(); const CNodeCombinedStats *getNodeStats(int idx); int getRowByNodeId(NodeId nodeid); void startAutoRefresh(); void stopAutoRefresh(); enum ColumnIndex { NetNodeId = 0, Address = 1, Ping = 2, Sent = 3, Received = 4, Subversion = 5, }; /** @name Methods overridden from QAbstractTableModel @{*/ int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const override; QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const override; QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const override; Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const override; void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) override; /*@}*/ public Q_SLOTS: void refresh(); private: interfaces::Node &m_node; ClientModel *clientModel; QStringList columns; std::unique_ptr priv; QTimer *timer; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_PEERTABLEMODEL_H diff --git a/src/qt/platformstyle.cpp b/src/qt/platformstyle.cpp index edfdf7a51..fac6d57ac 100644 --- a/src/qt/platformstyle.cpp +++ b/src/qt/platformstyle.cpp @@ -1,133 +1,133 @@ // Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include static const struct { const char *platformId; /** Show images on push buttons */ const bool imagesOnButtons; /** Colorize single-color icons */ const bool colorizeIcons; /** Extra padding/spacing in transactionview */ const bool useExtraSpacing; } platform_styles[] = {{"macosx", false, false, true}, {"windows", true, false, false}, /* Other: linux, unix, ... */ {"other", true, true, false}}; static const unsigned platform_styles_count = sizeof(platform_styles) / sizeof(*platform_styles); namespace { /* Local functions for colorizing single-color images */ void MakeSingleColorImage(QImage &img, const QColor &colorbase) { img = img.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32); for (int x = img.width(); x--;) { for (int y = img.height(); y--;) { const QRgb rgb = img.pixel(x, y); img.setPixel(x, y, qRgba(colorbase.red(), colorbase.green(), colorbase.blue(), qAlpha(rgb))); } } } QIcon ColorizeIcon(const QIcon &ico, const QColor &colorbase) { QIcon new_ico; for (const QSize &sz : ico.availableSizes()) { QImage img(ico.pixmap(sz).toImage()); MakeSingleColorImage(img, colorbase); new_ico.addPixmap(QPixmap::fromImage(img)); } return new_ico; } QImage ColorizeImage(const QString &filename, const QColor &colorbase) { QImage img(filename); MakeSingleColorImage(img, colorbase); return img; } QIcon ColorizeIcon(const QString &filename, const QColor &colorbase) { return QIcon(QPixmap::fromImage(ColorizeImage(filename, colorbase))); } } // namespace PlatformStyle::PlatformStyle(const QString &_name, bool _imagesOnButtons, bool _colorizeIcons, bool _useExtraSpacing) : name(_name), imagesOnButtons(_imagesOnButtons), colorizeIcons(_colorizeIcons), useExtraSpacing(_useExtraSpacing), singleColor(0, 0, 0), textColor(0, 0, 0) { // Determine icon highlighting color if (colorizeIcons) { const QColor colorHighlightBg( QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::Highlight)); const QColor colorHighlightFg( QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::HighlightedText)); const QColor colorText( QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::WindowText)); const int colorTextLightness = colorText.lightness(); QColor colorbase; if (abs(colorHighlightBg.lightness() - colorTextLightness) < abs(colorHighlightFg.lightness() - colorTextLightness)) { colorbase = colorHighlightBg; } else { colorbase = colorHighlightFg; } singleColor = colorbase; } // Determine text color textColor = QColor(QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::WindowText)); } QImage PlatformStyle::SingleColorImage(const QString &filename) const { if (!colorizeIcons) { return QImage(filename); } return ColorizeImage(filename, SingleColor()); } QIcon PlatformStyle::SingleColorIcon(const QString &filename) const { if (!colorizeIcons) { return QIcon(filename); } return ColorizeIcon(filename, SingleColor()); } QIcon PlatformStyle::SingleColorIcon(const QIcon &icon) const { if (!colorizeIcons) { return icon; } return ColorizeIcon(icon, SingleColor()); } QIcon PlatformStyle::TextColorIcon(const QString &filename) const { return ColorizeIcon(filename, TextColor()); } QIcon PlatformStyle::TextColorIcon(const QIcon &icon) const { return ColorizeIcon(icon, TextColor()); } const PlatformStyle *PlatformStyle::instantiate(const QString &platformId) { for (unsigned x = 0; x < platform_styles_count; ++x) { if (platformId == platform_styles[x].platformId) { return new PlatformStyle(platform_styles[x].platformId, platform_styles[x].imagesOnButtons, platform_styles[x].colorizeIcons, platform_styles[x].useExtraSpacing); } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/src/qt/qvalidatedlineedit.cpp b/src/qt/qvalidatedlineedit.cpp index 1f15e23d5..d68ab3a62 100644 --- a/src/qt/qvalidatedlineedit.cpp +++ b/src/qt/qvalidatedlineedit.cpp @@ -1,103 +1,103 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include QValidatedLineEdit::QValidatedLineEdit(QWidget *parent) - : QLineEdit(parent), valid(true), checkValidator(0) { + : QLineEdit(parent), valid(true), checkValidator(nullptr) { connect(this, &QValidatedLineEdit::textChanged, this, &QValidatedLineEdit::markValid); } void QValidatedLineEdit::setValid(bool _valid) { if (_valid == this->valid) { return; } if (_valid) { setStyleSheet(""); } else { setStyleSheet(STYLE_INVALID); } this->valid = _valid; } void QValidatedLineEdit::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *evt) { // Clear invalid flag on focus setValid(true); QLineEdit::focusInEvent(evt); } void QValidatedLineEdit::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *evt) { checkValidity(); QLineEdit::focusOutEvent(evt); } void QValidatedLineEdit::markValid() { // As long as a user is typing ensure we display state as valid setValid(true); } void QValidatedLineEdit::clear() { setValid(true); QLineEdit::clear(); } void QValidatedLineEdit::setEnabled(bool enabled) { if (!enabled) { // A disabled QValidatedLineEdit should be marked valid setValid(true); } else { // Recheck validity when QValidatedLineEdit gets enabled checkValidity(); } QLineEdit::setEnabled(enabled); } void QValidatedLineEdit::checkValidity() { if (text().isEmpty()) { setValid(true); } else if (hasAcceptableInput()) { setValid(true); // Check contents on focus out if (checkValidator) { QString address = text(); int pos = 0; if (checkValidator->validate(address, pos) == QValidator::Acceptable) { setValid(true); } else { setValid(false); } } } else { setValid(false); } Q_EMIT validationDidChange(this); } void QValidatedLineEdit::setCheckValidator(const QValidator *v) { checkValidator = v; } bool QValidatedLineEdit::isValid() { // use checkValidator in case the QValidatedLineEdit is disabled if (checkValidator) { QString address = text(); int pos = 0; if (checkValidator->validate(address, pos) == QValidator::Acceptable) { return true; } } return valid; } diff --git a/src/qt/qvaluecombobox.h b/src/qt/qvaluecombobox.h index e23bc4573..77ea89f30 100644 --- a/src/qt/qvaluecombobox.h +++ b/src/qt/qvaluecombobox.h @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2015 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_QVALUECOMBOBOX_H #define BITCOIN_QT_QVALUECOMBOBOX_H #include #include /* QComboBox that can be used with QDataWidgetMapper to select ordinal values * from a model. */ class QValueComboBox : public QComboBox { Q_OBJECT Q_PROPERTY( QVariant value READ value WRITE setValue NOTIFY valueChanged USER true) public: - explicit QValueComboBox(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit QValueComboBox(QWidget *parent = nullptr); QVariant value() const; void setValue(const QVariant &value); /** Specify model role to use as ordinal value (defaults to Qt::UserRole) */ void setRole(int role); Q_SIGNALS: void valueChanged(); private: int role; private Q_SLOTS: void handleSelectionChanged(int idx); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_QVALUECOMBOBOX_H diff --git a/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.cpp b/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.cpp index 838ecc5cc..5aee8455b 100644 --- a/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.cpp @@ -1,306 +1,307 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include ReceiveCoinsDialog::ReceiveCoinsDialog(const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::ReceiveCoinsDialog), columnResizingFixer(0), - model(0), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::ReceiveCoinsDialog), + columnResizingFixer(nullptr), model(nullptr), + platformStyle(_platformStyle) { ui->setupUi(this); if (!_platformStyle->getImagesOnButtons()) { ui->clearButton->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->receiveButton->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->showRequestButton->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->removeRequestButton->setIcon(QIcon()); } else { ui->clearButton->setIcon( _platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->receiveButton->setIcon( _platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/receiving_addresses")); ui->showRequestButton->setIcon( _platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/edit")); ui->removeRequestButton->setIcon( _platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); } // context menu actions QAction *copyURIAction = new QAction(tr("Copy URI"), this); QAction *copyLabelAction = new QAction(tr("Copy label"), this); QAction *copyMessageAction = new QAction(tr("Copy message"), this); QAction *copyAmountAction = new QAction(tr("Copy amount"), this); // context menu contextMenu = new QMenu(this); contextMenu->addAction(copyURIAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyLabelAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyMessageAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyAmountAction); // context menu signals connect(ui->recentRequestsView, &QWidget::customContextMenuRequested, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::showMenu); connect(copyURIAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyURI); connect(copyLabelAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyLabel); connect(copyMessageAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyMessage); connect(copyAmountAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyAmount); connect(ui->clearButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::clear); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model && _model->getOptionsModel()) { _model->getRecentRequestsTableModel()->sort( RecentRequestsTableModel::Date, Qt::DescendingOrder); connect(_model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::updateDisplayUnit); updateDisplayUnit(); QTableView *tableView = ui->recentRequestsView; tableView->verticalHeader()->hide(); tableView->setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff); tableView->setModel(_model->getRecentRequestsTableModel()); tableView->setAlternatingRowColors(true); tableView->setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows); tableView->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::ContiguousSelection); tableView->setColumnWidth(RecentRequestsTableModel::Date, DATE_COLUMN_WIDTH); tableView->setColumnWidth(RecentRequestsTableModel::Label, LABEL_COLUMN_WIDTH); tableView->setColumnWidth(RecentRequestsTableModel::Amount, AMOUNT_MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH); connect(tableView->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &ReceiveCoinsDialog::recentRequestsView_selectionChanged); // Last 2 columns are set by the columnResizingFixer, when the table // geometry is ready. columnResizingFixer = new GUIUtil::TableViewLastColumnResizingFixer( tableView, AMOUNT_MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH, DATE_COLUMN_WIDTH, this); // Set the button to be enabled or disabled based on whether the wallet // can give out new addresses. ui->receiveButton->setEnabled(model->canGetAddresses()); // Enable/disable the receive button if the wallet is now able/unable to // give out new addresses. connect(model, &WalletModel::canGetAddressesChanged, [this] { ui->receiveButton->setEnabled(model->canGetAddresses()); }); } } ReceiveCoinsDialog::~ReceiveCoinsDialog() { delete ui; } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::clear() { ui->reqAmount->clear(); ui->reqLabel->setText(""); ui->reqMessage->setText(""); updateDisplayUnit(); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::reject() { clear(); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::accept() { clear(); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::updateDisplayUnit() { if (model && model->getOptionsModel()) { ui->reqAmount->setDisplayUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); } } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::on_receiveButton_clicked() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel() || !model->getAddressTableModel() || !model->getRecentRequestsTableModel()) { return; } QString address; QString label = ui->reqLabel->text(); /* Generate new receiving address */ OutputType address_type = model->wallet().getDefaultAddressType(); address = model->getAddressTableModel()->addRow(AddressTableModel::Receive, label, "", address_type); SendCoinsRecipient info(address, label, ui->reqAmount->value(), ui->reqMessage->text()); ReceiveRequestDialog *dialog = new ReceiveRequestDialog(this); dialog->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); dialog->setModel(model); dialog->setInfo(info); dialog->show(); clear(); /* Store request for later reference */ model->getRecentRequestsTableModel()->addNewRequest(info); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::on_recentRequestsView_doubleClicked( const QModelIndex &index) { const RecentRequestsTableModel *submodel = model->getRecentRequestsTableModel(); ReceiveRequestDialog *dialog = new ReceiveRequestDialog(this); dialog->setModel(model); dialog->setInfo(submodel->entry(index.row()).recipient); dialog->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); dialog->show(); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::recentRequestsView_selectionChanged( const QItemSelection &selected, const QItemSelection &deselected) { // Enable Show/Remove buttons only if anything is selected. bool enable = !ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()->selectedRows().isEmpty(); ui->showRequestButton->setEnabled(enable); ui->removeRequestButton->setEnabled(enable); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::on_showRequestButton_clicked() { if (!model || !model->getRecentRequestsTableModel() || !ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList selection = ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); for (const QModelIndex &index : selection) { on_recentRequestsView_doubleClicked(index); } } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::on_removeRequestButton_clicked() { if (!model || !model->getRecentRequestsTableModel() || !ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList selection = ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); if (selection.empty()) { return; } // correct for selection mode ContiguousSelection QModelIndex firstIndex = selection.at(0); model->getRecentRequestsTableModel()->removeRows( firstIndex.row(), selection.length(), firstIndex.parent()); } // We override the virtual resizeEvent of the QWidget to adjust tables column // sizes as the tables width is proportional to the dialogs width. void ReceiveCoinsDialog::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) { QWidget::resizeEvent(event); columnResizingFixer->stretchColumnWidth(RecentRequestsTableModel::Message); } void ReceiveCoinsDialog::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) { if (event->key() == Qt::Key_Return) { // press return -> submit form if (ui->reqLabel->hasFocus() || ui->reqAmount->hasFocus() || ui->reqMessage->hasFocus()) { event->ignore(); on_receiveButton_clicked(); return; } } this->QDialog::keyPressEvent(event); } QModelIndex ReceiveCoinsDialog::selectedRow() { if (!model || !model->getRecentRequestsTableModel() || !ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()) { return QModelIndex(); } QModelIndexList selection = ui->recentRequestsView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); if (selection.empty()) { return QModelIndex(); } // correct for selection mode ContiguousSelection QModelIndex firstIndex = selection.at(0); return firstIndex; } // copy column of selected row to clipboard void ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyColumnToClipboard(int column) { QModelIndex firstIndex = selectedRow(); if (!firstIndex.isValid()) { return; } GUIUtil::setClipboard( model->getRecentRequestsTableModel() ->data(firstIndex.child(firstIndex.row(), column), Qt::EditRole) .toString()); } // context menu void ReceiveCoinsDialog::showMenu(const QPoint &point) { if (!selectedRow().isValid()) { return; } contextMenu->exec(QCursor::pos()); } // context menu action: copy URI void ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyURI() { QModelIndex sel = selectedRow(); if (!sel.isValid()) { return; } const RecentRequestsTableModel *const submodel = model->getRecentRequestsTableModel(); const QString uri = GUIUtil::formatBitcoinURI(submodel->entry(sel.row()).recipient); GUIUtil::setClipboard(uri); } // context menu action: copy label void ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyLabel() { copyColumnToClipboard(RecentRequestsTableModel::Label); } // context menu action: copy message void ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyMessage() { copyColumnToClipboard(RecentRequestsTableModel::Message); } // context menu action: copy amount void ReceiveCoinsDialog::copyAmount() { copyColumnToClipboard(RecentRequestsTableModel::Amount); } diff --git a/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.h b/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.h index 79c6887d0..8ed0ea041 100644 --- a/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.h +++ b/src/qt/receivecoinsdialog.h @@ -1,81 +1,81 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_RECEIVECOINSDIALOG_H #define BITCOIN_QT_RECEIVECOINSDIALOG_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include class PlatformStyle; class WalletModel; namespace Ui { class ReceiveCoinsDialog; } QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QModelIndex; QT_END_NAMESPACE /** Dialog for requesting payment of bitcoins */ class ReceiveCoinsDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: enum ColumnWidths { DATE_COLUMN_WIDTH = 130, LABEL_COLUMN_WIDTH = 120, AMOUNT_MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH = 180, MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH = 130 }; explicit ReceiveCoinsDialog(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, - QWidget *parent = 0); + QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~ReceiveCoinsDialog(); void setModel(WalletModel *model); public Q_SLOTS: void clear(); void reject(); void accept(); protected: virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event); private: Ui::ReceiveCoinsDialog *ui; GUIUtil::TableViewLastColumnResizingFixer *columnResizingFixer; WalletModel *model; QMenu *contextMenu; const PlatformStyle *platformStyle; QModelIndex selectedRow(); void copyColumnToClipboard(int column); virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event); private Q_SLOTS: void on_receiveButton_clicked(); void on_showRequestButton_clicked(); void on_removeRequestButton_clicked(); void on_recentRequestsView_doubleClicked(const QModelIndex &index); void recentRequestsView_selectionChanged(const QItemSelection &selected, const QItemSelection &deselected); void updateDisplayUnit(); void showMenu(const QPoint &point); void copyURI(); void copyLabel(); void copyMessage(); void copyAmount(); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_RECEIVECOINSDIALOG_H diff --git a/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.cpp b/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.cpp index fcc068c8b..250754c42 100644 --- a/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.cpp @@ -1,217 +1,218 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Copyright (c) 2017-2019 The Bitcoin developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include /* for USE_QRCODE */ #endif #ifdef USE_QRCODE #include #endif -QRImageWidget::QRImageWidget(QWidget *parent) : QLabel(parent), contextMenu(0) { +QRImageWidget::QRImageWidget(QWidget *parent) + : QLabel(parent), contextMenu(nullptr) { contextMenu = new QMenu(this); QAction *saveImageAction = new QAction(tr("&Save Image..."), this); connect(saveImageAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &QRImageWidget::saveImage); contextMenu->addAction(saveImageAction); QAction *copyImageAction = new QAction(tr("&Copy Image"), this); connect(copyImageAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &QRImageWidget::copyImage); contextMenu->addAction(copyImageAction); } QImage QRImageWidget::exportImage() { if (!pixmap()) { return QImage(); } return pixmap()->toImage(); } void QRImageWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) { if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton && pixmap()) { event->accept(); QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData; mimeData->setImageData(exportImage()); QDrag *drag = new QDrag(this); drag->setMimeData(mimeData); drag->exec(); } else { QLabel::mousePressEvent(event); } } void QRImageWidget::saveImage() { if (!pixmap()) { return; } QString fn = GUIUtil::getSaveFileName(this, tr("Save QR Code"), QString(), tr("PNG Image (*.png)"), nullptr); if (!fn.isEmpty()) { exportImage().save(fn); } } void QRImageWidget::copyImage() { if (!pixmap()) { return; } QApplication::clipboard()->setImage(exportImage()); } void QRImageWidget::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event) { if (!pixmap()) { return; } contextMenu->exec(event->globalPos()); } ReceiveRequestDialog::ReceiveRequestDialog(QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::ReceiveRequestDialog), model(0) { + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::ReceiveRequestDialog), model(nullptr) { ui->setupUi(this); #ifndef USE_QRCODE ui->btnSaveAs->setVisible(false); ui->lblQRCode->setVisible(false); #endif connect(ui->btnSaveAs, &QPushButton::clicked, ui->lblQRCode, &QRImageWidget::saveImage); } ReceiveRequestDialog::~ReceiveRequestDialog() { delete ui; } void ReceiveRequestDialog::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model) { connect(_model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &ReceiveRequestDialog::update); } // update the display unit if necessary update(); } void ReceiveRequestDialog::setInfo(const SendCoinsRecipient &_info) { this->info = _info; update(); } void ReceiveRequestDialog::update() { if (!model) { return; } QString target = info.label; if (target.isEmpty()) { target = info.address; } setWindowTitle(tr("Request payment to %1").arg(target)); QString uri = GUIUtil::formatBitcoinURI(info); ui->btnSaveAs->setEnabled(false); QString html; html += ""; html += "" + tr("Payment information") + "
"; html += "" + tr("URI") + ": "; html += "" + GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(uri) + "
"; html += "" + tr("Address") + ": " + GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(info.address) + "
"; if (info.amount != Amount::zero()) { html += "" + tr("Amount") + ": " + BitcoinUnits::formatHtmlWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), info.amount) + "
"; } if (!info.label.isEmpty()) { html += "" + tr("Label") + ": " + GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(info.label) + "
"; } if (!info.message.isEmpty()) { html += "" + tr("Message") + ": " + GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(info.message) + "
"; } if (model->isMultiwallet()) { html += "" + tr("Wallet") + ": " + GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(model->getWalletName()) + "
"; } ui->outUri->setText(html); #ifdef USE_QRCODE int fontSize = 10; ui->lblQRCode->setText(""); if (!uri.isEmpty()) { // limit URI length if (uri.length() > MAX_URI_LENGTH) { ui->lblQRCode->setText(tr("Resulting URI too long, try to reduce " "the text for label / message.")); } else { QRcode *code = QRcode_encodeString(uri.toUtf8().constData(), 0, QR_ECLEVEL_L, QR_MODE_8, 1); if (!code) { ui->lblQRCode->setText(tr("Error encoding URI into QR Code.")); return; } QImage qrImage = QImage(code->width + 8, code->width + 8, QImage::Format_RGB32); qrImage.fill(0xffffff); uint8_t *p = code->data; for (int y = 0; y < code->width; y++) { for (int x = 0; x < code->width; x++) { qrImage.setPixel(x + 4, y + 4, ((*p & 1) ? 0x0 : 0xffffff)); p++; } } QRcode_free(code); QImage qrAddrImage = QImage(QR_IMAGE_SIZE, QR_IMAGE_SIZE + 20, QImage::Format_RGB32); qrAddrImage.fill(0xffffff); QPainter painter(&qrAddrImage); painter.drawImage(0, 0, qrImage.scaled(QR_IMAGE_SIZE, QR_IMAGE_SIZE)); QFont font = GUIUtil::fixedPitchFont(); font.setPixelSize(fontSize); painter.setFont(font); QRect paddedRect = qrAddrImage.rect(); paddedRect.setHeight(QR_IMAGE_SIZE + 12); painter.drawText(paddedRect, Qt::AlignBottom | Qt::AlignCenter, info.address); painter.end(); ui->lblQRCode->setPixmap(QPixmap::fromImage(qrAddrImage)); ui->btnSaveAs->setEnabled(true); } } #endif } void ReceiveRequestDialog::on_btnCopyURI_clicked() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(GUIUtil::formatBitcoinURI(info)); } void ReceiveRequestDialog::on_btnCopyAddress_clicked() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(info.address); } diff --git a/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.h b/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.h index 8cd703d18..2b38eddf9 100644 --- a/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.h +++ b/src/qt/receiverequestdialog.h @@ -1,68 +1,68 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_RECEIVEREQUESTDIALOG_H #define BITCOIN_QT_RECEIVEREQUESTDIALOG_H #include #include #include #include #include namespace Ui { class ReceiveRequestDialog; } QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QMenu; QT_END_NAMESPACE /* Label widget for QR code. This image can be dragged, dropped, copied and * saved * to disk. */ class QRImageWidget : public QLabel { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit QRImageWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit QRImageWidget(QWidget *parent = nullptr); QImage exportImage(); public Q_SLOTS: void saveImage(); void copyImage(); protected: virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) override; virtual void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event) override; private: QMenu *contextMenu; }; class ReceiveRequestDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit ReceiveRequestDialog(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit ReceiveRequestDialog(QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~ReceiveRequestDialog(); void setModel(WalletModel *model); void setInfo(const SendCoinsRecipient &info); private Q_SLOTS: void on_btnCopyURI_clicked(); void on_btnCopyAddress_clicked(); void update(); private: Ui::ReceiveRequestDialog *ui; WalletModel *model; SendCoinsRecipient info; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_RECEIVEREQUESTDIALOG_H diff --git a/src/qt/rpcconsole.cpp b/src/qt/rpcconsole.cpp index 5ad1036e9..6bb7cdd64 100644 --- a/src/qt/rpcconsole.cpp +++ b/src/qt/rpcconsole.cpp @@ -1,1468 +1,1468 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2019 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET #include #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // TODO: add a scrollback limit, as there is currently none // TODO: make it possible to filter out categories (esp debug messages when // implemented) // TODO: receive errors and debug messages through ClientModel const int CONSOLE_HISTORY = 50; const int INITIAL_TRAFFIC_GRAPH_MINS = 30; const QSize FONT_RANGE(4, 40); const char fontSizeSettingsKey[] = "consoleFontSize"; const struct { const char *url; const char *source; } ICON_MAPPING[] = {{"cmd-request", ":/icons/tx_input"}, {"cmd-reply", ":/icons/tx_output"}, {"cmd-error", ":/icons/tx_output"}, {"misc", ":/icons/tx_inout"}, {nullptr, nullptr}}; namespace { // don't add private key handling cmd's to the history const QStringList historyFilter = QStringList() << "importprivkey" << "importmulti" << "sethdseed" << "signmessagewithprivkey" << "signrawtransactionwithkey" << "walletpassphrase" << "walletpassphrasechange" << "encryptwallet"; } // namespace /* Object for executing console RPC commands in a separate thread. */ class RPCExecutor : public QObject { Q_OBJECT public: RPCExecutor(interfaces::Node &node) : m_node(node) {} public Q_SLOTS: void request(const QString &command, const WalletModel *wallet_model); Q_SIGNALS: void reply(int category, const QString &command); private: interfaces::Node &m_node; }; /** Class for handling RPC timers * (used for e.g. re-locking the wallet after a timeout) */ class QtRPCTimerBase : public QObject, public RPCTimerBase { Q_OBJECT public: QtRPCTimerBase(std::function &_func, int64_t millis) : func(_func) { timer.setSingleShot(true); connect(&timer, &QTimer::timeout, [this] { func(); }); timer.start(millis); } ~QtRPCTimerBase() {} private: QTimer timer; std::function func; }; class QtRPCTimerInterface : public RPCTimerInterface { public: ~QtRPCTimerInterface() {} const char *Name() override { return "Qt"; } RPCTimerBase *NewTimer(std::function &func, int64_t millis) override { return new QtRPCTimerBase(func, millis); } }; #include /** * Split shell command line into a list of arguments and optionally execute the * command(s). * Aims to emulate \c bash and friends. * * - Command nesting is possible with parenthesis; for example: * validateaddress(getnewaddress()) * - Arguments are delimited with whitespace or comma * - Extra whitespace at the beginning and end and between arguments will be * ignored * - Text can be "double" or 'single' quoted * - The backslash \c \ is used as escape character * - Outside quotes, any character can be escaped * - Within double quotes, only escape \c " and backslashes before a \c " or * another backslash * - Within single quotes, no escaping is possible and no special * interpretation takes place * * @param[in] node optional node to execute command on * @param[out] result stringified Result from the executed command(chain) * @param[in] strCommand Command line to split * @param[in] fExecute set true if you want the command to be executed * @param[out] pstrFilteredOut Command line, filtered to remove any sensitive * data */ bool RPCConsole::RPCParseCommandLine(interfaces::Node *node, std::string &strResult, const std::string &strCommand, const bool fExecute, std::string *const pstrFilteredOut, const WalletModel *wallet_model) { std::vector> stack; stack.push_back(std::vector()); enum CmdParseState { STATE_EATING_SPACES, STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_ARG, STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_BRACKETS, STATE_ARGUMENT, STATE_SINGLEQUOTED, STATE_DOUBLEQUOTED, STATE_ESCAPE_OUTER, STATE_ESCAPE_DOUBLEQUOTED, STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED, STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED_INNER } state = STATE_EATING_SPACES; std::string curarg; UniValue lastResult; unsigned nDepthInsideSensitive = 0; size_t filter_begin_pos = 0, chpos; std::vector> filter_ranges; auto add_to_current_stack = [&](const std::string &strArg) { if (stack.back().empty() && (!nDepthInsideSensitive) && historyFilter.contains(QString::fromStdString(strArg), Qt::CaseInsensitive)) { nDepthInsideSensitive = 1; filter_begin_pos = chpos; } // Make sure stack is not empty before adding something if (stack.empty()) { stack.push_back(std::vector()); } stack.back().push_back(strArg); }; auto close_out_params = [&]() { if (nDepthInsideSensitive) { if (!--nDepthInsideSensitive) { assert(filter_begin_pos); filter_ranges.push_back( std::make_pair(filter_begin_pos, chpos)); filter_begin_pos = 0; } } stack.pop_back(); }; std::string strCommandTerminated = strCommand; if (strCommandTerminated.back() != '\n') { strCommandTerminated += "\n"; } for (chpos = 0; chpos < strCommandTerminated.size(); ++chpos) { char ch = strCommandTerminated[chpos]; switch (state) { case STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED_INNER: case STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED: { bool breakParsing = true; switch (ch) { case '[': curarg.clear(); state = STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED_INNER; break; default: if (state == STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED_INNER) { if (ch != ']') { // append char to the current argument (which is // also used for the query command) curarg += ch; break; } if (curarg.size() && fExecute) { // if we have a value query, query arrays with // index and objects with a string key UniValue subelement; if (lastResult.isArray()) { for (char argch : curarg) { if (!std::isdigit(argch)) { throw std::runtime_error( "Invalid result query"); } } subelement = lastResult[atoi(curarg.c_str())]; } else if (lastResult.isObject()) { subelement = find_value(lastResult, curarg); } else { // no array or object: abort throw std::runtime_error( "Invalid result query"); } lastResult = subelement; } state = STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED; break; } // don't break parsing when the char is required for the // next argument breakParsing = false; // pop the stack and return the result to the current // command arguments close_out_params(); // don't stringify the json in case of a string to avoid // doublequotes if (lastResult.isStr()) { curarg = lastResult.get_str(); } else { curarg = lastResult.write(2); } // if we have a non empty result, use it as stack // argument otherwise as general result if (curarg.size()) { if (stack.size()) { add_to_current_stack(curarg); } else { strResult = curarg; } } curarg.clear(); // assume eating space state state = STATE_EATING_SPACES; } if (breakParsing) { break; } } // FALLTHROUGH case STATE_ARGUMENT: // In or after argument case STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_ARG: case STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_BRACKETS: case STATE_EATING_SPACES: // Handle runs of whitespace switch (ch) { case '"': state = STATE_DOUBLEQUOTED; break; case '\'': state = STATE_SINGLEQUOTED; break; case '\\': state = STATE_ESCAPE_OUTER; break; case '(': case ')': case '\n': if (state == STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_ARG) { throw std::runtime_error("Invalid Syntax"); } if (state == STATE_ARGUMENT) { if (ch == '(' && stack.size() && stack.back().size() > 0) { if (nDepthInsideSensitive) { ++nDepthInsideSensitive; } stack.push_back(std::vector()); } // don't allow commands after executed commands on // baselevel if (!stack.size()) { throw std::runtime_error("Invalid Syntax"); } add_to_current_stack(curarg); curarg.clear(); state = STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_BRACKETS; } if ((ch == ')' || ch == '\n') && stack.size() > 0) { if (fExecute) { // Convert argument list to JSON objects in // method-dependent way, and pass it along with // the method name to the dispatcher. UniValue params = RPCConvertValues( stack.back()[0], std::vector( stack.back().begin() + 1, stack.back().end())); std::string method = stack.back()[0]; std::string uri; #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET if (wallet_model) { QByteArray encodedName = QUrl::toPercentEncoding( wallet_model->getWalletName()); uri = "/wallet/" + std::string(encodedName.constData(), encodedName.length()); } #endif GlobalConfig config; assert(node); lastResult = node->executeRpc(config, method, params, uri); } state = STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED; curarg.clear(); } break; case ' ': case ',': case '\t': if (state == STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_ARG && curarg.empty() && ch == ',') { throw std::runtime_error("Invalid Syntax"); } else if (state == STATE_ARGUMENT) { // Space ends argument add_to_current_stack(curarg); curarg.clear(); } if ((state == STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_BRACKETS || state == STATE_ARGUMENT) && ch == ',') { state = STATE_EATING_SPACES_IN_ARG; break; } state = STATE_EATING_SPACES; break; default: curarg += ch; state = STATE_ARGUMENT; } break; case STATE_SINGLEQUOTED: // Single-quoted string switch (ch) { case '\'': state = STATE_ARGUMENT; break; default: curarg += ch; } break; case STATE_DOUBLEQUOTED: // Double-quoted string switch (ch) { case '"': state = STATE_ARGUMENT; break; case '\\': state = STATE_ESCAPE_DOUBLEQUOTED; break; default: curarg += ch; } break; case STATE_ESCAPE_OUTER: // '\' outside quotes curarg += ch; state = STATE_ARGUMENT; break; case STATE_ESCAPE_DOUBLEQUOTED: // '\' in double-quoted text if (ch != '"' && ch != '\\') { // keep '\' for everything but the quote and '\' itself curarg += '\\'; } curarg += ch; state = STATE_DOUBLEQUOTED; break; } } if (pstrFilteredOut) { if (STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED == state) { assert(!stack.empty()); close_out_params(); } *pstrFilteredOut = strCommand; for (auto i = filter_ranges.rbegin(); i != filter_ranges.rend(); ++i) { pstrFilteredOut->replace(i->first, i->second - i->first, "(…)"); } } // final state switch (state) { case STATE_COMMAND_EXECUTED: if (lastResult.isStr()) { strResult = lastResult.get_str(); } else { strResult = lastResult.write(2); } // FALLTHROUGH case STATE_ARGUMENT: case STATE_EATING_SPACES: return true; default: // ERROR to end in one of the other states return false; } } void RPCExecutor::request(const QString &command, const WalletModel *wallet_model) { try { std::string result; std::string executableCommand = command.toStdString() + "\n"; // Catch the console-only-help command before RPC call is executed and // reply with help text as-if a RPC reply. if (executableCommand == "help-console\n") { Q_EMIT reply( RPCConsole::CMD_REPLY, QString(("\n" "This console accepts RPC commands using the standard " "syntax.\n" " example: getblockhash 0\n\n" "This console can also accept RPC commands using " "parenthesized syntax.\n" " example: getblockhash(0)\n\n" "Commands may be nested when specified with the " "parenthesized syntax.\n" " example: getblock(getblockhash(0) 1)\n\n" "A space or a comma can be used to delimit arguments " "for either syntax.\n" " example: getblockhash 0\n" " getblockhash,0\n\n" "Named results can be queried with a non-quoted key " "string in brackets.\n" " example: getblock(getblockhash(0) true)[tx]\n\n" "Results without keys can be queried using an integer " "in brackets.\n" " example: " "getblock(getblockhash(0),true)[tx][0]\n\n"))); return; } if (!RPCConsole::RPCExecuteCommandLine( m_node, result, executableCommand, nullptr, wallet_model)) { Q_EMIT reply(RPCConsole::CMD_ERROR, QString("Parse error: unbalanced ' or \"")); return; } Q_EMIT reply(RPCConsole::CMD_REPLY, QString::fromStdString(result)); } catch (UniValue &objError) { // Nice formatting for standard-format error try { int code = find_value(objError, "code").get_int(); std::string message = find_value(objError, "message").get_str(); Q_EMIT reply(RPCConsole::CMD_ERROR, QString::fromStdString(message) + " (code " + QString::number(code) + ")"); } catch (const std::runtime_error &) { // raised when converting to invalid type, i.e. missing code or // message. Show raw JSON object. Q_EMIT reply(RPCConsole::CMD_ERROR, QString::fromStdString(objError.write())); } } catch (const std::exception &e) { Q_EMIT reply(RPCConsole::CMD_ERROR, QString("Error: ") + QString::fromStdString(e.what())); } } RPCConsole::RPCConsole(interfaces::Node &node, const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent), m_node(node), ui(new Ui::RPCConsole), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { ui->setupUi(this); QSettings settings; if (!restoreGeometry( settings.value("RPCConsoleWindowGeometry").toByteArray())) { // Restore failed (perhaps missing setting), center the window move(QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().center() - frameGeometry().center()); } QChar nonbreaking_hyphen(8209); ui->dataDir->setToolTip( ui->dataDir->toolTip().arg(QString(nonbreaking_hyphen) + "datadir")); ui->blocksDir->setToolTip(ui->blocksDir->toolTip().arg( QString(nonbreaking_hyphen) + "blocksdir")); ui->openDebugLogfileButton->setToolTip( ui->openDebugLogfileButton->toolTip().arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME))); if (platformStyle->getImagesOnButtons()) { ui->openDebugLogfileButton->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/export")); } ui->clearButton->setIcon(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->fontBiggerButton->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/fontbigger")); ui->fontSmallerButton->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/fontsmaller")); // Install event filter for up and down arrow ui->lineEdit->installEventFilter(this); ui->messagesWidget->installEventFilter(this); connect(ui->clearButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &RPCConsole::clear); connect(ui->fontBiggerButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &RPCConsole::fontBigger); connect(ui->fontSmallerButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &RPCConsole::fontSmaller); connect(ui->btnClearTrafficGraph, &QPushButton::clicked, ui->trafficGraph, &TrafficGraphWidget::clear); // disable the wallet selector by default ui->WalletSelector->setVisible(false); ui->WalletSelectorLabel->setVisible(false); // set library version labels #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET - ui->berkeleyDBVersion->setText(DbEnv::version(0, 0, 0)); + ui->berkeleyDBVersion->setText(DbEnv::version(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)); #else ui->label_berkeleyDBVersion->hide(); ui->berkeleyDBVersion->hide(); #endif // Register RPC timer interface rpcTimerInterface = new QtRPCTimerInterface(); // avoid accidentally overwriting an existing, non QTThread // based timer interface m_node.rpcSetTimerInterfaceIfUnset(rpcTimerInterface); setTrafficGraphRange(INITIAL_TRAFFIC_GRAPH_MINS); ui->detailWidget->hide(); ui->peerHeading->setText(tr("Select a peer to view detailed information.")); consoleFontSize = settings.value(fontSizeSettingsKey, QFontInfo(QFont()).pointSize()) .toInt(); clear(); } RPCConsole::~RPCConsole() { QSettings settings; settings.setValue("RPCConsoleWindowGeometry", saveGeometry()); m_node.rpcUnsetTimerInterface(rpcTimerInterface); delete rpcTimerInterface; delete ui; } bool RPCConsole::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event) { // Special key handling if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent *keyevt = static_cast(event); int key = keyevt->key(); Qt::KeyboardModifiers mod = keyevt->modifiers(); switch (key) { case Qt::Key_Up: if (obj == ui->lineEdit) { browseHistory(-1); return true; } break; case Qt::Key_Down: if (obj == ui->lineEdit) { browseHistory(1); return true; } break; case Qt::Key_PageUp: /* pass paging keys to messages widget */ case Qt::Key_PageDown: if (obj == ui->lineEdit) { QApplication::postEvent(ui->messagesWidget, new QKeyEvent(*keyevt)); return true; } break; case Qt::Key_Return: case Qt::Key_Enter: // forward these events to lineEdit if (obj == autoCompleter->popup()) { QApplication::postEvent(ui->lineEdit, new QKeyEvent(*keyevt)); return true; } break; default: // Typing in messages widget brings focus to line edit, and // redirects key there. Exclude most combinations and keys that // emit no text, except paste shortcuts. if (obj == ui->messagesWidget && ((!mod && !keyevt->text().isEmpty() && key != Qt::Key_Tab) || ((mod & Qt::ControlModifier) && key == Qt::Key_V) || ((mod & Qt::ShiftModifier) && key == Qt::Key_Insert))) { ui->lineEdit->setFocus(); QApplication::postEvent(ui->lineEdit, new QKeyEvent(*keyevt)); return true; } } } return QWidget::eventFilter(obj, event); } void RPCConsole::setClientModel(ClientModel *model) { clientModel = model; ui->trafficGraph->setClientModel(model); if (model && clientModel->getPeerTableModel() && clientModel->getBanTableModel()) { // Keep up to date with client setNumConnections(model->getNumConnections()); connect(model, &ClientModel::numConnectionsChanged, this, &RPCConsole::setNumConnections); interfaces::Node &node = clientModel->node(); setNumBlocks(node.getNumBlocks(), QDateTime::fromTime_t(node.getLastBlockTime()), node.getVerificationProgress(), false); connect(model, &ClientModel::numBlocksChanged, this, &RPCConsole::setNumBlocks); updateNetworkState(); connect(model, &ClientModel::networkActiveChanged, this, &RPCConsole::setNetworkActive); updateTrafficStats(node.getTotalBytesRecv(), node.getTotalBytesSent()); connect(model, &ClientModel::bytesChanged, this, &RPCConsole::updateTrafficStats); connect(model, &ClientModel::mempoolSizeChanged, this, &RPCConsole::setMempoolSize); // set up peer table ui->peerWidget->setModel(model->getPeerTableModel()); ui->peerWidget->verticalHeader()->hide(); ui->peerWidget->setEditTriggers(QAbstractItemView::NoEditTriggers); ui->peerWidget->setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows); ui->peerWidget->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection); ui->peerWidget->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); ui->peerWidget->setColumnWidth(PeerTableModel::Address, ADDRESS_COLUMN_WIDTH); ui->peerWidget->setColumnWidth(PeerTableModel::Subversion, SUBVERSION_COLUMN_WIDTH); ui->peerWidget->setColumnWidth(PeerTableModel::Ping, PING_COLUMN_WIDTH); ui->peerWidget->horizontalHeader()->setStretchLastSection(true); // create peer table context menu actions QAction *disconnectAction = new QAction(tr("&Disconnect"), this); QAction *banAction1h = new QAction(tr("Ban for") + " " + tr("1 &hour"), this); QAction *banAction24h = new QAction(tr("Ban for") + " " + tr("1 &day"), this); QAction *banAction7d = new QAction(tr("Ban for") + " " + tr("1 &week"), this); QAction *banAction365d = new QAction(tr("Ban for") + " " + tr("1 &year"), this); // create peer table context menu peersTableContextMenu = new QMenu(this); peersTableContextMenu->addAction(disconnectAction); peersTableContextMenu->addAction(banAction1h); peersTableContextMenu->addAction(banAction24h); peersTableContextMenu->addAction(banAction7d); peersTableContextMenu->addAction(banAction365d); // Add a signal mapping to allow dynamic context menu arguments. We need // to use int (instead of int64_t), because signal mapper only supports // int or objects, which is okay because max bantime (1 year) is < // int_max. QSignalMapper *signalMapper = new QSignalMapper(this); signalMapper->setMapping(banAction1h, 60 * 60); signalMapper->setMapping(banAction24h, 60 * 60 * 24); signalMapper->setMapping(banAction7d, 60 * 60 * 24 * 7); signalMapper->setMapping(banAction365d, 60 * 60 * 24 * 365); connect(banAction1h, &QAction::triggered, signalMapper, static_cast(&QSignalMapper::map)); connect(banAction24h, &QAction::triggered, signalMapper, static_cast(&QSignalMapper::map)); connect(banAction7d, &QAction::triggered, signalMapper, static_cast(&QSignalMapper::map)); connect(banAction365d, &QAction::triggered, signalMapper, static_cast(&QSignalMapper::map)); connect( signalMapper, static_cast(&QSignalMapper::mapped), this, &RPCConsole::banSelectedNode); // peer table context menu signals connect(ui->peerWidget, &QTableView::customContextMenuRequested, this, &RPCConsole::showPeersTableContextMenu); connect(disconnectAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &RPCConsole::disconnectSelectedNode); // peer table signal handling - update peer details when selecting new // node connect(ui->peerWidget->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &RPCConsole::peerSelected); // peer table signal handling - update peer details when new nodes are // added to the model connect(model->getPeerTableModel(), &PeerTableModel::layoutChanged, this, &RPCConsole::peerLayoutChanged); // peer table signal handling - cache selected node ids connect(model->getPeerTableModel(), &PeerTableModel::layoutAboutToBeChanged, this, &RPCConsole::peerLayoutAboutToChange); // set up ban table ui->banlistWidget->setModel(model->getBanTableModel()); ui->banlistWidget->verticalHeader()->hide(); ui->banlistWidget->setEditTriggers(QAbstractItemView::NoEditTriggers); ui->banlistWidget->setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows); ui->banlistWidget->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::SingleSelection); ui->banlistWidget->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); ui->banlistWidget->setColumnWidth(BanTableModel::Address, BANSUBNET_COLUMN_WIDTH); ui->banlistWidget->setColumnWidth(BanTableModel::Bantime, BANTIME_COLUMN_WIDTH); ui->banlistWidget->horizontalHeader()->setStretchLastSection(true); // create ban table context menu action QAction *unbanAction = new QAction(tr("&Unban"), this); // create ban table context menu banTableContextMenu = new QMenu(this); banTableContextMenu->addAction(unbanAction); // ban table context menu signals connect(ui->banlistWidget, &QTableView::customContextMenuRequested, this, &RPCConsole::showBanTableContextMenu); connect(unbanAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &RPCConsole::unbanSelectedNode); // ban table signal handling - clear peer details when clicking a peer // in the ban table connect(ui->banlistWidget, &QTableView::clicked, this, &RPCConsole::clearSelectedNode); // ban table signal handling - ensure ban table is shown or hidden (if // empty) connect(model->getBanTableModel(), &BanTableModel::layoutChanged, this, &RPCConsole::showOrHideBanTableIfRequired); showOrHideBanTableIfRequired(); // Provide initial values ui->clientVersion->setText(model->formatFullVersion()); ui->clientUserAgent->setText(model->formatSubVersion()); ui->dataDir->setText(model->dataDir()); ui->blocksDir->setText(model->blocksDir()); ui->startupTime->setText(model->formatClientStartupTime()); ui->networkName->setText( QString::fromStdString(Params().NetworkIDString())); // Setup autocomplete and attach it QStringList wordList; std::vector commandList = m_node.listRpcCommands(); for (size_t i = 0; i < commandList.size(); ++i) { wordList << commandList[i].c_str(); wordList << ("help " + commandList[i]).c_str(); } wordList << "help-console"; wordList.sort(); autoCompleter = new QCompleter(wordList, this); autoCompleter->setModelSorting(QCompleter::CaseSensitivelySortedModel); ui->lineEdit->setCompleter(autoCompleter); autoCompleter->popup()->installEventFilter(this); // Start thread to execute RPC commands. startExecutor(); } if (!model) { // Client model is being set to 0, this means shutdown() is about to be // called. Make sure we clean up the executor thread Q_EMIT stopExecutor(); thread.wait(); } } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void RPCConsole::addWallet(WalletModel *const walletModel) { // use name for text and wallet model for internal data object (to allow to // move to a wallet id later) ui->WalletSelector->addItem(walletModel->getDisplayName(), QVariant::fromValue(walletModel)); if (ui->WalletSelector->count() == 2 && !isVisible()) { // First wallet added, set to default so long as the window isn't // presently visible (and potentially in use) ui->WalletSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); } if (ui->WalletSelector->count() > 2) { ui->WalletSelector->setVisible(true); ui->WalletSelectorLabel->setVisible(true); } } void RPCConsole::removeWallet(WalletModel *const walletModel) { ui->WalletSelector->removeItem( ui->WalletSelector->findData(QVariant::fromValue(walletModel))); if (ui->WalletSelector->count() == 2) { ui->WalletSelector->setVisible(false); ui->WalletSelectorLabel->setVisible(false); } } #endif static QString categoryClass(int category) { switch (category) { case RPCConsole::CMD_REQUEST: return "cmd-request"; break; case RPCConsole::CMD_REPLY: return "cmd-reply"; break; case RPCConsole::CMD_ERROR: return "cmd-error"; break; default: return "misc"; } } void RPCConsole::fontBigger() { setFontSize(consoleFontSize + 1); } void RPCConsole::fontSmaller() { setFontSize(consoleFontSize - 1); } void RPCConsole::setFontSize(int newSize) { QSettings settings; // don't allow an insane font size if (newSize < FONT_RANGE.width() || newSize > FONT_RANGE.height()) { return; } // temp. store the console content QString str = ui->messagesWidget->toHtml(); // replace font tags size in current content str.replace(QString("font-size:%1pt").arg(consoleFontSize), QString("font-size:%1pt").arg(newSize)); // store the new font size consoleFontSize = newSize; settings.setValue(fontSizeSettingsKey, consoleFontSize); // clear console (reset icon sizes, default stylesheet) and re-add the // content float oldPosFactor = 1.0 / ui->messagesWidget->verticalScrollBar()->maximum() * ui->messagesWidget->verticalScrollBar()->value(); clear(false); ui->messagesWidget->setHtml(str); ui->messagesWidget->verticalScrollBar()->setValue( oldPosFactor * ui->messagesWidget->verticalScrollBar()->maximum()); } void RPCConsole::clear(bool clearHistory) { ui->messagesWidget->clear(); if (clearHistory) { history.clear(); historyPtr = 0; } ui->lineEdit->clear(); ui->lineEdit->setFocus(); // Add smoothly scaled icon images. // (when using width/height on an img, Qt uses nearest instead of linear // interpolation) for (int i = 0; ICON_MAPPING[i].url; ++i) { ui->messagesWidget->document()->addResource( QTextDocument::ImageResource, QUrl(ICON_MAPPING[i].url), platformStyle->SingleColorImage(ICON_MAPPING[i].source) .scaled(QSize(consoleFontSize * 2, consoleFontSize * 2), Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); } // Set default style sheet QFontInfo fixedFontInfo(GUIUtil::fixedPitchFont()); ui->messagesWidget->document()->setDefaultStyleSheet( QString("table { }" "td.time { color: #808080; font-size: %2; padding-top: 3px; } " "td.message { font-family: %1; font-size: %2; " "white-space:pre-wrap; } " "td.cmd-request { color: #006060; } " "td.cmd-error { color: red; } " ".secwarning { color: red; }" "b { color: #006060; } ") .arg(fixedFontInfo.family(), QString("%1pt").arg(consoleFontSize))); #ifdef Q_OS_MAC QString clsKey = "(⌘)-L"; #else QString clsKey = "Ctrl-L"; #endif message(CMD_REPLY, (tr("Welcome to the %1 RPC console.").arg(tr(PACKAGE_NAME)) + "
" + tr("Use up and down arrows to navigate history, and " "%1 to clear screen.") .arg("" + clsKey + "") + "
" + tr("Type %1 for an overview of available commands.") .arg("help") + "
" + tr("For more information on using this console type %1.") .arg("help-console") + "

" + tr("WARNING: Scammers have been active, telling users to type " "commands here, stealing their wallet contents. Do not use " "this console without fully understanding the ramifications " "of a command.") + ""), true); } void RPCConsole::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) { if (windowType() != Qt::Widget && event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) { close(); } } void RPCConsole::message(int category, const QString &message, bool html) { QTime time = QTime::currentTime(); QString timeString = time.toString(); QString out; out += ""; out += ""; out += "
" + timeString + ""; if (html) { out += message; } else { out += GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(message, false); } out += "
"; ui->messagesWidget->append(out); } void RPCConsole::updateNetworkState() { QString connections = QString::number(clientModel->getNumConnections()) + " ("; connections += tr("In:") + " " + QString::number(clientModel->getNumConnections( ClientModel::CONNECTIONS_IN)) + " / "; connections += tr("Out:") + " " + QString::number(clientModel->getNumConnections( ClientModel::CONNECTIONS_OUT)) + ")"; if (!clientModel->node().getNetworkActive()) { connections += " (" + tr("Network activity disabled") + ")"; } ui->numberOfConnections->setText(connections); } void RPCConsole::setNumConnections(int count) { if (!clientModel) { return; } updateNetworkState(); } void RPCConsole::setNetworkActive(bool networkActive) { updateNetworkState(); } void RPCConsole::setNumBlocks(int count, const QDateTime &blockDate, double nVerificationProgress, bool headers) { if (!headers) { ui->numberOfBlocks->setText(QString::number(count)); ui->lastBlockTime->setText(blockDate.toString()); } } void RPCConsole::setMempoolSize(long numberOfTxs, size_t dynUsage) { ui->mempoolNumberTxs->setText(QString::number(numberOfTxs)); if (dynUsage < 1000000) { ui->mempoolSize->setText(QString::number(dynUsage / 1000.0, 'f', 2) + " KB"); } else { ui->mempoolSize->setText(QString::number(dynUsage / 1000000.0, 'f', 2) + " MB"); } } void RPCConsole::on_lineEdit_returnPressed() { QString cmd = ui->lineEdit->text(); if (!cmd.isEmpty()) { std::string strFilteredCmd; try { std::string dummy; if (!RPCParseCommandLine(nullptr, dummy, cmd.toStdString(), false, &strFilteredCmd)) { // Failed to parse command, so we cannot even filter it for the // history throw std::runtime_error("Invalid command line"); } } catch (const std::exception &e) { QMessageBox::critical(this, "Error", QString("Error: ") + QString::fromStdString(e.what())); return; } ui->lineEdit->clear(); cmdBeforeBrowsing = QString(); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET WalletModel *wallet_model{nullptr}; const int wallet_index = ui->WalletSelector->currentIndex(); if (wallet_index > 0) { wallet_model = ui->WalletSelector->itemData(wallet_index) .value(); } if (m_last_wallet_model != wallet_model) { if (wallet_model) { message(CMD_REQUEST, tr("Executing command using \"%1\" wallet") .arg(wallet_model->getWalletName())); } else { message(CMD_REQUEST, tr("Executing command without any wallet")); } m_last_wallet_model = wallet_model; } #endif message(CMD_REQUEST, QString::fromStdString(strFilteredCmd)); Q_EMIT cmdRequest(cmd, m_last_wallet_model); cmd = QString::fromStdString(strFilteredCmd); // Remove command, if already in history history.removeOne(cmd); // Append command to history history.append(cmd); // Enforce maximum history size while (history.size() > CONSOLE_HISTORY) { history.removeFirst(); } // Set pointer to end of history historyPtr = history.size(); // Scroll console view to end scrollToEnd(); } } void RPCConsole::browseHistory(int offset) { // store current text when start browsing through the history if (historyPtr == history.size()) { cmdBeforeBrowsing = ui->lineEdit->text(); } historyPtr += offset; if (historyPtr < 0) { historyPtr = 0; } if (historyPtr > history.size()) { historyPtr = history.size(); } QString cmd; if (historyPtr < history.size()) { cmd = history.at(historyPtr); } else if (!cmdBeforeBrowsing.isNull()) { cmd = cmdBeforeBrowsing; } ui->lineEdit->setText(cmd); } void RPCConsole::startExecutor() { RPCExecutor *executor = new RPCExecutor(m_node); executor->moveToThread(&thread); // Replies from executor object must go to this object connect(executor, &RPCExecutor::reply, this, static_cast( &RPCConsole::message)); // Requests from this object must go to executor connect(this, &RPCConsole::cmdRequest, executor, &RPCExecutor::request); // On stopExecutor signal // - quit the Qt event loop in the execution thread connect(this, &RPCConsole::stopExecutor, &thread, &QThread::quit); // - queue executor for deletion (in execution thread) connect(&thread, &QThread::finished, executor, &RPCExecutor::deleteLater, Qt::DirectConnection); // Default implementation of QThread::run() simply spins up an event loop in // the thread, which is what we want. thread.start(); } void RPCConsole::on_tabWidget_currentChanged(int index) { if (ui->tabWidget->widget(index) == ui->tab_console) { ui->lineEdit->setFocus(); } else if (ui->tabWidget->widget(index) != ui->tab_peers) { clearSelectedNode(); } } void RPCConsole::on_openDebugLogfileButton_clicked() { GUIUtil::openDebugLogfile(); } void RPCConsole::scrollToEnd() { QScrollBar *scrollbar = ui->messagesWidget->verticalScrollBar(); scrollbar->setValue(scrollbar->maximum()); } void RPCConsole::on_sldGraphRange_valueChanged(int value) { const int multiplier = 5; // each position on the slider represents 5 min int mins = value * multiplier; setTrafficGraphRange(mins); } void RPCConsole::setTrafficGraphRange(int mins) { ui->trafficGraph->setGraphRangeMins(mins); ui->lblGraphRange->setText(GUIUtil::formatDurationStr(mins * 60)); } void RPCConsole::updateTrafficStats(quint64 totalBytesIn, quint64 totalBytesOut) { ui->lblBytesIn->setText(GUIUtil::formatBytes(totalBytesIn)); ui->lblBytesOut->setText(GUIUtil::formatBytes(totalBytesOut)); } void RPCConsole::peerSelected(const QItemSelection &selected, const QItemSelection &deselected) { Q_UNUSED(deselected); if (!clientModel || !clientModel->getPeerTableModel() || selected.indexes().isEmpty()) { return; } const CNodeCombinedStats *stats = clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getNodeStats( selected.indexes().first().row()); if (stats) { updateNodeDetail(stats); } } void RPCConsole::peerLayoutAboutToChange() { QModelIndexList selected = ui->peerWidget->selectionModel()->selectedIndexes(); cachedNodeids.clear(); for (int i = 0; i < selected.size(); i++) { const CNodeCombinedStats *stats = clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getNodeStats( selected.at(i).row()); cachedNodeids.append(stats->nodeStats.nodeid); } } void RPCConsole::peerLayoutChanged() { if (!clientModel || !clientModel->getPeerTableModel()) { return; } const CNodeCombinedStats *stats = nullptr; bool fUnselect = false; bool fReselect = false; // no node selected yet if (cachedNodeids.empty()) { return; } // find the currently selected row int selectedRow = -1; QModelIndexList selectedModelIndex = ui->peerWidget->selectionModel()->selectedIndexes(); if (!selectedModelIndex.isEmpty()) { selectedRow = selectedModelIndex.first().row(); } // check if our detail node has a row in the table (it may not necessarily // be at selectedRow since its position can change after a layout change) int detailNodeRow = clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getRowByNodeId(cachedNodeids.first()); if (detailNodeRow < 0) { // detail node disappeared from table (node disconnected) fUnselect = true; } else { if (detailNodeRow != selectedRow) { // detail node moved position fUnselect = true; fReselect = true; } // get fresh stats on the detail node. stats = clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getNodeStats(detailNodeRow); } if (fUnselect && selectedRow >= 0) { clearSelectedNode(); } if (fReselect) { for (int i = 0; i < cachedNodeids.size(); i++) { ui->peerWidget->selectRow( clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getRowByNodeId( cachedNodeids.at(i))); } } if (stats) { updateNodeDetail(stats); } } void RPCConsole::updateNodeDetail(const CNodeCombinedStats *stats) { // update the detail ui with latest node information QString peerAddrDetails(QString::fromStdString(stats->nodeStats.addrName) + " "); peerAddrDetails += tr("(node id: %1)").arg(QString::number(stats->nodeStats.nodeid)); if (!stats->nodeStats.addrLocal.empty()) { peerAddrDetails += "
" + tr("via %1").arg(QString::fromStdString( stats->nodeStats.addrLocal)); } ui->peerHeading->setText(peerAddrDetails); ui->peerServices->setText( GUIUtil::formatServicesStr(stats->nodeStats.nServices)); ui->peerLastSend->setText( stats->nodeStats.nLastSend ? GUIUtil::formatDurationStr(GetSystemTimeInSeconds() - stats->nodeStats.nLastSend) : tr("never")); ui->peerLastRecv->setText( stats->nodeStats.nLastRecv ? GUIUtil::formatDurationStr(GetSystemTimeInSeconds() - stats->nodeStats.nLastRecv) : tr("never")); ui->peerBytesSent->setText( GUIUtil::formatBytes(stats->nodeStats.nSendBytes)); ui->peerBytesRecv->setText( GUIUtil::formatBytes(stats->nodeStats.nRecvBytes)); ui->peerConnTime->setText(GUIUtil::formatDurationStr( GetSystemTimeInSeconds() - stats->nodeStats.nTimeConnected)); ui->peerPingTime->setText( GUIUtil::formatPingTime(stats->nodeStats.dPingTime)); ui->peerPingWait->setText( GUIUtil::formatPingTime(stats->nodeStats.dPingWait)); ui->peerMinPing->setText( GUIUtil::formatPingTime(stats->nodeStats.dMinPing)); ui->timeoffset->setText( GUIUtil::formatTimeOffset(stats->nodeStats.nTimeOffset)); ui->peerVersion->setText( QString("%1").arg(QString::number(stats->nodeStats.nVersion))); ui->peerSubversion->setText( QString::fromStdString(stats->nodeStats.cleanSubVer)); ui->peerDirection->setText(stats->nodeStats.fInbound ? tr("Inbound") : tr("Outbound")); ui->peerHeight->setText( QString("%1").arg(QString::number(stats->nodeStats.nStartingHeight))); ui->peerWhitelisted->setText(stats->nodeStats.fWhitelisted ? tr("Yes") : tr("No")); // This check fails for example if the lock was busy and // nodeStateStats couldn't be fetched. if (stats->fNodeStateStatsAvailable) { // Ban score is init to 0 ui->peerBanScore->setText( QString("%1").arg(stats->nodeStateStats.nMisbehavior)); // Sync height is init to -1 if (stats->nodeStateStats.nSyncHeight > -1) { ui->peerSyncHeight->setText( QString("%1").arg(stats->nodeStateStats.nSyncHeight)); } else { ui->peerSyncHeight->setText(tr("Unknown")); } // Common height is init to -1 if (stats->nodeStateStats.nCommonHeight > -1) { ui->peerCommonHeight->setText( QString("%1").arg(stats->nodeStateStats.nCommonHeight)); } else { ui->peerCommonHeight->setText(tr("Unknown")); } } ui->detailWidget->show(); } void RPCConsole::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) { QWidget::resizeEvent(event); } void RPCConsole::showEvent(QShowEvent *event) { QWidget::showEvent(event); if (!clientModel || !clientModel->getPeerTableModel()) { return; } // start PeerTableModel auto refresh clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->startAutoRefresh(); } void RPCConsole::hideEvent(QHideEvent *event) { QWidget::hideEvent(event); if (!clientModel || !clientModel->getPeerTableModel()) { return; } // stop PeerTableModel auto refresh clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->stopAutoRefresh(); } void RPCConsole::showPeersTableContextMenu(const QPoint &point) { QModelIndex index = ui->peerWidget->indexAt(point); if (index.isValid()) { peersTableContextMenu->exec(QCursor::pos()); } } void RPCConsole::showBanTableContextMenu(const QPoint &point) { QModelIndex index = ui->banlistWidget->indexAt(point); if (index.isValid()) { banTableContextMenu->exec(QCursor::pos()); } } void RPCConsole::disconnectSelectedNode() { // Get selected peer addresses QList nodes = GUIUtil::getEntryData(ui->peerWidget, PeerTableModel::NetNodeId); for (int i = 0; i < nodes.count(); i++) { // Get currently selected peer address NodeId id = nodes.at(i).data().toLongLong(); // Find the node, disconnect it and clear the selected node if (m_node.disconnect(id)) { clearSelectedNode(); } } } void RPCConsole::banSelectedNode(int bantime) { if (!clientModel) { return; } // Get selected peer addresses QList nodes = GUIUtil::getEntryData(ui->peerWidget, PeerTableModel::NetNodeId); for (int i = 0; i < nodes.count(); i++) { // Get currently selected peer address NodeId id = nodes.at(i).data().toLongLong(); // Get currently selected peer address int detailNodeRow = clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getRowByNodeId(id); if (detailNodeRow < 0) { return; } // Find possible nodes, ban it and clear the selected node const CNodeCombinedStats *stats = clientModel->getPeerTableModel()->getNodeStats(detailNodeRow); if (stats) { m_node.ban(stats->nodeStats.addr, BanReasonManuallyAdded, bantime); m_node.disconnect(stats->nodeStats.addr); } } clearSelectedNode(); clientModel->getBanTableModel()->refresh(); } void RPCConsole::unbanSelectedNode() { if (!clientModel) { return; } // Get selected ban addresses QList nodes = GUIUtil::getEntryData(ui->banlistWidget, BanTableModel::Address); for (int i = 0; i < nodes.count(); i++) { // Get currently selected ban address QString strNode = nodes.at(i).data().toString(); CSubNet possibleSubnet; LookupSubNet(strNode.toStdString().c_str(), possibleSubnet); if (possibleSubnet.IsValid() && m_node.unban(possibleSubnet)) { clientModel->getBanTableModel()->refresh(); } } } void RPCConsole::clearSelectedNode() { ui->peerWidget->selectionModel()->clearSelection(); cachedNodeids.clear(); ui->detailWidget->hide(); ui->peerHeading->setText(tr("Select a peer to view detailed information.")); } void RPCConsole::showOrHideBanTableIfRequired() { if (!clientModel) { return; } bool visible = clientModel->getBanTableModel()->shouldShow(); ui->banlistWidget->setVisible(visible); ui->banHeading->setVisible(visible); } void RPCConsole::setTabFocus(enum TabTypes tabType) { ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(tabType); } diff --git a/src/qt/sendcoinsdialog.cpp b/src/qt/sendcoinsdialog.cpp index 40800ccb9..5b091b1e1 100644 --- a/src/qt/sendcoinsdialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/sendcoinsdialog.cpp @@ -1,963 +1,963 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include SendCoinsDialog::SendCoinsDialog(const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, WalletModel *_model, QWidget *parent) : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::SendCoinsDialog), clientModel(nullptr), model(_model), fNewRecipientAllowed(true), fFeeMinimized(true), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { ui->setupUi(this); if (!_platformStyle->getImagesOnButtons()) { ui->addButton->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->clearButton->setIcon(QIcon()); ui->sendButton->setIcon(QIcon()); } else { ui->addButton->setIcon(_platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/add")); ui->clearButton->setIcon( _platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->sendButton->setIcon( _platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/send")); } GUIUtil::setupAddressWidget(ui->lineEditCoinControlChange, this); addEntry(); connect(ui->addButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsDialog::addEntry); connect(ui->clearButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsDialog::clear); // Coin Control connect(ui->pushButtonCoinControl, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlButtonClicked); connect(ui->checkBoxCoinControlChange, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlChangeChecked); connect(ui->lineEditCoinControlChange, &QValidatedLineEdit::textEdited, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlChangeEdited); // Coin Control: clipboard actions QAction *clipboardQuantityAction = new QAction(tr("Copy quantity"), this); QAction *clipboardAmountAction = new QAction(tr("Copy amount"), this); QAction *clipboardFeeAction = new QAction(tr("Copy fee"), this); QAction *clipboardAfterFeeAction = new QAction(tr("Copy after fee"), this); QAction *clipboardBytesAction = new QAction(tr("Copy bytes"), this); QAction *clipboardLowOutputAction = new QAction(tr("Copy dust"), this); QAction *clipboardChangeAction = new QAction(tr("Copy change"), this); connect(clipboardQuantityAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardQuantity); connect(clipboardAmountAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardAmount); connect(clipboardFeeAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardFee); connect(clipboardAfterFeeAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardAfterFee); connect(clipboardBytesAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardBytes); connect(clipboardLowOutputAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardLowOutput); connect(clipboardChangeAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardChange); ui->labelCoinControlQuantity->addAction(clipboardQuantityAction); ui->labelCoinControlAmount->addAction(clipboardAmountAction); ui->labelCoinControlFee->addAction(clipboardFeeAction); ui->labelCoinControlAfterFee->addAction(clipboardAfterFeeAction); ui->labelCoinControlBytes->addAction(clipboardBytesAction); ui->labelCoinControlLowOutput->addAction(clipboardLowOutputAction); ui->labelCoinControlChange->addAction(clipboardChangeAction); // init transaction fee section QSettings settings; if (!settings.contains("fFeeSectionMinimized")) { settings.setValue("fFeeSectionMinimized", true); } // compatibility if (!settings.contains("nFeeRadio") && settings.contains("nTransactionFee") && settings.value("nTransactionFee").toLongLong() > 0) { // custom settings.setValue("nFeeRadio", 1); } if (!settings.contains("nFeeRadio")) { // recommended settings.setValue("nFeeRadio", 0); } // compatibility if (!settings.contains("nCustomFeeRadio") && settings.contains("nTransactionFee") && settings.value("nTransactionFee").toLongLong() > 0) { // total at least settings.setValue("nCustomFeeRadio", 1); } if (!settings.contains("nCustomFeeRadio")) { // per kilobyte settings.setValue("nCustomFeeRadio", 0); } if (!settings.contains("nTransactionFee")) { settings.setValue("nTransactionFee", qint64(DEFAULT_PAY_TX_FEE / SATOSHI)); } if (!settings.contains("fPayOnlyMinFee")) { settings.setValue("fPayOnlyMinFee", false); } ui->groupFee->setId(ui->radioSmartFee, 0); ui->groupFee->setId(ui->radioCustomFee, 1); ui->groupFee ->button( std::max(0, std::min(1, settings.value("nFeeRadio").toInt()))) ->setChecked(true); ui->groupCustomFee->setId(ui->radioCustomPerKilobyte, 0); ui->groupCustomFee->button(0)->setChecked(true); ui->customFee->setValue( int64_t(settings.value("nTransactionFee").toLongLong()) * SATOSHI); ui->checkBoxMinimumFee->setChecked( settings.value("fPayOnlyMinFee").toBool()); minimizeFeeSection(settings.value("fFeeSectionMinimized").toBool()); // Set the model properly. setModel(model); } void SendCoinsDialog::setClientModel(ClientModel *_clientModel) { this->clientModel = _clientModel; if (_clientModel) { connect(_clientModel, &ClientModel::numBlocksChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::updateSmartFeeLabel); } } void SendCoinsDialog::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model && _model->getOptionsModel()) { for (int i = 0; i < ui->entries->count(); ++i) { SendCoinsEntry *entry = qobject_cast( ui->entries->itemAt(i)->widget()); if (entry) { entry->setModel(_model); } } interfaces::WalletBalances balances = _model->wallet().getBalances(); setBalance(balances); connect(_model, &WalletModel::balanceChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::setBalance); connect(_model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::updateDisplayUnit); updateDisplayUnit(); // Coin Control connect(_model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); connect(_model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::coinControlFeaturesChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlFeatureChanged); ui->frameCoinControl->setVisible( _model->getOptionsModel()->getCoinControlFeatures()); coinControlUpdateLabels(); // fee section connect(ui->groupFee, static_cast( &QButtonGroup::buttonClicked), this, &SendCoinsDialog::updateFeeSectionControls); connect(ui->groupFee, static_cast( &QButtonGroup::buttonClicked), this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); connect(ui->groupCustomFee, static_cast( &QButtonGroup::buttonClicked), this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); connect(ui->customFee, &BitcoinAmountField::valueChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); connect(ui->checkBoxMinimumFee, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::setMinimumFee); connect(ui->checkBoxMinimumFee, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::updateFeeSectionControls); connect(ui->checkBoxMinimumFee, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); ui->customFee->setSingleStep(model->wallet().getRequiredFee(1000)); updateFeeSectionControls(); updateMinFeeLabel(); updateSmartFeeLabel(); } } SendCoinsDialog::~SendCoinsDialog() { QSettings settings; settings.setValue("fFeeSectionMinimized", fFeeMinimized); settings.setValue("nFeeRadio", ui->groupFee->checkedId()); settings.setValue("nCustomFeeRadio", ui->groupCustomFee->checkedId()); settings.setValue("nTransactionFee", qint64(ui->customFee->value() / SATOSHI)); settings.setValue("fPayOnlyMinFee", ui->checkBoxMinimumFee->isChecked()); delete ui; } void SendCoinsDialog::on_sendButton_clicked() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel()) { return; } QList recipients; bool valid = true; for (int i = 0; i < ui->entries->count(); ++i) { SendCoinsEntry *entry = qobject_cast(ui->entries->itemAt(i)->widget()); if (entry) { if (entry->validate(model->node())) { recipients.append(entry->getValue()); } else { valid = false; } } } if (!valid || recipients.isEmpty()) { return; } fNewRecipientAllowed = false; WalletModel::UnlockContext ctx(model->requestUnlock()); if (!ctx.isValid()) { // Unlock wallet was cancelled fNewRecipientAllowed = true; return; } // prepare transaction for getting txFee earlier WalletModelTransaction currentTransaction(recipients); WalletModel::SendCoinsReturn prepareStatus; // Always use a CCoinControl instance, use the CoinControlDialog instance if // CoinControl has been enabled CCoinControl ctrl; if (model->getOptionsModel()->getCoinControlFeatures()) { ctrl = *CoinControlDialog::coinControl(); } updateCoinControlState(ctrl); prepareStatus = model->prepareTransaction(currentTransaction, ctrl); // process prepareStatus and on error generate message shown to user processSendCoinsReturn( prepareStatus, BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), currentTransaction.getTransactionFee())); if (prepareStatus.status != WalletModel::OK) { fNewRecipientAllowed = true; return; } Amount txFee = currentTransaction.getTransactionFee(); // Format confirmation message QStringList formatted; for (const SendCoinsRecipient &rcp : currentTransaction.getRecipients()) { // generate bold amount string with wallet name in case of multiwallet QString amount = "" + BitcoinUnits::formatHtmlWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), rcp.amount); if (model->isMultiwallet()) { amount.append( " " + tr("from wallet %1") .arg(GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(model->getWalletName())) + " "); } amount.append(""); // generate monospace address string QString address = "" + rcp.address; address.append(""); QString recipientElement; recipientElement = "
"; #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // normal payment if (!rcp.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) #endif { if (rcp.label.length() > 0) { // label with address recipientElement.append( tr("%1 to %2").arg(amount, GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(rcp.label))); recipientElement.append(QString(" (%1)").arg(address)); } else { // just address recipientElement.append(tr("%1 to %2").arg(amount, address)); } } #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // authenticated payment request else if (!rcp.authenticatedMerchant.isEmpty()) { recipientElement.append( tr("%1 to %2") .arg(amount, GUIUtil::HtmlEscape(rcp.authenticatedMerchant))); } else { // unauthenticated payment request recipientElement.append(tr("%1 to %2").arg(amount, address)); } #endif formatted.append(recipientElement); } QString questionString = tr("Are you sure you want to send?"); questionString.append("
"); questionString.append(tr("Please, review your transaction.")); questionString.append("
%1"); if (txFee > Amount::zero()) { // append fee string if a fee is required questionString.append("
"); questionString.append(tr("Transaction fee")); questionString.append(""); // append transaction size questionString.append( " (" + QString::number((double)currentTransaction.getTransactionSize() / 1000) + " kB): "); // append transaction fee value questionString.append( ""); questionString.append(BitcoinUnits::formatHtmlWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), txFee)); questionString.append("
"); } // add total amount in all subdivision units questionString.append("
"); Amount totalAmount = currentTransaction.getTotalTransactionAmount() + txFee; QStringList alternativeUnits; for (const BitcoinUnits::Unit u : BitcoinUnits::availableUnits()) { if (u != model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()) { alternativeUnits.append( BitcoinUnits::formatHtmlWithUnit(u, totalAmount)); } } questionString.append( QString("%1: %2") .arg(tr("Total Amount")) .arg(BitcoinUnits::formatHtmlWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), totalAmount))); questionString.append( QString("
(=%1)") .arg(alternativeUnits.join(" " + tr("or") + " "))); SendConfirmationDialog confirmationDialog( tr("Confirm send coins"), questionString.arg(formatted.join("
")), SEND_CONFIRM_DELAY, this); confirmationDialog.exec(); QMessageBox::StandardButton retval = static_cast(confirmationDialog.result()); if (retval != QMessageBox::Yes) { fNewRecipientAllowed = true; return; } // now send the prepared transaction WalletModel::SendCoinsReturn sendStatus = model->sendCoins(currentTransaction); // process sendStatus and on error generate message shown to user processSendCoinsReturn(sendStatus); if (sendStatus.status == WalletModel::OK) { accept(); CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->UnSelectAll(); coinControlUpdateLabels(); Q_EMIT coinsSent(currentTransaction.getWtx()->get().GetId()); } fNewRecipientAllowed = true; } void SendCoinsDialog::clear() { // Clear coin control settings CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->UnSelectAll(); ui->checkBoxCoinControlChange->setChecked(false); ui->lineEditCoinControlChange->clear(); coinControlUpdateLabels(); // Remove entries until only one left while (ui->entries->count()) { ui->entries->takeAt(0)->widget()->deleteLater(); } addEntry(); updateTabsAndLabels(); } void SendCoinsDialog::reject() { clear(); } void SendCoinsDialog::accept() { clear(); } SendCoinsEntry *SendCoinsDialog::addEntry() { SendCoinsEntry *entry = new SendCoinsEntry(platformStyle, model, this); ui->entries->addWidget(entry); connect(entry, &SendCoinsEntry::removeEntry, this, &SendCoinsDialog::removeEntry); connect(entry, &SendCoinsEntry::useAvailableBalance, this, &SendCoinsDialog::useAvailableBalance); connect(entry, &SendCoinsEntry::payAmountChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); connect(entry, &SendCoinsEntry::subtractFeeFromAmountChanged, this, &SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels); // Focus the field, so that entry can start immediately entry->clear(); entry->setFocus(); ui->scrollAreaWidgetContents->resize( ui->scrollAreaWidgetContents->sizeHint()); qApp->processEvents(); QScrollBar *bar = ui->scrollArea->verticalScrollBar(); if (bar) { bar->setSliderPosition(bar->maximum()); } updateTabsAndLabels(); return entry; } void SendCoinsDialog::updateTabsAndLabels() { - setupTabChain(0); + setupTabChain(nullptr); coinControlUpdateLabels(); } void SendCoinsDialog::removeEntry(SendCoinsEntry *entry) { entry->hide(); // If the last entry is about to be removed add an empty one if (ui->entries->count() == 1) { addEntry(); } entry->deleteLater(); updateTabsAndLabels(); } QWidget *SendCoinsDialog::setupTabChain(QWidget *prev) { for (int i = 0; i < ui->entries->count(); ++i) { SendCoinsEntry *entry = qobject_cast(ui->entries->itemAt(i)->widget()); if (entry) { prev = entry->setupTabChain(prev); } } QWidget::setTabOrder(prev, ui->sendButton); QWidget::setTabOrder(ui->sendButton, ui->clearButton); QWidget::setTabOrder(ui->clearButton, ui->addButton); return ui->addButton; } void SendCoinsDialog::setAddress(const QString &address) { SendCoinsEntry *entry = nullptr; // Replace the first entry if it is still unused if (ui->entries->count() == 1) { SendCoinsEntry *first = qobject_cast(ui->entries->itemAt(0)->widget()); if (first->isClear()) { entry = first; } } if (!entry) { entry = addEntry(); } entry->setAddress(address); } void SendCoinsDialog::pasteEntry(const SendCoinsRecipient &rv) { if (!fNewRecipientAllowed) { return; } SendCoinsEntry *entry = nullptr; // Replace the first entry if it is still unused if (ui->entries->count() == 1) { SendCoinsEntry *first = qobject_cast(ui->entries->itemAt(0)->widget()); if (first->isClear()) { entry = first; } } if (!entry) { entry = addEntry(); } entry->setValue(rv); updateTabsAndLabels(); } bool SendCoinsDialog::handlePaymentRequest(const SendCoinsRecipient &rv) { // Just paste the entry, all pre-checks are done in paymentserver.cpp. pasteEntry(rv); return true; } void SendCoinsDialog::setBalance(const interfaces::WalletBalances &balances) { if (model && model->getOptionsModel()) { ui->labelBalance->setText(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), balances.balance)); } } void SendCoinsDialog::updateDisplayUnit() { setBalance(model->wallet().getBalances()); ui->customFee->setDisplayUnit(model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); updateMinFeeLabel(); updateSmartFeeLabel(); } void SendCoinsDialog::processSendCoinsReturn( const WalletModel::SendCoinsReturn &sendCoinsReturn, const QString &msgArg) { QPair msgParams; // Default to a warning message, override if error message is needed msgParams.second = CClientUIInterface::MSG_WARNING; // This comment is specific to SendCoinsDialog usage of // WalletModel::SendCoinsReturn. // WalletModel::TransactionCommitFailed is used only in // WalletModel::sendCoins() all others are used only in // WalletModel::prepareTransaction() switch (sendCoinsReturn.status) { case WalletModel::InvalidAddress: msgParams.first = tr("The recipient address is not valid. Please recheck."); break; case WalletModel::InvalidAmount: msgParams.first = tr("The amount to pay must be larger than 0."); break; case WalletModel::AmountExceedsBalance: msgParams.first = tr("The amount exceeds your balance."); break; case WalletModel::AmountWithFeeExceedsBalance: msgParams.first = tr("The total exceeds your balance when the %1 " "transaction fee is included.") .arg(msgArg); break; case WalletModel::DuplicateAddress: msgParams.first = tr("Duplicate address found: addresses should " "only be used once each."); break; case WalletModel::TransactionCreationFailed: msgParams.first = tr("Transaction creation failed!"); msgParams.second = CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR; break; case WalletModel::TransactionCommitFailed: msgParams.first = tr("The transaction was rejected with the following reason: %1") .arg(sendCoinsReturn.reasonCommitFailed); msgParams.second = CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR; break; case WalletModel::AbsurdFee: msgParams.first = tr("A fee higher than %1 is considered an absurdly high fee.") .arg(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), model->node().getMaxTxFee())); break; case WalletModel::PaymentRequestExpired: msgParams.first = tr("Payment request expired."); msgParams.second = CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR; break; // included to prevent a compiler warning. case WalletModel::OK: default: return; } Q_EMIT message(tr("Send Coins"), msgParams.first, msgParams.second); } void SendCoinsDialog::minimizeFeeSection(bool fMinimize) { ui->labelFeeMinimized->setVisible(fMinimize); ui->buttonChooseFee->setVisible(fMinimize); ui->buttonMinimizeFee->setVisible(!fMinimize); ui->frameFeeSelection->setVisible(!fMinimize); ui->horizontalLayoutSmartFee->setContentsMargins(0, (fMinimize ? 0 : 6), 0, 0); fFeeMinimized = fMinimize; } void SendCoinsDialog::on_buttonChooseFee_clicked() { minimizeFeeSection(false); } void SendCoinsDialog::on_buttonMinimizeFee_clicked() { updateFeeMinimizedLabel(); minimizeFeeSection(true); } void SendCoinsDialog::useAvailableBalance(SendCoinsEntry *entry) { // Get CCoinControl instance if CoinControl is enabled or create a new one. CCoinControl coin_control; if (model->getOptionsModel()->getCoinControlFeatures()) { coin_control = *CoinControlDialog::coinControl(); } // Calculate available amount to send. Amount amount = model->wallet().getAvailableBalance(coin_control); for (int i = 0; i < ui->entries->count(); ++i) { SendCoinsEntry *e = qobject_cast(ui->entries->itemAt(i)->widget()); if (e && !e->isHidden() && e != entry) { amount -= e->getValue().amount; } } if (amount > Amount::zero()) { entry->checkSubtractFeeFromAmount(); entry->setAmount(amount); } else { entry->setAmount(Amount::zero()); } } void SendCoinsDialog::setMinimumFee() { ui->radioCustomPerKilobyte->setChecked(true); ui->customFee->setValue(model->wallet().getRequiredFee(1000)); } void SendCoinsDialog::updateFeeSectionControls() { ui->labelSmartFee->setEnabled(ui->radioSmartFee->isChecked()); ui->labelSmartFee2->setEnabled(ui->radioSmartFee->isChecked()); ui->labelFeeEstimation->setEnabled(ui->radioSmartFee->isChecked()); ui->checkBoxMinimumFee->setEnabled(ui->radioCustomFee->isChecked()); ui->labelMinFeeWarning->setEnabled(ui->radioCustomFee->isChecked()); ui->radioCustomPerKilobyte->setEnabled( ui->radioCustomFee->isChecked() && !ui->checkBoxMinimumFee->isChecked()); ui->customFee->setEnabled(ui->radioCustomFee->isChecked() && !ui->checkBoxMinimumFee->isChecked()); } void SendCoinsDialog::updateFeeMinimizedLabel() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel()) { return; } if (ui->radioSmartFee->isChecked()) { ui->labelFeeMinimized->setText(ui->labelSmartFee->text()); } else { ui->labelFeeMinimized->setText( BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), ui->customFee->value()) + ((ui->radioCustomPerKilobyte->isChecked()) ? "/kB" : "")); } } void SendCoinsDialog::updateMinFeeLabel() { if (model && model->getOptionsModel()) { ui->checkBoxMinimumFee->setText( tr("Pay only the required fee of %1") .arg(BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), model->wallet().getRequiredFee(1000)) + "/kB")); } } void SendCoinsDialog::updateCoinControlState(CCoinControl &ctrl) { if (ui->radioCustomFee->isChecked()) { ctrl.m_feerate = CFeeRate(ui->customFee->value()); } else { ctrl.m_feerate.reset(); } } void SendCoinsDialog::updateSmartFeeLabel() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel()) { return; } CCoinControl coin_control; updateCoinControlState(coin_control); // Explicitly use only fee estimation rate for smart fee labels coin_control.m_feerate.reset(); CFeeRate feeRate(model->wallet().getMinimumFee(1000, coin_control)); ui->labelSmartFee->setText( BitcoinUnits::formatWithUnit(model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), feeRate.GetFeePerK()) + "/kB"); // not enough data => minfee if (feeRate <= CFeeRate(Amount::zero())) { // (Smart fee not initialized yet. This usually takes a few blocks...) ui->labelSmartFee2->show(); ui->labelFeeEstimation->setText(""); } else { ui->labelSmartFee2->hide(); ui->labelFeeEstimation->setText( tr("Estimated to begin confirmation by next block.")); } updateFeeMinimizedLabel(); } // Coin Control: copy label "Quantity" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardQuantity() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->labelCoinControlQuantity->text()); } // Coin Control: copy label "Amount" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardAmount() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->labelCoinControlAmount->text().left( ui->labelCoinControlAmount->text().indexOf(" "))); } // Coin Control: copy label "Fee" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardFee() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlFee->text() .left(ui->labelCoinControlFee->text().indexOf(" ")) .replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // Coin Control: copy label "After fee" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardAfterFee() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlAfterFee->text() .left(ui->labelCoinControlAfterFee->text().indexOf(" ")) .replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // Coin Control: copy label "Bytes" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardBytes() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlBytes->text().replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // Coin Control: copy label "Dust" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardLowOutput() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->labelCoinControlLowOutput->text()); } // Coin Control: copy label "Change" to clipboard void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlClipboardChange() { GUIUtil::setClipboard( ui->labelCoinControlChange->text() .left(ui->labelCoinControlChange->text().indexOf(" ")) .replace(ASYMP_UTF8, "")); } // Coin Control: settings menu - coin control enabled/disabled by user void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlFeatureChanged(bool checked) { ui->frameCoinControl->setVisible(checked); // coin control features disabled if (!checked && model) { CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->SetNull(); } coinControlUpdateLabels(); } // Coin Control: button inputs -> show actual coin control dialog void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlButtonClicked() { CoinControlDialog dlg(platformStyle); dlg.setModel(model); dlg.exec(); coinControlUpdateLabels(); } // Coin Control: checkbox custom change address void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlChangeChecked(int state) { if (state == Qt::Unchecked) { CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->destChange = CNoDestination(); ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->clear(); } else { // use this to re-validate an already entered address coinControlChangeEdited(ui->lineEditCoinControlChange->text()); } ui->lineEditCoinControlChange->setEnabled((state == Qt::Checked)); } // Coin Control: custom change address changed void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlChangeEdited(const QString &text) { if (model && model->getAddressTableModel()) { // Default to no change address until verified CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->destChange = CNoDestination(); ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setStyleSheet("QLabel{color:red;}"); const CTxDestination dest = DecodeDestination(text.toStdString(), model->getChainParams()); if (text.isEmpty()) { // Nothing entered ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setText(""); } else if (!IsValidDestination(dest)) { // Invalid address ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setText( tr("Warning: Invalid Bitcoin address")); } else { // Valid address if (!model->wallet().isSpendable(dest)) { ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setText( tr("Warning: Unknown change address")); // confirmation dialog QMessageBox::StandardButton btnRetVal = QMessageBox::question( this, tr("Confirm custom change address"), tr("The address you selected for change is not part of " "this wallet. Any or all funds in your wallet may be " "sent to this address. Are you sure?"), QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, QMessageBox::Cancel); if (btnRetVal == QMessageBox::Yes) { CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->destChange = dest; } else { ui->lineEditCoinControlChange->setText(""); ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setStyleSheet( "QLabel{color:black;}"); ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setText(""); } } else { // Known change address ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setStyleSheet( "QLabel{color:black;}"); // Query label QString associatedLabel = model->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress(text); if (!associatedLabel.isEmpty()) { ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setText(associatedLabel); } else { ui->labelCoinControlChangeLabel->setText(tr("(no label)")); } CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->destChange = dest; } } } } // Coin Control: update labels void SendCoinsDialog::coinControlUpdateLabels() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel()) { return; } updateCoinControlState(*CoinControlDialog::coinControl()); // set pay amounts CoinControlDialog::payAmounts.clear(); CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount = false; for (int i = 0; i < ui->entries->count(); ++i) { SendCoinsEntry *entry = qobject_cast(ui->entries->itemAt(i)->widget()); if (entry && !entry->isHidden()) { SendCoinsRecipient rcp = entry->getValue(); CoinControlDialog::payAmounts.append(rcp.amount); if (rcp.fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { CoinControlDialog::fSubtractFeeFromAmount = true; } } } if (CoinControlDialog::coinControl()->HasSelected()) { // actual coin control calculation CoinControlDialog::updateLabels(model, this); // show coin control stats ui->labelCoinControlAutomaticallySelected->hide(); ui->widgetCoinControl->show(); } else { // hide coin control stats ui->labelCoinControlAutomaticallySelected->show(); ui->widgetCoinControl->hide(); ui->labelCoinControlInsuffFunds->hide(); } } SendConfirmationDialog::SendConfirmationDialog(const QString &title, const QString &text, int _secDelay, QWidget *parent) : QMessageBox(QMessageBox::Question, title, text, QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, parent), secDelay(_secDelay) { setDefaultButton(QMessageBox::Cancel); yesButton = button(QMessageBox::Yes); updateYesButton(); connect(&countDownTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &SendConfirmationDialog::countDown); } int SendConfirmationDialog::exec() { updateYesButton(); countDownTimer.start(1000); return QMessageBox::exec(); } void SendConfirmationDialog::countDown() { secDelay--; updateYesButton(); if (secDelay <= 0) { countDownTimer.stop(); } } void SendConfirmationDialog::updateYesButton() { if (secDelay > 0) { yesButton->setEnabled(false); yesButton->setText(tr("Yes") + " (" + QString::number(secDelay) + ")"); } else { yesButton->setEnabled(true); yesButton->setText(tr("Yes")); } } diff --git a/src/qt/sendcoinsentry.cpp b/src/qt/sendcoinsentry.cpp index 9f5d32d25..63aa9402c 100644 --- a/src/qt/sendcoinsentry.cpp +++ b/src/qt/sendcoinsentry.cpp @@ -1,312 +1,312 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include SendCoinsEntry::SendCoinsEntry(const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, WalletModel *_model, QWidget *parent) : QStackedWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::SendCoinsEntry), model(_model), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { ui->setupUi(this); ui->addressBookButton->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/address-book")); ui->pasteButton->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/editpaste")); ui->deleteButton->setIcon(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->deleteButton_is->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->deleteButton_s->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); setCurrentWidget(ui->SendCoins); if (platformStyle->getUseExtraSpacing()) { ui->payToLayout->setSpacing(4); } ui->addAsLabel->setPlaceholderText( tr("Enter a label for this address to add it to your address book")); // normal bitcoin address field GUIUtil::setupAddressWidget(ui->payTo, this); // just a label for displaying bitcoin address(es) ui->payTo_is->setFont(GUIUtil::fixedPitchFont()); // Connect signals connect(ui->payAmount, &BitcoinAmountField::valueChanged, this, &SendCoinsEntry::payAmountChanged); connect(ui->checkboxSubtractFeeFromAmount, &QCheckBox::toggled, this, &SendCoinsEntry::subtractFeeFromAmountChanged); connect(ui->deleteButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsEntry::deleteClicked); connect(ui->deleteButton_is, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsEntry::deleteClicked); connect(ui->deleteButton_s, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsEntry::deleteClicked); connect(ui->useAvailableBalanceButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &SendCoinsEntry::useAvailableBalanceClicked); // Set the model properly. setModel(model); } SendCoinsEntry::~SendCoinsEntry() { delete ui; } void SendCoinsEntry::on_pasteButton_clicked() { // Paste text from clipboard into recipient field ui->payTo->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text()); } void SendCoinsEntry::on_addressBookButton_clicked() { if (!model) { return; } AddressBookPage dlg(platformStyle, AddressBookPage::ForSelection, AddressBookPage::SendingTab, this); dlg.setModel(model->getAddressTableModel()); if (dlg.exec()) { ui->payTo->setText(dlg.getReturnValue()); ui->payAmount->setFocus(); } } void SendCoinsEntry::on_payTo_textChanged(const QString &address) { updateLabel(address); } void SendCoinsEntry::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model) { ui->messageTextLabel->setToolTip( tr("A message that was attached to the %1 URI which will be stored " "with the transaction for your reference. Note: This message " "will not be sent over the Bitcoin network.") .arg(QString::fromStdString( _model->getChainParams().CashAddrPrefix()))); } if (_model && _model->getOptionsModel()) { connect(_model->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &SendCoinsEntry::updateDisplayUnit); } clear(); } void SendCoinsEntry::clear() { // clear UI elements for normal payment ui->payTo->clear(); ui->addAsLabel->clear(); ui->payAmount->clear(); ui->checkboxSubtractFeeFromAmount->setCheckState(Qt::Unchecked); ui->messageTextLabel->clear(); ui->messageTextLabel->hide(); ui->messageLabel->hide(); // clear UI elements for unauthenticated payment request ui->payTo_is->clear(); ui->memoTextLabel_is->clear(); ui->payAmount_is->clear(); // clear UI elements for authenticated payment request ui->payTo_s->clear(); ui->memoTextLabel_s->clear(); ui->payAmount_s->clear(); // update the display unit, to not use the default ("BCH") updateDisplayUnit(); } void SendCoinsEntry::checkSubtractFeeFromAmount() { ui->checkboxSubtractFeeFromAmount->setChecked(true); } void SendCoinsEntry::deleteClicked() { Q_EMIT removeEntry(this); } void SendCoinsEntry::useAvailableBalanceClicked() { Q_EMIT useAvailableBalance(this); } bool SendCoinsEntry::validate(interfaces::Node &node) { if (!model) { return false; } // Check input validity bool retval = true; #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // Skip checks for payment request if (recipient.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) { return retval; } #endif if (!model->validateAddress(ui->payTo->text())) { ui->payTo->setValid(false); retval = false; } if (!ui->payAmount->validate()) { retval = false; } // Sending a zero amount is invalid - if (ui->payAmount->value(0) <= Amount::zero()) { + if (ui->payAmount->value(nullptr) <= Amount::zero()) { ui->payAmount->setValid(false); retval = false; } // Reject dust outputs: if (retval && GUIUtil::isDust(node, ui->payTo->text(), ui->payAmount->value(), model->getChainParams())) { ui->payAmount->setValid(false); retval = false; } return retval; } SendCoinsRecipient SendCoinsEntry::getValue() { #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // Payment request if (recipient.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) { return recipient; } #endif // Normal payment recipient.address = ui->payTo->text(); recipient.label = ui->addAsLabel->text(); recipient.amount = ui->payAmount->value(); recipient.message = ui->messageTextLabel->text(); recipient.fSubtractFeeFromAmount = (ui->checkboxSubtractFeeFromAmount->checkState() == Qt::Checked); return recipient; } QWidget *SendCoinsEntry::setupTabChain(QWidget *prev) { QWidget::setTabOrder(prev, ui->payTo); QWidget::setTabOrder(ui->payTo, ui->addAsLabel); QWidget *w = ui->payAmount->setupTabChain(ui->addAsLabel); QWidget::setTabOrder(w, ui->checkboxSubtractFeeFromAmount); QWidget::setTabOrder(ui->checkboxSubtractFeeFromAmount, ui->addressBookButton); QWidget::setTabOrder(ui->addressBookButton, ui->pasteButton); QWidget::setTabOrder(ui->pasteButton, ui->deleteButton); return ui->deleteButton; } void SendCoinsEntry::setValue(const SendCoinsRecipient &value) { recipient = value; #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // payment request if (recipient.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) { // unauthenticated if (recipient.authenticatedMerchant.isEmpty()) { ui->payTo_is->setText(recipient.address); ui->memoTextLabel_is->setText(recipient.message); ui->payAmount_is->setValue(recipient.amount); ui->payAmount_is->setReadOnly(true); setCurrentWidget(ui->SendCoins_UnauthenticatedPaymentRequest); } // authenticated else { ui->payTo_s->setText(recipient.authenticatedMerchant); ui->memoTextLabel_s->setText(recipient.message); ui->payAmount_s->setValue(recipient.amount); ui->payAmount_s->setReadOnly(true); setCurrentWidget(ui->SendCoins_AuthenticatedPaymentRequest); } } // normal payment else #endif { // message ui->messageTextLabel->setText(recipient.message); ui->messageTextLabel->setVisible(!recipient.message.isEmpty()); ui->messageLabel->setVisible(!recipient.message.isEmpty()); ui->addAsLabel->clear(); // this may set a label from addressbook ui->payTo->setText(recipient.address); // if a label had been set from the addressbook, don't overwrite with an // empty label if (!recipient.label.isEmpty()) { ui->addAsLabel->setText(recipient.label); } ui->payAmount->setValue(recipient.amount); } } void SendCoinsEntry::setAddress(const QString &address) { ui->payTo->setText(address); ui->payAmount->setFocus(); } void SendCoinsEntry::setAmount(const Amount amount) { ui->payAmount->setValue(amount); } bool SendCoinsEntry::isClear() { return ui->payTo->text().isEmpty() && ui->payTo_is->text().isEmpty() && ui->payTo_s->text().isEmpty(); } void SendCoinsEntry::setFocus() { ui->payTo->setFocus(); } void SendCoinsEntry::updateDisplayUnit() { if (model && model->getOptionsModel()) { // Update payAmount with the current unit ui->payAmount->setDisplayUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); ui->payAmount_is->setDisplayUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); ui->payAmount_s->setDisplayUnit( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); } } bool SendCoinsEntry::updateLabel(const QString &address) { if (!model) { return false; } // Fill in label from address book, if address has an associated label QString associatedLabel = model->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress(address); if (!associatedLabel.isEmpty()) { ui->addAsLabel->setText(associatedLabel); return true; } return false; } diff --git a/src/qt/signverifymessagedialog.cpp b/src/qt/signverifymessagedialog.cpp index 9c1ada42f..c2dfbb89a 100644 --- a/src/qt/signverifymessagedialog.cpp +++ b/src/qt/signverifymessagedialog.cpp @@ -1,282 +1,282 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // For strMessageMagic #include #include #include #include SignVerifyMessageDialog::SignVerifyMessageDialog( const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::SignVerifyMessageDialog), model(0), + : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::SignVerifyMessageDialog), model(nullptr), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { ui->setupUi(this); ui->addressBookButton_SM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/address-book")); ui->pasteButton_SM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/editpaste")); ui->copySignatureButton_SM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/editcopy")); ui->signMessageButton_SM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/edit")); ui->clearButton_SM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->addressBookButton_VM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/address-book")); ui->verifyMessageButton_VM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/transaction_0")); ui->clearButton_VM->setIcon( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/remove")); ui->signatureOut_SM->setPlaceholderText( tr("Click \"Sign Message\" to generate signature")); GUIUtil::setupAddressWidget(ui->addressIn_SM, this); GUIUtil::setupAddressWidget(ui->addressIn_VM, this); ui->addressIn_SM->installEventFilter(this); ui->messageIn_SM->installEventFilter(this); ui->signatureOut_SM->installEventFilter(this); ui->addressIn_VM->installEventFilter(this); ui->messageIn_VM->installEventFilter(this); ui->signatureIn_VM->installEventFilter(this); ui->signatureOut_SM->setFont(GUIUtil::fixedPitchFont()); ui->signatureIn_VM->setFont(GUIUtil::fixedPitchFont()); } SignVerifyMessageDialog::~SignVerifyMessageDialog() { delete ui; } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::setAddress_SM(const QString &address) { ui->addressIn_SM->setText(address); ui->messageIn_SM->setFocus(); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::setAddress_VM(const QString &address) { ui->addressIn_VM->setText(address); ui->messageIn_VM->setFocus(); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::showTab_SM(bool fShow) { ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(0); if (fShow) { this->show(); } } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::showTab_VM(bool fShow) { ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(1); if (fShow) { this->show(); } } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_addressBookButton_SM_clicked() { if (model && model->getAddressTableModel()) { AddressBookPage dlg(platformStyle, AddressBookPage::ForSelection, AddressBookPage::ReceivingTab, this); dlg.setModel(model->getAddressTableModel()); if (dlg.exec()) { setAddress_SM(dlg.getReturnValue()); } } } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_pasteButton_SM_clicked() { setAddress_SM(QApplication::clipboard()->text()); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_signMessageButton_SM_clicked() { if (!model) { return; } /* Clear old signature to ensure users don't get confused on error with an * old signature displayed */ ui->signatureOut_SM->clear(); CTxDestination destination = DecodeDestination( ui->addressIn_SM->text().toStdString(), model->getChainParams()); if (!IsValidDestination(destination)) { ui->statusLabel_SM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_SM->setText( tr("The entered address is invalid.") + QString(" ") + tr("Please check the address and try again.")); return; } const CKeyID *keyID = boost::get(&destination); if (!keyID) { ui->addressIn_SM->setValid(false); ui->statusLabel_SM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_SM->setText( tr("The entered address does not refer to a key.") + QString(" ") + tr("Please check the address and try again.")); return; } WalletModel::UnlockContext ctx(model->requestUnlock()); if (!ctx.isValid()) { ui->statusLabel_SM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_SM->setText(tr("Wallet unlock was cancelled.")); return; } CKey key; if (!model->wallet().getPrivKey(*keyID, key)) { ui->statusLabel_SM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_SM->setText( tr("Private key for the entered address is not available.")); return; } CHashWriter ss(SER_GETHASH, 0); ss << strMessageMagic; ss << ui->messageIn_SM->document()->toPlainText().toStdString(); std::vector vchSig; if (!key.SignCompact(ss.GetHash(), vchSig)) { ui->statusLabel_SM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_SM->setText(QString("") + tr("Message signing failed.") + QString("")); return; } ui->statusLabel_SM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: green; }"); ui->statusLabel_SM->setText(QString("") + tr("Message signed.") + QString("")); ui->signatureOut_SM->setText( QString::fromStdString(EncodeBase64(vchSig.data(), vchSig.size()))); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_copySignatureButton_SM_clicked() { GUIUtil::setClipboard(ui->signatureOut_SM->text()); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_clearButton_SM_clicked() { ui->addressIn_SM->clear(); ui->messageIn_SM->clear(); ui->signatureOut_SM->clear(); ui->statusLabel_SM->clear(); ui->addressIn_SM->setFocus(); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_addressBookButton_VM_clicked() { if (model && model->getAddressTableModel()) { AddressBookPage dlg(platformStyle, AddressBookPage::ForSelection, AddressBookPage::SendingTab, this); dlg.setModel(model->getAddressTableModel()); if (dlg.exec()) { setAddress_VM(dlg.getReturnValue()); } } } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_verifyMessageButton_VM_clicked() { CTxDestination destination = DecodeDestination( ui->addressIn_VM->text().toStdString(), model->getChainParams()); if (!IsValidDestination(destination)) { ui->statusLabel_VM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_VM->setText( tr("The entered address is invalid.") + QString(" ") + tr("Please check the address and try again.")); return; } if (!boost::get(&destination)) { ui->addressIn_VM->setValid(false); ui->statusLabel_VM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_VM->setText( tr("The entered address does not refer to a key.") + QString(" ") + tr("Please check the address and try again.")); return; } bool fInvalid = false; std::vector vchSig = DecodeBase64( ui->signatureIn_VM->text().toStdString().c_str(), &fInvalid); if (fInvalid) { ui->signatureIn_VM->setValid(false); ui->statusLabel_VM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_VM->setText( tr("The signature could not be decoded.") + QString(" ") + tr("Please check the signature and try again.")); return; } CHashWriter ss(SER_GETHASH, 0); ss << strMessageMagic; ss << ui->messageIn_VM->document()->toPlainText().toStdString(); CPubKey pubkey; if (!pubkey.RecoverCompact(ss.GetHash(), vchSig)) { ui->signatureIn_VM->setValid(false); ui->statusLabel_VM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_VM->setText( tr("The signature did not match the message digest.") + QString(" ") + tr("Please check the signature and try again.")); return; } if (!(CTxDestination(pubkey.GetID()) == destination)) { ui->statusLabel_VM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: red; }"); ui->statusLabel_VM->setText(QString("") + tr("Message verification failed.") + QString("")); return; } ui->statusLabel_VM->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color: green; }"); ui->statusLabel_VM->setText(QString("") + tr("Message verified.") + QString("")); } void SignVerifyMessageDialog::on_clearButton_VM_clicked() { ui->addressIn_VM->clear(); ui->signatureIn_VM->clear(); ui->messageIn_VM->clear(); ui->statusLabel_VM->clear(); ui->addressIn_VM->setFocus(); } bool SignVerifyMessageDialog::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) { if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress || event->type() == QEvent::FocusIn) { if (ui->tabWidget->currentIndex() == 0) { /* Clear status message on focus change */ ui->statusLabel_SM->clear(); /* Select generated signature */ if (object == ui->signatureOut_SM) { ui->signatureOut_SM->selectAll(); return true; } } else if (ui->tabWidget->currentIndex() == 1) { /* Clear status message on focus change */ ui->statusLabel_VM->clear(); } } return QDialog::eventFilter(object, event); } diff --git a/src/qt/splashscreen.cpp b/src/qt/splashscreen.cpp index 39725618f..f0a38f4eb 100644 --- a/src/qt/splashscreen.cpp +++ b/src/qt/splashscreen.cpp @@ -1,251 +1,251 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include SplashScreen::SplashScreen(interfaces::Node &node, Qt::WindowFlags f, const NetworkStyle *networkStyle) - : QWidget(0, f), curAlignment(0), m_node(node) { + : QWidget(nullptr, f), curAlignment(0), m_node(node) { // set reference point, paddings int paddingRight = 50; int paddingTop = 50; int titleVersionVSpace = 17; int titleCopyrightVSpace = 40; float fontFactor = 1.0; float devicePixelRatio = 1.0; #if QT_VERSION > 0x050100 devicePixelRatio = static_cast(QCoreApplication::instance()) ->devicePixelRatio(); #endif // define text to place QString titleText = tr(PACKAGE_NAME); QString versionText = QString("Version %1").arg(QString::fromStdString(FormatFullVersion())); QString copyrightText = QString::fromUtf8( CopyrightHolders(strprintf("\xc2\xA9 %u-%u ", 2009, COPYRIGHT_YEAR)) .c_str()); QString titleAddText = networkStyle->getTitleAddText(); QString font = QApplication::font().toString(); // create a bitmap according to device pixelratio QSize splashSize(634 * devicePixelRatio, 320 * devicePixelRatio); pixmap = QPixmap(splashSize); #if QT_VERSION > 0x050100 // change to HiDPI if it makes sense pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(devicePixelRatio); #endif QPainter pixPaint(&pixmap); pixPaint.setPen(QColor(100, 100, 100)); // draw a slightly radial gradient QRadialGradient gradient(QPoint(0, 0), splashSize.width() / devicePixelRatio); gradient.setColorAt(0, Qt::white); gradient.setColorAt(1, QColor(247, 247, 247)); QRect rGradient(QPoint(0, 0), splashSize); pixPaint.fillRect(rGradient, gradient); // draw the bitcoin icon, expected size of PNG: 1024x1024 QRect rectIcon(QPoint(-10, -100), QSize(430, 430)); const QSize requiredSize(1024, 1024); QPixmap icon(networkStyle->getAppIcon().pixmap(requiredSize)); pixPaint.drawPixmap(rectIcon, icon); // check font size and drawing with pixPaint.setFont(QFont(font, 33 * fontFactor)); QFontMetrics fm = pixPaint.fontMetrics(); int titleTextWidth = fm.width(titleText); if (titleTextWidth > 176) { fontFactor = fontFactor * 176 / titleTextWidth; } pixPaint.setFont(QFont(font, 33 * fontFactor)); fm = pixPaint.fontMetrics(); titleTextWidth = fm.width(titleText); pixPaint.drawText(pixmap.width() / devicePixelRatio - titleTextWidth - paddingRight, paddingTop, titleText); pixPaint.setFont(QFont(font, 15 * fontFactor)); // if the version string is too long, reduce size fm = pixPaint.fontMetrics(); int versionTextWidth = fm.width(versionText); if (versionTextWidth > titleTextWidth + paddingRight - 10) { pixPaint.setFont(QFont(font, 10 * fontFactor)); titleVersionVSpace -= 5; } pixPaint.drawText(pixmap.width() / devicePixelRatio - titleTextWidth - paddingRight + 2, paddingTop + titleVersionVSpace, versionText); // draw copyright stuff { pixPaint.setFont(QFont(font, 10 * fontFactor)); const int x = pixmap.width() / devicePixelRatio - titleTextWidth - paddingRight; const int y = paddingTop + titleCopyrightVSpace; QRect copyrightRect(x, y, pixmap.width() - x - paddingRight, pixmap.height() - y); pixPaint.drawText(copyrightRect, Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop | Qt::TextWordWrap, copyrightText); } // draw additional text if special network if (!titleAddText.isEmpty()) { QFont boldFont = QFont(font, 10 * fontFactor); boldFont.setWeight(QFont::Bold); pixPaint.setFont(boldFont); fm = pixPaint.fontMetrics(); int titleAddTextWidth = fm.width(titleAddText); pixPaint.drawText(pixmap.width() / devicePixelRatio - titleAddTextWidth - 10, 15, titleAddText); } pixPaint.end(); // Set window title setWindowTitle(titleText + " " + titleAddText); // Resize window and move to center of desktop, disallow resizing QRect r(QPoint(), QSize(pixmap.size().width() / devicePixelRatio, pixmap.size().height() / devicePixelRatio)); resize(r.size()); setFixedSize(r.size()); move(QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry().center() - r.center()); subscribeToCoreSignals(); installEventFilter(this); } SplashScreen::~SplashScreen() { unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); } bool SplashScreen::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *ev) { if (ev->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast(ev); if (keyEvent->text()[0] == 'q') { m_node.startShutdown(); } } return QObject::eventFilter(obj, ev); } void SplashScreen::slotFinish(QWidget *mainWin) { Q_UNUSED(mainWin); /* If the window is minimized, hide() will be ignored. */ /* Make sure we de-minimize the splashscreen window before hiding */ if (isMinimized()) { showNormal(); } hide(); // No more need for this deleteLater(); } static void InitMessage(SplashScreen *splash, const std::string &message) { QMetaObject::invokeMethod(splash, "showMessage", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(QString, QString::fromStdString(message)), Q_ARG(int, Qt::AlignBottom | Qt::AlignHCenter), Q_ARG(QColor, QColor(55, 55, 55))); } static void ShowProgress(SplashScreen *splash, const std::string &title, int nProgress, bool resume_possible) { InitMessage(splash, title + std::string("\n") + (resume_possible ? _("(press q to shutdown and continue later)") : _("press q to shutdown")) + strprintf("\n%d", nProgress) + "%"); } #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET void SplashScreen::ConnectWallet(std::unique_ptr wallet) { m_connected_wallet_handlers.emplace_back(wallet->handleShowProgress( std::bind(ShowProgress, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, false))); m_connected_wallets.emplace_back(std::move(wallet)); } #endif void SplashScreen::subscribeToCoreSignals() { // Connect signals to client m_handler_init_message = m_node.handleInitMessage( std::bind(InitMessage, this, std::placeholders::_1)); m_handler_show_progress = m_node.handleShowProgress( std::bind(ShowProgress, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3)); #ifdef ENABLE_WALLET m_handler_load_wallet = m_node.handleLoadWallet( [this](std::unique_ptr wallet) { ConnectWallet(std::move(wallet)); }); #endif } void SplashScreen::unsubscribeFromCoreSignals() { // Disconnect signals from client m_handler_init_message->disconnect(); m_handler_show_progress->disconnect(); for (const auto &handler : m_connected_wallet_handlers) { handler->disconnect(); } m_connected_wallet_handlers.clear(); m_connected_wallets.clear(); } void SplashScreen::showMessage(const QString &message, int alignment, const QColor &color) { curMessage = message; curAlignment = alignment; curColor = color; update(); } void SplashScreen::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) { QPainter painter(this); painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, pixmap); QRect r = rect().adjusted(5, 5, -5, -5); painter.setPen(curColor); painter.drawText(r, curAlignment, curMessage); } void SplashScreen::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) { // allows an "emergency" shutdown during startup m_node.startShutdown(); event->ignore(); } diff --git a/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.cpp b/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.cpp index 17d0eff5e..ae93572b7 100644 --- a/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.cpp +++ b/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.cpp @@ -1,177 +1,177 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2015 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #define DESIRED_SAMPLES 800 #define XMARGIN 10 #define YMARGIN 10 TrafficGraphWidget::TrafficGraphWidget(QWidget *parent) - : QWidget(parent), timer(0), fMax(0.0f), nMins(0), vSamplesIn(), - vSamplesOut(), nLastBytesIn(0), nLastBytesOut(0), clientModel(0) { + : QWidget(parent), timer(nullptr), fMax(0.0f), nMins(0), vSamplesIn(), + vSamplesOut(), nLastBytesIn(0), nLastBytesOut(0), clientModel(nullptr) { timer = new QTimer(this); connect(timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &TrafficGraphWidget::updateRates); } void TrafficGraphWidget::setClientModel(ClientModel *model) { clientModel = model; if (model) { nLastBytesIn = model->node().getTotalBytesRecv(); nLastBytesOut = model->node().getTotalBytesSent(); } } int TrafficGraphWidget::getGraphRangeMins() const { return nMins; } void TrafficGraphWidget::paintPath(QPainterPath &path, QQueue &samples) { int sampleCount = samples.size(); if (sampleCount > 0) { int h = height() - YMARGIN * 2, w = width() - XMARGIN * 2; int x = XMARGIN + w; path.moveTo(x, YMARGIN + h); for (int i = 0; i < sampleCount; ++i) { x = XMARGIN + w - w * i / DESIRED_SAMPLES; int y = YMARGIN + h - (int)(h * samples.at(i) / fMax); path.lineTo(x, y); } path.lineTo(x, YMARGIN + h); } } void TrafficGraphWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) { QPainter painter(this); painter.fillRect(rect(), Qt::black); if (fMax <= 0.0f) { return; } QColor axisCol(Qt::gray); int h = height() - YMARGIN * 2; painter.setPen(axisCol); painter.drawLine(XMARGIN, YMARGIN + h, width() - XMARGIN, YMARGIN + h); // decide what order of magnitude we are int base = floor(log10(fMax)); float val = pow(10.0f, base); const QString units = tr("KB/s"); const float yMarginText = 2.0; // draw lines painter.setPen(axisCol); painter.drawText(XMARGIN, YMARGIN + h - h * val / fMax - yMarginText, QString("%1 %2").arg(val).arg(units)); for (float y = val; y < fMax; y += val) { int yy = YMARGIN + h - h * y / fMax; painter.drawLine(XMARGIN, yy, width() - XMARGIN, yy); } // if we drew 3 or fewer lines, break them up at the next lower order of // magnitude if (fMax / val <= 3.0f) { axisCol = axisCol.darker(); val = pow(10.0f, base - 1); painter.setPen(axisCol); painter.drawText(XMARGIN, YMARGIN + h - h * val / fMax - yMarginText, QString("%1 %2").arg(val).arg(units)); int count = 1; for (float y = val; y < fMax; y += val, count++) { // don't overwrite lines drawn above if (count % 10 == 0) { continue; } int yy = YMARGIN + h - h * y / fMax; painter.drawLine(XMARGIN, yy, width() - XMARGIN, yy); } } if (!vSamplesIn.empty()) { QPainterPath p; paintPath(p, vSamplesIn); painter.fillPath(p, QColor(0, 255, 0, 128)); painter.setPen(Qt::green); painter.drawPath(p); } if (!vSamplesOut.empty()) { QPainterPath p; paintPath(p, vSamplesOut); painter.fillPath(p, QColor(255, 0, 0, 128)); painter.setPen(Qt::red); painter.drawPath(p); } } void TrafficGraphWidget::updateRates() { if (!clientModel) { return; } quint64 bytesIn = clientModel->node().getTotalBytesRecv(), bytesOut = clientModel->node().getTotalBytesSent(); float inRate = (bytesIn - nLastBytesIn) / 1024.0f * 1000 / timer->interval(); float outRate = (bytesOut - nLastBytesOut) / 1024.0f * 1000 / timer->interval(); vSamplesIn.push_front(inRate); vSamplesOut.push_front(outRate); nLastBytesIn = bytesIn; nLastBytesOut = bytesOut; while (vSamplesIn.size() > DESIRED_SAMPLES) { vSamplesIn.pop_back(); } while (vSamplesOut.size() > DESIRED_SAMPLES) { vSamplesOut.pop_back(); } float tmax = 0.0f; for (const float f : vSamplesIn) { if (f > tmax) { tmax = f; } } for (const float f : vSamplesOut) { if (f > tmax) { tmax = f; } } fMax = tmax; update(); } void TrafficGraphWidget::setGraphRangeMins(int mins) { nMins = mins; int msecsPerSample = nMins * 60 * 1000 / DESIRED_SAMPLES; timer->stop(); timer->setInterval(msecsPerSample); clear(); } void TrafficGraphWidget::clear() { timer->stop(); vSamplesOut.clear(); vSamplesIn.clear(); fMax = 0.0f; if (clientModel) { nLastBytesIn = clientModel->node().getTotalBytesRecv(); nLastBytesOut = clientModel->node().getTotalBytesSent(); } timer->start(); } diff --git a/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.h b/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.h index 55f3923aa..a20bc9973 100644 --- a/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.h +++ b/src/qt/trafficgraphwidget.h @@ -1,47 +1,47 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2015 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_TRAFFICGRAPHWIDGET_H #define BITCOIN_QT_TRAFFICGRAPHWIDGET_H #include #include class ClientModel; QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QPaintEvent; class QTimer; QT_END_NAMESPACE class TrafficGraphWidget : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit TrafficGraphWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit TrafficGraphWidget(QWidget *parent = nullptr); void setClientModel(ClientModel *model); int getGraphRangeMins() const; protected: void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) override; public Q_SLOTS: void updateRates(); void setGraphRangeMins(int mins); void clear(); private: void paintPath(QPainterPath &path, QQueue &samples); QTimer *timer; float fMax; int nMins; QQueue vSamplesIn; QQueue vSamplesOut; quint64 nLastBytesIn; quint64 nLastBytesOut; ClientModel *clientModel; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_TRAFFICGRAPHWIDGET_H diff --git a/src/qt/transactiondescdialog.h b/src/qt/transactiondescdialog.h index c99754b75..b62dbb894 100644 --- a/src/qt/transactiondescdialog.h +++ b/src/qt/transactiondescdialog.h @@ -1,30 +1,31 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2014 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONDESCDIALOG_H #define BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONDESCDIALOG_H #include namespace Ui { class TransactionDescDialog; } QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QModelIndex; QT_END_NAMESPACE /** Dialog showing transaction details. */ class TransactionDescDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit TransactionDescDialog(const QModelIndex &idx, QWidget *parent = 0); + explicit TransactionDescDialog(const QModelIndex &idx, + QWidget *parent = nullptr); ~TransactionDescDialog(); private: Ui::TransactionDescDialog *ui; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONDESCDIALOG_H diff --git a/src/qt/transactionfilterproxy.h b/src/qt/transactionfilterproxy.h index 88b3b0451..9b2d0d1e9 100644 --- a/src/qt/transactionfilterproxy.h +++ b/src/qt/transactionfilterproxy.h @@ -1,79 +1,79 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2014 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONFILTERPROXY_H #define BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONFILTERPROXY_H #include #include #include /** * Filter the transaction list according to pre-specified rules. */ class TransactionFilterProxy : public QSortFilterProxyModel { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit TransactionFilterProxy(QObject *parent = 0); + explicit TransactionFilterProxy(QObject *parent = nullptr); /** * Earliest date that can be represented (far in the past). */ static const QDateTime MIN_DATE; /** * Last date that can be represented (far in the future). */ static const QDateTime MAX_DATE; /** * Type filter bit field (all types). */ static const quint32 ALL_TYPES = 0xFFFFFFFF; static quint32 TYPE(int type) { return 1 << type; } enum WatchOnlyFilter { WatchOnlyFilter_All, WatchOnlyFilter_Yes, WatchOnlyFilter_No }; void setDateRange(const QDateTime &from, const QDateTime &to); void setSearchString(const QString &); /** * @note Type filter takes a bit field created with TYPE() or ALL_TYPES */ void setTypeFilter(quint32 modes); void setMinAmount(const Amount minimum); void setWatchOnlyFilter(WatchOnlyFilter filter); /** * Set maximum number of rows returned, -1 if unlimited. */ void setLimit(int limit); /** * Set whether to show conflicted transactions. */ void setShowInactive(bool showInactive); int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const override; protected: bool filterAcceptsRow(int source_row, const QModelIndex &source_parent) const override; private: QDateTime dateFrom; QDateTime dateTo; QString m_search_string; quint32 typeFilter; WatchOnlyFilter watchOnlyFilter; Amount minAmount; int limitRows; bool showInactive; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONFILTERPROXY_H diff --git a/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.cpp b/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.cpp index 67e508f02..3db825753 100644 --- a/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.cpp +++ b/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.cpp @@ -1,775 +1,775 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // Amount column is right-aligned it contains numbers static int column_alignments[] = { Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, /* status */ Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, /* watchonly */ Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, /* date */ Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, /* type */ Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, /* address */ Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignVCenter /* amount */ }; // Comparison operator for sort/binary search of model tx list struct TxLessThan { bool operator()(const TransactionRecord &a, const TransactionRecord &b) const { return a.txid < b.txid; } bool operator()(const TransactionRecord &a, const TxId &b) const { return a.txid < b; } bool operator()(const TxId &a, const TransactionRecord &b) const { return a < b.txid; } }; // Private implementation class TransactionTablePriv { public: TransactionTablePriv(TransactionTableModel *_parent) : parent(_parent) {} TransactionTableModel *parent; /* Local cache of wallet. * As it is in the same order as the CWallet, by definition this is sorted * by sha256. */ QList cachedWallet; /** * Query entire wallet anew from core. */ void refreshWallet(interfaces::Wallet &wallet) { qDebug() << "TransactionTablePriv::refreshWallet"; cachedWallet.clear(); for (const auto &wtx : wallet.getWalletTxs()) { if (TransactionRecord::showTransaction()) { cachedWallet.append( TransactionRecord::decomposeTransaction(wtx)); } } } /** * Update our model of the wallet incrementally, to synchronize our model of * the wallet with that of the core. * Call with transaction that was added, removed or changed. */ void updateWallet(interfaces::Wallet &wallet, const TxId &txid, int status, bool showTransaction) { qDebug() << "TransactionTablePriv::updateWallet: " + QString::fromStdString(txid.ToString()) + " " + QString::number(status); // Find bounds of this transaction in model QList::iterator lower = std::lower_bound( cachedWallet.begin(), cachedWallet.end(), txid, TxLessThan()); QList::iterator upper = std::upper_bound( cachedWallet.begin(), cachedWallet.end(), txid, TxLessThan()); int lowerIndex = (lower - cachedWallet.begin()); int upperIndex = (upper - cachedWallet.begin()); bool inModel = (lower != upper); if (status == CT_UPDATED) { // Not in model, but want to show, treat as new. if (showTransaction && !inModel) { status = CT_NEW; } // In model, but want to hide, treat as deleted. if (!showTransaction && inModel) { status = CT_DELETED; } } qDebug() << " inModel=" + QString::number(inModel) + " Index=" + QString::number(lowerIndex) + "-" + QString::number(upperIndex) + " showTransaction=" + QString::number(showTransaction) + " derivedStatus=" + QString::number(status); switch (status) { case CT_NEW: if (inModel) { qWarning() << "TransactionTablePriv::updateWallet: " "Warning: Got CT_NEW, but transaction is " "already in model"; break; } if (showTransaction) { // Find transaction in wallet interfaces::WalletTx wtx = wallet.getWalletTx(txid); if (!wtx.tx) { qWarning() << "TransactionTablePriv::updateWallet: " "Warning: Got CT_NEW, but transaction is " "not in wallet"; break; } // Added -- insert at the right position QList toInsert = TransactionRecord::decomposeTransaction(wtx); /* only if something to insert */ if (!toInsert.isEmpty()) { parent->beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), lowerIndex, lowerIndex + toInsert.size() - 1); int insert_idx = lowerIndex; for (const TransactionRecord &rec : toInsert) { cachedWallet.insert(insert_idx, rec); insert_idx += 1; } parent->endInsertRows(); } } break; case CT_DELETED: if (!inModel) { qWarning() << "TransactionTablePriv::updateWallet: " "Warning: Got CT_DELETED, but transaction is " "not in model"; break; } // Removed -- remove entire transaction from table parent->beginRemoveRows(QModelIndex(), lowerIndex, upperIndex - 1); cachedWallet.erase(lower, upper); parent->endRemoveRows(); break; case CT_UPDATED: // Miscellaneous updates -- nothing to do, status update will // take care of this, and is only computed for visible // transactions. break; } } int size() { return cachedWallet.size(); } TransactionRecord *index(interfaces::Wallet &wallet, int idx) { if (idx >= 0 && idx < cachedWallet.size()) { TransactionRecord *rec = &cachedWallet[idx]; // Get required locks upfront. This avoids the GUI from getting // stuck if the core is holding the locks for a longer time - for // example, during a wallet rescan. // // If a status update is needed (blocks came in since last check), // update the status of this transaction from the wallet. Otherwise, // simply re-use the cached status. interfaces::WalletTxStatus wtx; int numBlocks; int64_t block_time; if (wallet.tryGetTxStatus(rec->txid, wtx, numBlocks, block_time) && rec->statusUpdateNeeded(numBlocks)) { rec->updateStatus(wtx, numBlocks, block_time); } return rec; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } QString describe(interfaces::Node &node, interfaces::Wallet &wallet, TransactionRecord *rec, int unit) { return TransactionDesc::toHTML(node, wallet, rec, unit); } QString getTxHex(interfaces::Wallet &wallet, TransactionRecord *rec) { auto tx = wallet.getTx(rec->txid); if (tx) { std::string strHex = EncodeHexTx(*tx); return QString::fromStdString(strHex); } return QString(); } }; TransactionTableModel::TransactionTableModel( const PlatformStyle *_platformStyle, WalletModel *parent) : QAbstractTableModel(parent), walletModel(parent), priv(new TransactionTablePriv(this)), fProcessingQueuedTransactions(false), platformStyle(_platformStyle) { columns << QString() << QString() << tr("Date") << tr("Type") << tr("Label") << BitcoinUnits::getAmountColumnTitle( walletModel->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); priv->refreshWallet(walletModel->wallet()); connect(walletModel->getOptionsModel(), &OptionsModel::displayUnitChanged, this, &TransactionTableModel::updateDisplayUnit); subscribeToCoreSignals(); } TransactionTableModel::~TransactionTableModel() { unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); delete priv; } /** Updates the column title to "Amount (DisplayUnit)" and emits * headerDataChanged() signal for table headers to react. */ void TransactionTableModel::updateAmountColumnTitle() { columns[Amount] = BitcoinUnits::getAmountColumnTitle( walletModel->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); Q_EMIT headerDataChanged(Qt::Horizontal, Amount, Amount); } void TransactionTableModel::updateTransaction(const QString &hash, int status, bool showTransaction) { TxId updated; updated.SetHex(hash.toStdString()); priv->updateWallet(walletModel->wallet(), updated, status, showTransaction); } void TransactionTableModel::updateConfirmations() { // Blocks came in since last poll. // Invalidate status (number of confirmations) and (possibly) description // for all rows. Qt is smart enough to only actually request the data for // the visible rows. Q_EMIT dataChanged(index(0, Status), index(priv->size() - 1, Status)); Q_EMIT dataChanged(index(0, ToAddress), index(priv->size() - 1, ToAddress)); } int TransactionTableModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return priv->size(); } int TransactionTableModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); return columns.length(); } QString TransactionTableModel::formatTxStatus(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { QString status; switch (wtx->status.status) { case TransactionStatus::OpenUntilBlock: status = tr("Open for %n more block(s)", "", wtx->status.open_for); break; case TransactionStatus::OpenUntilDate: status = tr("Open until %1") .arg(GUIUtil::dateTimeStr(wtx->status.open_for)); break; case TransactionStatus::Unconfirmed: status = tr("Unconfirmed"); break; case TransactionStatus::Abandoned: status = tr("Abandoned"); break; case TransactionStatus::Confirming: status = tr("Confirming (%1 of %2 recommended confirmations)") .arg(wtx->status.depth) .arg(TransactionRecord::RecommendedNumConfirmations); break; case TransactionStatus::Confirmed: status = tr("Confirmed (%1 confirmations)").arg(wtx->status.depth); break; case TransactionStatus::Conflicted: status = tr("Conflicted"); break; case TransactionStatus::Immature: status = tr("Immature (%1 confirmations, will be available after %2)") .arg(wtx->status.depth) .arg(wtx->status.depth + wtx->status.matures_in); break; case TransactionStatus::NotAccepted: status = tr("Generated but not accepted"); break; } return status; } QString TransactionTableModel::formatTxDate(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { if (wtx->time) { return GUIUtil::dateTimeStr(wtx->time); } return QString(); } /** * Look up address in address book, if found return label (address) otherwise * just return (address) */ QString TransactionTableModel::lookupAddress(const std::string &address, bool tooltip) const { QString label = walletModel->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress( QString::fromStdString(address)); QString description; if (!label.isEmpty()) { description += label; } if (label.isEmpty() || tooltip) { description += QString(" (") + QString::fromStdString(address) + QString(")"); } return description; } QString TransactionTableModel::formatTxType(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { switch (wtx->type) { case TransactionRecord::RecvWithAddress: return tr("Received with"); case TransactionRecord::RecvFromOther: return tr("Received from"); case TransactionRecord::SendToAddress: case TransactionRecord::SendToOther: return tr("Sent to"); case TransactionRecord::SendToSelf: return tr("Payment to yourself"); case TransactionRecord::Generated: return tr("Mined"); default: return QString(); } } QVariant TransactionTableModel::txAddressDecoration(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { switch (wtx->type) { case TransactionRecord::Generated: return QIcon(":/icons/tx_mined"); case TransactionRecord::RecvWithAddress: case TransactionRecord::RecvFromOther: return QIcon(":/icons/tx_input"); case TransactionRecord::SendToAddress: case TransactionRecord::SendToOther: return QIcon(":/icons/tx_output"); default: return QIcon(":/icons/tx_inout"); } } QString TransactionTableModel::formatTxToAddress(const TransactionRecord *wtx, bool tooltip) const { QString watchAddress; if (tooltip) { // Mark transactions involving watch-only addresses by adding " // (watch-only)" watchAddress = wtx->involvesWatchAddress ? QString(" (") + tr("watch-only") + QString(")") : ""; } switch (wtx->type) { case TransactionRecord::RecvFromOther: return QString::fromStdString(wtx->address) + watchAddress; case TransactionRecord::RecvWithAddress: case TransactionRecord::SendToAddress: case TransactionRecord::Generated: return lookupAddress(wtx->address, tooltip) + watchAddress; case TransactionRecord::SendToOther: return QString::fromStdString(wtx->address) + watchAddress; case TransactionRecord::SendToSelf: default: return tr("(n/a)") + watchAddress; } } QVariant TransactionTableModel::addressColor(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { // Show addresses without label in a less visible color switch (wtx->type) { case TransactionRecord::RecvWithAddress: case TransactionRecord::SendToAddress: case TransactionRecord::Generated: { QString label = walletModel->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress( QString::fromStdString(wtx->address)); if (label.isEmpty()) { return COLOR_BAREADDRESS; } } break; case TransactionRecord::SendToSelf: return COLOR_BAREADDRESS; default: break; } return QVariant(); } QString TransactionTableModel::formatTxAmount( const TransactionRecord *wtx, bool showUnconfirmed, BitcoinUnits::SeparatorStyle separators) const { QString str = BitcoinUnits::format(walletModel->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), wtx->credit + wtx->debit, false, separators); if (showUnconfirmed) { if (!wtx->status.countsForBalance) { str = QString("[") + str + QString("]"); } } return QString(str); } QVariant TransactionTableModel::txStatusDecoration(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { switch (wtx->status.status) { case TransactionStatus::OpenUntilBlock: case TransactionStatus::OpenUntilDate: return COLOR_TX_STATUS_OPENUNTILDATE; case TransactionStatus::Unconfirmed: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_0"); case TransactionStatus::Abandoned: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_abandoned"); case TransactionStatus::Confirming: switch (wtx->status.depth) { case 1: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_1"); case 2: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_2"); case 3: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_3"); case 4: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_4"); default: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_5"); }; case TransactionStatus::Confirmed: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_confirmed"); case TransactionStatus::Conflicted: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_conflicted"); case TransactionStatus::Immature: { int total = wtx->status.depth + wtx->status.matures_in; int part = (wtx->status.depth * 4 / total) + 1; return QIcon(QString(":/icons/transaction_%1").arg(part)); } case TransactionStatus::NotAccepted: return QIcon(":/icons/transaction_0"); default: return COLOR_BLACK; } } QVariant TransactionTableModel::txWatchonlyDecoration( const TransactionRecord *wtx) const { if (wtx->involvesWatchAddress) { return QIcon(":/icons/eye"); } return QVariant(); } QString TransactionTableModel::formatTooltip(const TransactionRecord *rec) const { QString tooltip = formatTxStatus(rec) + QString("\n") + formatTxType(rec); if (rec->type == TransactionRecord::RecvFromOther || rec->type == TransactionRecord::SendToOther || rec->type == TransactionRecord::SendToAddress || rec->type == TransactionRecord::RecvWithAddress) { tooltip += QString(" ") + formatTxToAddress(rec, true); } return tooltip; } QVariant TransactionTableModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const { if (!index.isValid()) { return QVariant(); } TransactionRecord *rec = static_cast(index.internalPointer()); switch (role) { case RawDecorationRole: switch (index.column()) { case Status: return txStatusDecoration(rec); case Watchonly: return txWatchonlyDecoration(rec); case ToAddress: return txAddressDecoration(rec); } break; case Qt::DecorationRole: { QIcon icon = qvariant_cast(index.data(RawDecorationRole)); return platformStyle->TextColorIcon(icon); } case Qt::DisplayRole: switch (index.column()) { case Date: return formatTxDate(rec); case Type: return formatTxType(rec); case ToAddress: return formatTxToAddress(rec, false); case Amount: return formatTxAmount(rec, true, BitcoinUnits::separatorAlways); } break; case Qt::EditRole: // Edit role is used for sorting, so return the unformatted values switch (index.column()) { case Status: return QString::fromStdString(rec->status.sortKey); case Date: return rec->time; case Type: return formatTxType(rec); case Watchonly: return (rec->involvesWatchAddress ? 1 : 0); case ToAddress: return formatTxToAddress(rec, true); case Amount: return qint64((rec->credit + rec->debit) / SATOSHI); } break; case Qt::ToolTipRole: return formatTooltip(rec); case Qt::TextAlignmentRole: return column_alignments[index.column()]; case Qt::ForegroundRole: // Use the "danger" color for abandoned transactions if (rec->status.status == TransactionStatus::Abandoned) { return COLOR_TX_STATUS_DANGER; } // Non-confirmed (but not immature) as transactions are grey if (!rec->status.countsForBalance && rec->status.status != TransactionStatus::Immature) { return COLOR_UNCONFIRMED; } if (index.column() == Amount && (rec->credit + rec->debit) < ::Amount::zero()) { return COLOR_NEGATIVE; } if (index.column() == ToAddress) { return addressColor(rec); } break; case TypeRole: return rec->type; case DateRole: return QDateTime::fromTime_t(static_cast(rec->time)); case WatchonlyRole: return rec->involvesWatchAddress; case WatchonlyDecorationRole: return txWatchonlyDecoration(rec); case LongDescriptionRole: return priv->describe( walletModel->node(), walletModel->wallet(), rec, walletModel->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()); case AddressRole: return QString::fromStdString(rec->address); case LabelRole: return walletModel->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress( QString::fromStdString(rec->address)); case AmountRole: return qint64((rec->credit + rec->debit) / SATOSHI); case TxIDRole: return rec->getTxID(); case TxHashRole: return QString::fromStdString(rec->txid.ToString()); case TxHexRole: return priv->getTxHex(walletModel->wallet(), rec); case TxPlainTextRole: { QString details; QDateTime date = QDateTime::fromTime_t(static_cast(rec->time)); QString txLabel = walletModel->getAddressTableModel()->labelForAddress( QString::fromStdString(rec->address)); details.append(date.toString("M/d/yy HH:mm")); details.append(" "); details.append(formatTxStatus(rec)); details.append(". "); if (!formatTxType(rec).isEmpty()) { details.append(formatTxType(rec)); details.append(" "); } if (!rec->address.empty()) { if (txLabel.isEmpty()) { details.append(tr("(no label)") + " "); } else { details.append("("); details.append(txLabel); details.append(") "); } details.append(QString::fromStdString(rec->address)); details.append(" "); } details.append( formatTxAmount(rec, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorNever)); return details; } case ConfirmedRole: return rec->status.countsForBalance; case FormattedAmountRole: // Used for copy/export, so don't include separators return formatTxAmount(rec, false, BitcoinUnits::separatorNever); case StatusRole: return rec->status.status; } return QVariant(); } QVariant TransactionTableModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const { if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) { return columns[section]; } else if (role == Qt::TextAlignmentRole) { return column_alignments[section]; } else if (role == Qt::ToolTipRole) { switch (section) { case Status: return tr("Transaction status. Hover over this field to " "show number of confirmations."); case Date: return tr( "Date and time that the transaction was received."); case Type: return tr("Type of transaction."); case Watchonly: return tr("Whether or not a watch-only address is involved " "in this transaction."); case ToAddress: return tr( "User-defined intent/purpose of the transaction."); case Amount: return tr("Amount removed from or added to balance."); } } } return QVariant(); } QModelIndex TransactionTableModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const { Q_UNUSED(parent); TransactionRecord *data = priv->index(walletModel->wallet(), row); if (data) { return createIndex(row, column, priv->index(walletModel->wallet(), row)); } return QModelIndex(); } void TransactionTableModel::updateDisplayUnit() { // emit dataChanged to update Amount column with the current unit updateAmountColumnTitle(); Q_EMIT dataChanged(index(0, Amount), index(priv->size() - 1, Amount)); } // queue notifications to show a non freezing progress dialog e.g. for rescan struct TransactionNotification { public: TransactionNotification() {} TransactionNotification(TxId _txid, ChangeType _status, bool _showTransaction) : txid(_txid), status(_status), showTransaction(_showTransaction) {} void invoke(QObject *ttm) { QString strHash = QString::fromStdString(txid.GetHex()); qDebug() << "NotifyTransactionChanged: " + strHash + " status= " + QString::number(status); QMetaObject::invokeMethod(ttm, "updateTransaction", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(QString, strHash), Q_ARG(int, status), Q_ARG(bool, showTransaction)); } private: TxId txid; ChangeType status; bool showTransaction; }; static bool fQueueNotifications = false; static std::vector vQueueNotifications; static void NotifyTransactionChanged(TransactionTableModel *ttm, const TxId &txid, ChangeType status) { // Find transaction in wallet // Determine whether to show transaction or not (determine this here so that // no relocking is needed in GUI thread) bool showTransaction = TransactionRecord::showTransaction(); TransactionNotification notification(txid, status, showTransaction); if (fQueueNotifications) { vQueueNotifications.push_back(notification); return; } notification.invoke(ttm); } static void ShowProgress(TransactionTableModel *ttm, const std::string &title, int nProgress) { if (nProgress == 0) { fQueueNotifications = true; } if (nProgress == 100) { fQueueNotifications = false; if (vQueueNotifications.size() > 10) { // prevent balloon spam, show maximum 10 balloons QMetaObject::invokeMethod(ttm, "setProcessingQueuedTransactions", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(bool, true)); } for (size_t i = 0; i < vQueueNotifications.size(); ++i) { if (vQueueNotifications.size() - i <= 10) { QMetaObject::invokeMethod( ttm, "setProcessingQueuedTransactions", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(bool, false)); } vQueueNotifications[i].invoke(ttm); } // clear std::vector().swap(vQueueNotifications); } } void TransactionTableModel::subscribeToCoreSignals() { // Connect signals to wallet m_handler_transaction_changed = walletModel->wallet().handleTransactionChanged( std::bind(NotifyTransactionChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2)); m_handler_show_progress = walletModel->wallet().handleShowProgress(std::bind( ShowProgress, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2)); } void TransactionTableModel::unsubscribeFromCoreSignals() { // Disconnect signals from wallet m_handler_transaction_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_show_progress->disconnect(); } diff --git a/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.h b/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.h index 4f5fe430b..c6122c2ad 100644 --- a/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.h +++ b/src/qt/transactiontablemodel.h @@ -1,145 +1,145 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONTABLEMODEL_H #define BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONTABLEMODEL_H #include #include #include #include namespace interfaces { class Handler; } class PlatformStyle; class TransactionRecord; class TransactionTablePriv; class WalletModel; /** * UI model for the transaction table of a wallet. */ class TransactionTableModel : public QAbstractTableModel { Q_OBJECT public: explicit TransactionTableModel(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, - WalletModel *parent = 0); + WalletModel *parent = nullptr); ~TransactionTableModel(); enum ColumnIndex { Status = 0, Watchonly = 1, Date = 2, Type = 3, ToAddress = 4, Amount = 5 }; /** * Roles to get specific information from a transaction row. * These are independent of column. */ enum RoleIndex { /** Type of transaction */ TypeRole = Qt::UserRole, /** Date and time this transaction was created */ DateRole, /** Watch-only boolean */ WatchonlyRole, /** Watch-only icon */ WatchonlyDecorationRole, /** Long description (HTML format) */ LongDescriptionRole, /** Address of transaction */ AddressRole, /** Label of address related to transaction */ LabelRole, /** Net amount of transaction */ AmountRole, /** Unique identifier */ TxIDRole, /** Transaction hash */ TxHashRole, /** Transaction data, hex-encoded */ TxHexRole, /** Whole transaction as plain text */ TxPlainTextRole, /** Is transaction confirmed? */ ConfirmedRole, /** Formatted amount, without brackets when unconfirmed */ FormattedAmountRole, /** Transaction status (TransactionRecord::Status) */ StatusRole, /** Unprocessed icon */ RawDecorationRole, }; int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const override; QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const override; QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const override; QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const override; bool processingQueuedTransactions() const { return fProcessingQueuedTransactions; } private: WalletModel *walletModel; std::unique_ptr m_handler_transaction_changed; std::unique_ptr m_handler_show_progress; QStringList columns; TransactionTablePriv *priv; bool fProcessingQueuedTransactions; const PlatformStyle *platformStyle; void subscribeToCoreSignals(); void unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); QString lookupAddress(const std::string &address, bool tooltip) const; QVariant addressColor(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; QString formatTxStatus(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; QString formatTxDate(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; QString formatTxType(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; QString formatTxToAddress(const TransactionRecord *wtx, bool tooltip) const; QString formatTxAmount(const TransactionRecord *wtx, bool showUnconfirmed = true, BitcoinUnits::SeparatorStyle separators = BitcoinUnits::separatorStandard) const; QString formatTooltip(const TransactionRecord *rec) const; QVariant txStatusDecoration(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; QVariant txWatchonlyDecoration(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; QVariant txAddressDecoration(const TransactionRecord *wtx) const; public Q_SLOTS: /** * New transaction, or transaction changed status. */ void updateTransaction(const QString &hash, int status, bool showTransaction); void updateConfirmations(); void updateDisplayUnit(); /** * Updates the column title to "Amount (DisplayUnit)" and emits * headerDataChanged() signal for table headers to react. */ void updateAmountColumnTitle(); /** * Needed to update fProcessingQueuedTransactions through a * QueuedConnection. */ void setProcessingQueuedTransactions(bool value) { fProcessingQueuedTransactions = value; } friend class TransactionTablePriv; }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONTABLEMODEL_H diff --git a/src/qt/transactionview.cpp b/src/qt/transactionview.cpp index a27f7076f..00b72c7b1 100644 --- a/src/qt/transactionview.cpp +++ b/src/qt/transactionview.cpp @@ -1,704 +1,705 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include TransactionView::TransactionView(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, QWidget *parent) - : QWidget(parent), model(0), transactionProxyModel(0), transactionView(0), - abandonAction(0), columnResizingFixer(0) { + : QWidget(parent), model(nullptr), transactionProxyModel(nullptr), + transactionView(nullptr), abandonAction(nullptr), + columnResizingFixer(nullptr) { // Build filter row setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0); QHBoxLayout *hlayout = new QHBoxLayout(); hlayout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0); if (platformStyle->getUseExtraSpacing()) { hlayout->setSpacing(5); hlayout->addSpacing(26); } else { hlayout->setSpacing(0); hlayout->addSpacing(23); } watchOnlyWidget = new QComboBox(this); watchOnlyWidget->setFixedWidth(24); watchOnlyWidget->addItem("", TransactionFilterProxy::WatchOnlyFilter_All); watchOnlyWidget->addItem(platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/eye_plus"), "", TransactionFilterProxy::WatchOnlyFilter_Yes); watchOnlyWidget->addItem( platformStyle->SingleColorIcon(":/icons/eye_minus"), "", TransactionFilterProxy::WatchOnlyFilter_No); hlayout->addWidget(watchOnlyWidget); dateWidget = new QComboBox(this); if (platformStyle->getUseExtraSpacing()) { dateWidget->setFixedWidth(121); } else { dateWidget->setFixedWidth(120); } dateWidget->addItem(tr("All"), All); dateWidget->addItem(tr("Today"), Today); dateWidget->addItem(tr("This week"), ThisWeek); dateWidget->addItem(tr("This month"), ThisMonth); dateWidget->addItem(tr("Last month"), LastMonth); dateWidget->addItem(tr("This year"), ThisYear); dateWidget->addItem(tr("Range..."), Range); hlayout->addWidget(dateWidget); typeWidget = new QComboBox(this); if (platformStyle->getUseExtraSpacing()) { typeWidget->setFixedWidth(121); } else { typeWidget->setFixedWidth(120); } typeWidget->addItem(tr("All"), TransactionFilterProxy::ALL_TYPES); typeWidget->addItem( tr("Received with"), TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE(TransactionRecord::RecvWithAddress) | TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE(TransactionRecord::RecvFromOther)); typeWidget->addItem( tr("Sent to"), TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE(TransactionRecord::SendToAddress) | TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE(TransactionRecord::SendToOther)); typeWidget->addItem(tr("To yourself"), TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE( TransactionRecord::SendToSelf)); typeWidget->addItem(tr("Mined"), TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE( TransactionRecord::Generated)); typeWidget->addItem(tr("Other"), TransactionFilterProxy::TYPE(TransactionRecord::Other)); hlayout->addWidget(typeWidget); search_widget = new QLineEdit(this); search_widget->setPlaceholderText( tr("Enter address, transaction id, or label to search")); hlayout->addWidget(search_widget); amountWidget = new QLineEdit(this); amountWidget->setPlaceholderText(tr("Min amount")); if (platformStyle->getUseExtraSpacing()) { amountWidget->setFixedWidth(97); } else { amountWidget->setFixedWidth(100); } amountWidget->setValidator(new QDoubleValidator(0, 1e20, 8, this)); hlayout->addWidget(amountWidget); // Delay before filtering transactions in ms static const int input_filter_delay = 200; QTimer *amount_typing_delay = new QTimer(this); amount_typing_delay->setSingleShot(true); amount_typing_delay->setInterval(input_filter_delay); QTimer *prefix_typing_delay = new QTimer(this); prefix_typing_delay->setSingleShot(true); prefix_typing_delay->setInterval(input_filter_delay); QVBoxLayout *vlayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); vlayout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0); vlayout->setSpacing(0); QTableView *view = new QTableView(this); vlayout->addLayout(hlayout); vlayout->addWidget(createDateRangeWidget()); vlayout->addWidget(view); vlayout->setSpacing(0); int width = view->verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width(); // Cover scroll bar width with spacing if (platformStyle->getUseExtraSpacing()) { hlayout->addSpacing(width + 2); } else { hlayout->addSpacing(width); } // Always show scroll bar view->setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOn); view->setTabKeyNavigation(false); view->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); view->installEventFilter(this); transactionView = view; // Actions abandonAction = new QAction(tr("Abandon transaction"), this); QAction *copyAddressAction = new QAction(tr("Copy address"), this); QAction *copyLabelAction = new QAction(tr("Copy label"), this); QAction *copyAmountAction = new QAction(tr("Copy amount"), this); QAction *copyTxIDAction = new QAction(tr("Copy transaction ID"), this); QAction *copyTxHexAction = new QAction(tr("Copy raw transaction"), this); QAction *copyTxPlainText = new QAction(tr("Copy full transaction details"), this); QAction *editLabelAction = new QAction(tr("Edit label"), this); QAction *showDetailsAction = new QAction(tr("Show transaction details"), this); contextMenu = new QMenu(this); contextMenu->addAction(copyAddressAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyLabelAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyAmountAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyTxIDAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyTxHexAction); contextMenu->addAction(copyTxPlainText); contextMenu->addAction(showDetailsAction); contextMenu->addSeparator(); contextMenu->addAction(abandonAction); contextMenu->addAction(editLabelAction); mapperThirdPartyTxUrls = new QSignalMapper(this); // Connect actions connect(mapperThirdPartyTxUrls, static_cast( &QSignalMapper::mapped), this, &TransactionView::openThirdPartyTxUrl); connect(dateWidget, static_cast(&QComboBox::activated), this, &TransactionView::chooseDate); connect(typeWidget, static_cast(&QComboBox::activated), this, &TransactionView::chooseType); connect(watchOnlyWidget, static_cast(&QComboBox::activated), this, &TransactionView::chooseWatchonly); connect(amountWidget, &QLineEdit::textChanged, amount_typing_delay, static_cast(&QTimer::start)); connect(amount_typing_delay, &QTimer::timeout, this, &TransactionView::changedAmount); connect(search_widget, &QLineEdit::textChanged, prefix_typing_delay, static_cast(&QTimer::start)); connect(prefix_typing_delay, &QTimer::timeout, this, &TransactionView::changedSearch); connect(view, &QTableView::doubleClicked, this, &TransactionView::doubleClicked); connect(view, &QTableView::customContextMenuRequested, this, &TransactionView::contextualMenu); connect(abandonAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::abandonTx); connect(copyAddressAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::copyAddress); connect(copyLabelAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::copyLabel); connect(copyAmountAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::copyAmount); connect(copyTxIDAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::copyTxID); connect(copyTxHexAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::copyTxHex); connect(copyTxPlainText, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::copyTxPlainText); connect(editLabelAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::editLabel); connect(showDetailsAction, &QAction::triggered, this, &TransactionView::showDetails); // Double-clicking on a transaction on the transaction history page shows // details connect(this, &TransactionView::doubleClicked, this, &TransactionView::showDetails); } void TransactionView::setModel(WalletModel *_model) { this->model = _model; if (_model) { transactionProxyModel = new TransactionFilterProxy(this); transactionProxyModel->setSourceModel( _model->getTransactionTableModel()); transactionProxyModel->setDynamicSortFilter(true); transactionProxyModel->setSortCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive); transactionProxyModel->setFilterCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive); transactionProxyModel->setSortRole(Qt::EditRole); transactionView->setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff); transactionView->setModel(transactionProxyModel); transactionView->setAlternatingRowColors(true); transactionView->setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows); transactionView->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection); transactionView->horizontalHeader()->setSortIndicator( TransactionTableModel::Date, Qt::DescendingOrder); transactionView->setSortingEnabled(true); transactionView->verticalHeader()->hide(); transactionView->setColumnWidth(TransactionTableModel::Status, STATUS_COLUMN_WIDTH); transactionView->setColumnWidth(TransactionTableModel::Watchonly, WATCHONLY_COLUMN_WIDTH); transactionView->setColumnWidth(TransactionTableModel::Date, DATE_COLUMN_WIDTH); transactionView->setColumnWidth(TransactionTableModel::Type, TYPE_COLUMN_WIDTH); transactionView->setColumnWidth(TransactionTableModel::Amount, AMOUNT_MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH); columnResizingFixer = new GUIUtil::TableViewLastColumnResizingFixer( transactionView, AMOUNT_MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH, MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH, this); if (_model->getOptionsModel()) { // Add third party transaction URLs to context menu QStringList listUrls = _model->getOptionsModel()->getThirdPartyTxUrls().split( "|", QString::SkipEmptyParts); for (int i = 0; i < listUrls.size(); ++i) { QString host = QUrl(listUrls[i].trimmed(), QUrl::StrictMode).host(); if (!host.isEmpty()) { // use host as menu item label QAction *thirdPartyTxUrlAction = new QAction(host, this); if (i == 0) { contextMenu->addSeparator(); } contextMenu->addAction(thirdPartyTxUrlAction); connect(thirdPartyTxUrlAction, &QAction::triggered, mapperThirdPartyTxUrls, static_cast( &QSignalMapper::map)); mapperThirdPartyTxUrls->setMapping(thirdPartyTxUrlAction, listUrls[i].trimmed()); } } } // show/hide column Watch-only updateWatchOnlyColumn(_model->wallet().haveWatchOnly()); // Watch-only signal connect(_model, &WalletModel::notifyWatchonlyChanged, this, &TransactionView::updateWatchOnlyColumn); } } void TransactionView::chooseDate(int idx) { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } QDate current = QDate::currentDate(); dateRangeWidget->setVisible(false); switch (dateWidget->itemData(idx).toInt()) { case All: transactionProxyModel->setDateRange( TransactionFilterProxy::MIN_DATE, TransactionFilterProxy::MAX_DATE); break; case Today: transactionProxyModel->setDateRange( QDateTime(current), TransactionFilterProxy::MAX_DATE); break; case ThisWeek: { // Find last Monday QDate startOfWeek = current.addDays(-(current.dayOfWeek() - 1)); transactionProxyModel->setDateRange( QDateTime(startOfWeek), TransactionFilterProxy::MAX_DATE); } break; case ThisMonth: transactionProxyModel->setDateRange( QDateTime(QDate(current.year(), current.month(), 1)), TransactionFilterProxy::MAX_DATE); break; case LastMonth: transactionProxyModel->setDateRange( QDateTime( QDate(current.year(), current.month(), 1).addMonths(-1)), QDateTime(QDate(current.year(), current.month(), 1))); break; case ThisYear: transactionProxyModel->setDateRange( QDateTime(QDate(current.year(), 1, 1)), TransactionFilterProxy::MAX_DATE); break; case Range: dateRangeWidget->setVisible(true); dateRangeChanged(); break; } } void TransactionView::chooseType(int idx) { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } transactionProxyModel->setTypeFilter(typeWidget->itemData(idx).toInt()); } void TransactionView::chooseWatchonly(int idx) { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } transactionProxyModel->setWatchOnlyFilter( static_cast( watchOnlyWidget->itemData(idx).toInt())); } void TransactionView::changedSearch() { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } transactionProxyModel->setSearchString(search_widget->text()); } void TransactionView::changedAmount() { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } Amount amount_parsed = Amount::zero(); if (BitcoinUnits::parse(model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit(), amountWidget->text(), &amount_parsed)) { transactionProxyModel->setMinAmount(amount_parsed); } else { transactionProxyModel->setMinAmount(Amount::zero()); } } void TransactionView::exportClicked() { if (!model || !model->getOptionsModel()) { return; } // CSV is currently the only supported format QString filename = GUIUtil::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Export Transaction History"), QString(), tr("Comma separated file (*.csv)"), nullptr); if (filename.isNull()) { return; } CSVModelWriter writer(filename); // name, column, role writer.setModel(transactionProxyModel); writer.addColumn(tr("Confirmed"), 0, TransactionTableModel::ConfirmedRole); if (model->wallet().haveWatchOnly()) { writer.addColumn(tr("Watch-only"), TransactionTableModel::Watchonly); } writer.addColumn(tr("Date"), 0, TransactionTableModel::DateRole); writer.addColumn(tr("Type"), TransactionTableModel::Type, Qt::EditRole); writer.addColumn(tr("Label"), 0, TransactionTableModel::LabelRole); writer.addColumn(tr("Address"), 0, TransactionTableModel::AddressRole); writer.addColumn(BitcoinUnits::getAmountColumnTitle( model->getOptionsModel()->getDisplayUnit()), 0, TransactionTableModel::FormattedAmountRole); writer.addColumn(tr("ID"), 0, TransactionTableModel::TxIDRole); if (!writer.write()) { Q_EMIT message(tr("Exporting Failed"), tr("There was an error trying to save the transaction " "history to %1.") .arg(filename), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); } else { Q_EMIT message( tr("Exporting Successful"), tr("The transaction history was successfully saved to %1.") .arg(filename), CClientUIInterface::MSG_INFORMATION); } } void TransactionView::contextualMenu(const QPoint &point) { QModelIndex index = transactionView->indexAt(point); QModelIndexList selection = transactionView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(0); if (selection.empty()) { return; } // check if transaction can be abandoned, disable context menu action in // case it doesn't TxId txid; txid.SetHex(selection.at(0) .data(TransactionTableModel::TxHashRole) .toString() .toStdString()); abandonAction->setEnabled(model->wallet().transactionCanBeAbandoned(txid)); if (index.isValid()) { contextMenu->popup(transactionView->viewport()->mapToGlobal(point)); } } void TransactionView::abandonTx() { if (!transactionView || !transactionView->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList selection = transactionView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(0); // get the hash from the TxHashRole (QVariant / QString) QString hashQStr = selection.at(0).data(TransactionTableModel::TxHashRole).toString(); TxId txid; txid.SetHex(hashQStr.toStdString()); // Abandon the wallet transaction over the walletModel model->wallet().abandonTransaction(txid); // Update the table model->getTransactionTableModel()->updateTransaction(hashQStr, CT_UPDATED, false); } void TransactionView::copyAddress() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::AddressRole); } void TransactionView::copyLabel() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::LabelRole); } void TransactionView::copyAmount() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::FormattedAmountRole); } void TransactionView::copyTxID() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::TxIDRole); } void TransactionView::copyTxHex() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::TxHexRole); } void TransactionView::copyTxPlainText() { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::TxPlainTextRole); } void TransactionView::editLabel() { if (!transactionView->selectionModel() || !model) { return; } QModelIndexList selection = transactionView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); if (!selection.isEmpty()) { AddressTableModel *addressBook = model->getAddressTableModel(); if (!addressBook) { return; } QString address = selection.at(0).data(TransactionTableModel::AddressRole).toString(); if (address.isEmpty()) { // If this transaction has no associated address, exit return; } // Is address in address book? Address book can miss address when a // transaction is sent from outside the UI. int idx = addressBook->lookupAddress(address); if (idx != -1) { // Edit sending / receiving address QModelIndex modelIdx = addressBook->index(idx, 0, QModelIndex()); // Determine type of address, launch appropriate editor dialog type QString type = modelIdx.data(AddressTableModel::TypeRole).toString(); EditAddressDialog dlg(type == AddressTableModel::Receive ? EditAddressDialog::EditReceivingAddress : EditAddressDialog::EditSendingAddress, this); dlg.setModel(addressBook); dlg.loadRow(idx); dlg.exec(); } else { // Add sending address EditAddressDialog dlg(EditAddressDialog::NewSendingAddress, this); dlg.setModel(addressBook); dlg.setAddress(address); dlg.exec(); } } } void TransactionView::showDetails() { if (!transactionView->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList selection = transactionView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(); if (!selection.isEmpty()) { TransactionDescDialog *dlg = new TransactionDescDialog(selection.at(0)); dlg->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); dlg->show(); } } void TransactionView::openThirdPartyTxUrl(QString url) { if (!transactionView || !transactionView->selectionModel()) { return; } QModelIndexList selection = transactionView->selectionModel()->selectedRows(0); if (!selection.isEmpty()) { QDesktopServices::openUrl(QUrl::fromUserInput( url.replace("%s", selection.at(0) .data(TransactionTableModel::TxHashRole) .toString()))); } } QWidget *TransactionView::createDateRangeWidget() { dateRangeWidget = new QFrame(); dateRangeWidget->setFrameStyle(QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Raised); dateRangeWidget->setContentsMargins(1, 1, 1, 1); QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout(dateRangeWidget); layout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0); layout->addSpacing(23); layout->addWidget(new QLabel(tr("Range:"))); dateFrom = new QDateTimeEdit(this); dateFrom->setDisplayFormat("dd/MM/yy"); dateFrom->setCalendarPopup(true); dateFrom->setMinimumWidth(100); dateFrom->setDate(QDate::currentDate().addDays(-7)); layout->addWidget(dateFrom); layout->addWidget(new QLabel(tr("to"))); dateTo = new QDateTimeEdit(this); dateTo->setDisplayFormat("dd/MM/yy"); dateTo->setCalendarPopup(true); dateTo->setMinimumWidth(100); dateTo->setDate(QDate::currentDate()); layout->addWidget(dateTo); layout->addStretch(); // Hide by default dateRangeWidget->setVisible(false); // Notify on change connect(dateFrom, &QDateTimeEdit::dateChanged, this, &TransactionView::dateRangeChanged); connect(dateTo, &QDateTimeEdit::dateChanged, this, &TransactionView::dateRangeChanged); return dateRangeWidget; } void TransactionView::dateRangeChanged() { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } transactionProxyModel->setDateRange(QDateTime(dateFrom->date()), QDateTime(dateTo->date()).addDays(1)); } void TransactionView::focusTransaction(const QModelIndex &idx) { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } QModelIndex targetIdx = transactionProxyModel->mapFromSource(idx); transactionView->scrollTo(targetIdx); transactionView->setCurrentIndex(targetIdx); transactionView->setFocus(); } void TransactionView::focusTransaction(const uint256 &txid) { if (!transactionProxyModel) { return; } const QModelIndexList results = this->model->getTransactionTableModel()->match( this->model->getTransactionTableModel()->index(0, 0), TransactionTableModel::TxHashRole, QString::fromStdString(txid.ToString()), -1); transactionView->setFocus(); transactionView->selectionModel()->clearSelection(); for (const QModelIndex &index : results) { const QModelIndex targetIndex = transactionProxyModel->mapFromSource(index); transactionView->selectionModel()->select( targetIndex, QItemSelectionModel::Rows | QItemSelectionModel::Select); // Called once per destination to ensure all results are in view, unless // transactions are not ordered by (ascending or descending) date. transactionView->scrollTo(targetIndex); // scrollTo() does not scroll far enough the first time when // transactions are ordered by ascending date. if (index == results[0]) { transactionView->scrollTo(targetIndex); } } } // We override the virtual resizeEvent of the QWidget to adjust tables column // sizes as the tables width is proportional to the dialogs width. void TransactionView::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) { QWidget::resizeEvent(event); columnResizingFixer->stretchColumnWidth(TransactionTableModel::ToAddress); } // Need to override default Ctrl+C action for amount as default behaviour is // just to copy DisplayRole text bool TransactionView::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event) { if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast(event); if (ke->key() == Qt::Key_C && ke->modifiers().testFlag(Qt::ControlModifier)) { GUIUtil::copyEntryData(transactionView, 0, TransactionTableModel::TxPlainTextRole); return true; } } return QWidget::eventFilter(obj, event); } // show/hide column Watch-only void TransactionView::updateWatchOnlyColumn(bool fHaveWatchOnly) { watchOnlyWidget->setVisible(fHaveWatchOnly); transactionView->setColumnHidden(TransactionTableModel::Watchonly, !fHaveWatchOnly); } diff --git a/src/qt/transactionview.h b/src/qt/transactionview.h index 2f4abc128..252dc8584 100644 --- a/src/qt/transactionview.h +++ b/src/qt/transactionview.h @@ -1,125 +1,125 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #ifndef BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONVIEW_H #define BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONVIEW_H #include #include #include #include class PlatformStyle; class TransactionFilterProxy; class WalletModel; QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QComboBox; class QDateTimeEdit; class QFrame; class QLineEdit; class QMenu; class QModelIndex; class QSignalMapper; class QTableView; QT_END_NAMESPACE /** * Widget showing the transaction list for a wallet, including a filter row. * Using the filter row, the user can view or export a subset of the * transactions. */ class TransactionView : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: explicit TransactionView(const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, - QWidget *parent = 0); + QWidget *parent = nullptr); void setModel(WalletModel *model); // Date ranges for filter enum DateEnum { All, Today, ThisWeek, ThisMonth, LastMonth, ThisYear, Range }; enum ColumnWidths { STATUS_COLUMN_WIDTH = 30, WATCHONLY_COLUMN_WIDTH = 23, DATE_COLUMN_WIDTH = 120, TYPE_COLUMN_WIDTH = 113, AMOUNT_MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH = 120, MINIMUM_COLUMN_WIDTH = 23 }; private: WalletModel *model; TransactionFilterProxy *transactionProxyModel; QTableView *transactionView; QComboBox *dateWidget; QComboBox *typeWidget; QComboBox *watchOnlyWidget; QLineEdit *search_widget; QLineEdit *amountWidget; QMenu *contextMenu; QSignalMapper *mapperThirdPartyTxUrls; QFrame *dateRangeWidget; QDateTimeEdit *dateFrom; QDateTimeEdit *dateTo; QAction *abandonAction; QWidget *createDateRangeWidget(); GUIUtil::TableViewLastColumnResizingFixer *columnResizingFixer; virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) override; bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event) override; private Q_SLOTS: void contextualMenu(const QPoint &); void dateRangeChanged(); void showDetails(); void copyAddress(); void editLabel(); void copyLabel(); void copyAmount(); void copyTxID(); void copyTxHex(); void copyTxPlainText(); void openThirdPartyTxUrl(QString url); void updateWatchOnlyColumn(bool fHaveWatchOnly); void abandonTx(); Q_SIGNALS: void doubleClicked(const QModelIndex &); /** * Fired when a message should be reported to the user. */ void message(const QString &title, const QString &message, unsigned int style); public Q_SLOTS: void chooseDate(int idx); void chooseType(int idx); void chooseWatchonly(int idx); void changedAmount(); void changedSearch(); void exportClicked(); void focusTransaction(const QModelIndex &); void focusTransaction(const uint256 &txid); }; #endif // BITCOIN_QT_TRANSACTIONVIEW_H diff --git a/src/qt/walletmodel.cpp b/src/qt/walletmodel.cpp index a916d933b..e1e6a2826 100644 --- a/src/qt/walletmodel.cpp +++ b/src/qt/walletmodel.cpp @@ -1,527 +1,527 @@ // Copyright (c) 2011-2019 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // for GetBoolArg #include #include #include #include #include #include WalletModel::WalletModel(std::unique_ptr wallet, interfaces::Node &node, const PlatformStyle *platformStyle, OptionsModel *_optionsModel, QObject *parent) : QObject(parent), m_wallet(std::move(wallet)), m_node(node), - optionsModel(_optionsModel), addressTableModel(0), - transactionTableModel(0), recentRequestsTableModel(0), + optionsModel(_optionsModel), addressTableModel(nullptr), + transactionTableModel(nullptr), recentRequestsTableModel(nullptr), cachedEncryptionStatus(Unencrypted), cachedNumBlocks(0) { fHaveWatchOnly = m_wallet->haveWatchOnly(); addressTableModel = new AddressTableModel(this); transactionTableModel = new TransactionTableModel(platformStyle, this); recentRequestsTableModel = new RecentRequestsTableModel(this); // This timer will be fired repeatedly to update the balance pollTimer = new QTimer(this); connect(pollTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &WalletModel::pollBalanceChanged); pollTimer->start(MODEL_UPDATE_DELAY); subscribeToCoreSignals(); } WalletModel::~WalletModel() { unsubscribeFromCoreSignals(); } void WalletModel::updateStatus() { EncryptionStatus newEncryptionStatus = getEncryptionStatus(); if (cachedEncryptionStatus != newEncryptionStatus) { Q_EMIT encryptionStatusChanged(); } } void WalletModel::pollBalanceChanged() { // Try to get balances and return early if locks can't be acquired. This // avoids the GUI from getting stuck on periodical polls if the core is // holding the locks for a longer time - for example, during a wallet // rescan. interfaces::WalletBalances new_balances; int numBlocks = -1; if (!m_wallet->tryGetBalances(new_balances, numBlocks)) { return; } if (fForceCheckBalanceChanged || m_node.getNumBlocks() != cachedNumBlocks) { fForceCheckBalanceChanged = false; // Balance and number of transactions might have changed cachedNumBlocks = m_node.getNumBlocks(); checkBalanceChanged(new_balances); if (transactionTableModel) { transactionTableModel->updateConfirmations(); } } } void WalletModel::checkBalanceChanged( const interfaces::WalletBalances &new_balances) { if (new_balances.balanceChanged(m_cached_balances)) { m_cached_balances = new_balances; Q_EMIT balanceChanged(new_balances); } } void WalletModel::updateTransaction() { // Balance and number of transactions might have changed fForceCheckBalanceChanged = true; } void WalletModel::updateAddressBook(const QString &address, const QString &label, bool isMine, const QString &purpose, int status) { if (addressTableModel) { addressTableModel->updateEntry(address, label, isMine, purpose, status); } } void WalletModel::updateWatchOnlyFlag(bool fHaveWatchonly) { fHaveWatchOnly = fHaveWatchonly; Q_EMIT notifyWatchonlyChanged(fHaveWatchonly); } bool WalletModel::validateAddress(const QString &address) { return IsValidDestinationString(address.toStdString(), getChainParams()); } WalletModel::SendCoinsReturn WalletModel::prepareTransaction(WalletModelTransaction &transaction, const CCoinControl &coinControl) { Amount total = Amount::zero(); bool fSubtractFeeFromAmount = false; QList recipients = transaction.getRecipients(); std::vector vecSend; if (recipients.empty()) { return OK; } // Used to detect duplicates QSet setAddress; int nAddresses = 0; // Pre-check input data for validity for (const SendCoinsRecipient &rcp : recipients) { if (rcp.fSubtractFeeFromAmount) { fSubtractFeeFromAmount = true; } #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 // PaymentRequest... if (rcp.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) { Amount subtotal = Amount::zero(); const payments::PaymentDetails &details = rcp.paymentRequest.getDetails(); for (int i = 0; i < details.outputs_size(); i++) { const payments::Output &out = details.outputs(i); if (out.amount() <= 0) { continue; } subtotal += int64_t(out.amount()) * SATOSHI; const uint8_t *scriptStr = (const uint8_t *)out.script().data(); CScript scriptPubKey(scriptStr, scriptStr + out.script().size()); Amount nAmount = int64_t(out.amount()) * SATOSHI; CRecipient recipient = {scriptPubKey, nAmount, rcp.fSubtractFeeFromAmount}; vecSend.push_back(recipient); } if (subtotal <= Amount::zero()) { return InvalidAmount; } total += subtotal; } // User-entered bitcoin address / amount: else #endif { if (!validateAddress(rcp.address)) { return InvalidAddress; } if (rcp.amount <= Amount::zero()) { return InvalidAmount; } setAddress.insert(rcp.address); ++nAddresses; CScript scriptPubKey = GetScriptForDestination( DecodeDestination(rcp.address.toStdString(), getChainParams())); CRecipient recipient = {scriptPubKey, Amount(rcp.amount), rcp.fSubtractFeeFromAmount}; vecSend.push_back(recipient); total += rcp.amount; } } if (setAddress.size() != nAddresses) { return DuplicateAddress; } Amount nBalance = m_wallet->getAvailableBalance(coinControl); if (total > nBalance) { return AmountExceedsBalance; } Amount nFeeRequired = Amount::zero(); int nChangePosRet = -1; std::string strFailReason; auto &newTx = transaction.getWtx(); newTx = m_wallet->createTransaction(vecSend, coinControl, true /* sign */, nChangePosRet, nFeeRequired, strFailReason); transaction.setTransactionFee(nFeeRequired); if (fSubtractFeeFromAmount && newTx) { transaction.reassignAmounts(nChangePosRet); } if (!newTx) { if (!fSubtractFeeFromAmount && (total + nFeeRequired) > nBalance) { return SendCoinsReturn(AmountWithFeeExceedsBalance); } Q_EMIT message(tr("Send Coins"), QString::fromStdString(strFailReason), CClientUIInterface::MSG_ERROR); return TransactionCreationFailed; } // reject absurdly high fee. (This can never happen because the // wallet caps the fee at maxTxFee. This merely serves as a // belt-and-suspenders check) if (nFeeRequired > m_node.getMaxTxFee()) { return AbsurdFee; } return SendCoinsReturn(OK); } WalletModel::SendCoinsReturn WalletModel::sendCoins(WalletModelTransaction &transaction) { /* store serialized transaction */ QByteArray transaction_array; std::vector> vOrderForm; for (const SendCoinsRecipient &rcp : transaction.getRecipients()) { #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 if (rcp.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) { // Make sure any payment requests involved are still valid. if (PaymentServer::verifyExpired(rcp.paymentRequest.getDetails())) { return PaymentRequestExpired; } // Store PaymentRequests in wtx.vOrderForm in wallet. std::string value; rcp.paymentRequest.SerializeToString(&value); vOrderForm.emplace_back("PaymentRequest", std::move(value)); } else #endif { if (!rcp.message.isEmpty()) { // Message from normal bitcoincash:URI // (bitcoincash:123...?message=example) vOrderForm.emplace_back("Message", rcp.message.toStdString()); } } } auto &newTx = transaction.getWtx(); std::string rejectReason; if (!newTx->commit({} /* mapValue */, std::move(vOrderForm), {} /* fromAccount */, rejectReason)) { return SendCoinsReturn(TransactionCommitFailed, QString::fromStdString(rejectReason)); } CDataStream ssTx(SER_NETWORK, PROTOCOL_VERSION); ssTx << newTx->get(); transaction_array.append(&(ssTx[0]), ssTx.size()); // Add addresses / update labels that we've sent to the address book, and // emit coinsSent signal for each recipient for (const SendCoinsRecipient &rcp : transaction.getRecipients()) { // Don't touch the address book when we have a payment request #ifdef ENABLE_BIP70 if (!rcp.paymentRequest.IsInitialized()) #endif { std::string strAddress = rcp.address.toStdString(); CTxDestination dest = DecodeDestination(strAddress, getChainParams()); std::string strLabel = rcp.label.toStdString(); // Check if we have a new address or an updated label std::string name; if (!m_wallet->getAddress(dest, &name, /* is_mine= */ nullptr, /* purpose= */ nullptr)) { m_wallet->setAddressBook(dest, strLabel, "send"); } else if (name != strLabel) { // "" means don't change purpose m_wallet->setAddressBook(dest, strLabel, ""); } } Q_EMIT coinsSent(this, rcp, transaction_array); } // update balance immediately, otherwise there could be a short noticeable // delay until pollBalanceChanged hits checkBalanceChanged(m_wallet->getBalances()); return SendCoinsReturn(OK); } OptionsModel *WalletModel::getOptionsModel() { return optionsModel; } AddressTableModel *WalletModel::getAddressTableModel() { return addressTableModel; } TransactionTableModel *WalletModel::getTransactionTableModel() { return transactionTableModel; } RecentRequestsTableModel *WalletModel::getRecentRequestsTableModel() { return recentRequestsTableModel; } WalletModel::EncryptionStatus WalletModel::getEncryptionStatus() const { if (!m_wallet->isCrypted()) { return Unencrypted; } else if (m_wallet->isLocked()) { return Locked; } else { return Unlocked; } } bool WalletModel::setWalletEncrypted(bool encrypted, const SecureString &passphrase) { if (encrypted) { // Encrypt return m_wallet->encryptWallet(passphrase); } else { // Decrypt -- TODO; not supported yet return false; } } bool WalletModel::setWalletLocked(bool locked, const SecureString &passPhrase) { if (locked) { // Lock return m_wallet->lock(); } else { // Unlock return m_wallet->unlock(passPhrase); } } bool WalletModel::changePassphrase(const SecureString &oldPass, const SecureString &newPass) { // Make sure wallet is locked before attempting pass change m_wallet->lock(); return m_wallet->changeWalletPassphrase(oldPass, newPass); } // Handlers for core signals static void NotifyUnload(WalletModel *walletModel) { qDebug() << "NotifyUnload"; QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletModel, "unload"); } static void NotifyKeyStoreStatusChanged(WalletModel *walletmodel) { qDebug() << "NotifyKeyStoreStatusChanged"; QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletmodel, "updateStatus", Qt::QueuedConnection); } static void NotifyAddressBookChanged(WalletModel *walletmodel, const CTxDestination &address, const std::string &label, bool isMine, const std::string &purpose, ChangeType status) { QString strAddress = QString::fromStdString( EncodeCashAddr(address, walletmodel->getChainParams())); QString strLabel = QString::fromStdString(label); QString strPurpose = QString::fromStdString(purpose); qDebug() << "NotifyAddressBookChanged: " + strAddress + " " + strLabel + " isMine=" + QString::number(isMine) + " purpose=" + strPurpose + " status=" + QString::number(status); QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletmodel, "updateAddressBook", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(QString, strAddress), Q_ARG(QString, strLabel), Q_ARG(bool, isMine), Q_ARG(QString, strPurpose), Q_ARG(int, status)); } static void NotifyTransactionChanged(WalletModel *walletmodel, const TxId &hash, ChangeType status) { Q_UNUSED(hash); Q_UNUSED(status); QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletmodel, "updateTransaction", Qt::QueuedConnection); } static void ShowProgress(WalletModel *walletmodel, const std::string &title, int nProgress) { // emits signal "showProgress" QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletmodel, "showProgress", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(QString, QString::fromStdString(title)), Q_ARG(int, nProgress)); } static void NotifyWatchonlyChanged(WalletModel *walletmodel, bool fHaveWatchonly) { QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletmodel, "updateWatchOnlyFlag", Qt::QueuedConnection, Q_ARG(bool, fHaveWatchonly)); } static void NotifyCanGetAddressesChanged(WalletModel *walletmodel) { QMetaObject::invokeMethod(walletmodel, "canGetAddressesChanged"); } void WalletModel::subscribeToCoreSignals() { // Connect signals to wallet m_handler_unload = m_wallet->handleUnload(std::bind(&NotifyUnload, this)); m_handler_status_changed = m_wallet->handleStatusChanged( std::bind(&NotifyKeyStoreStatusChanged, this)); m_handler_address_book_changed = m_wallet->handleAddressBookChanged( std::bind(NotifyAddressBookChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3, std::placeholders::_4, std::placeholders::_5)); m_handler_transaction_changed = m_wallet->handleTransactionChanged( std::bind(NotifyTransactionChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2)); m_handler_show_progress = m_wallet->handleShowProgress(std::bind( ShowProgress, this, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2)); m_handler_watch_only_changed = m_wallet->handleWatchOnlyChanged( std::bind(NotifyWatchonlyChanged, this, std::placeholders::_1)); m_handler_can_get_addrs_changed = m_wallet->handleCanGetAddressesChanged( std::bind(NotifyCanGetAddressesChanged, this)); } void WalletModel::unsubscribeFromCoreSignals() { // Disconnect signals from wallet m_handler_unload->disconnect(); m_handler_status_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_address_book_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_transaction_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_show_progress->disconnect(); m_handler_watch_only_changed->disconnect(); m_handler_can_get_addrs_changed->disconnect(); } // WalletModel::UnlockContext implementation WalletModel::UnlockContext WalletModel::requestUnlock() { bool was_locked = getEncryptionStatus() == Locked; if (was_locked) { // Request UI to unlock wallet Q_EMIT requireUnlock(); } // If wallet is still locked, unlock was failed or cancelled, mark context // as invalid bool valid = getEncryptionStatus() != Locked; return UnlockContext(this, valid, was_locked); } WalletModel::UnlockContext::UnlockContext(WalletModel *_wallet, bool _valid, bool _relock) : wallet(_wallet), valid(_valid), relock(_relock) {} WalletModel::UnlockContext::~UnlockContext() { if (valid && relock) { wallet->setWalletLocked(true); } } void WalletModel::UnlockContext::CopyFrom(const UnlockContext &rhs) { // Transfer context; old object no longer relocks wallet *this = rhs; rhs.relock = false; } void WalletModel::loadReceiveRequests( std::vector &vReceiveRequests) { // receive request vReceiveRequests = m_wallet->getDestValues("rr"); } bool WalletModel::saveReceiveRequest(const std::string &sAddress, const int64_t nId, const std::string &sRequest) { CTxDestination dest = DecodeDestination(sAddress, getChainParams()); std::stringstream ss; ss << nId; // "rr" prefix = "receive request" in destdata std::string key = "rr" + ss.str(); return sRequest.empty() ? m_wallet->eraseDestData(dest, key) : m_wallet->addDestData(dest, key, sRequest); } bool WalletModel::isWalletEnabled() { return !gArgs.GetBoolArg("-disablewallet", DEFAULT_DISABLE_WALLET); } bool WalletModel::privateKeysDisabled() const { return m_wallet->IsWalletFlagSet(WALLET_FLAG_DISABLE_PRIVATE_KEYS); } bool WalletModel::canGetAddresses() const { return m_wallet->canGetAddresses(); } QString WalletModel::getWalletName() const { return QString::fromStdString(m_wallet->getWalletName()); } QString WalletModel::getDisplayName() const { const QString name = getWalletName(); return name.isEmpty() ? "[" + tr("default wallet") + "]" : name; } bool WalletModel::isMultiwallet() { return m_node.getWallets().size() > 1; } const CChainParams &WalletModel::getChainParams() const { return Params(); } diff --git a/src/test/allocator_tests.cpp b/src/test/allocator_tests.cpp index f4062ddf1..65bd6f12f 100644 --- a/src/test/allocator_tests.cpp +++ b/src/test/allocator_tests.cpp @@ -1,244 +1,244 @@ // Copyright (c) 2012-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include BOOST_FIXTURE_TEST_SUITE(allocator_tests, BasicTestingSetup) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(arena_tests) { // Fake memory base address for testing // without actually using memory. void *synth_base = reinterpret_cast(0x08000000); const size_t synth_size = 1024 * 1024; Arena b(synth_base, synth_size, 16); void *chunk = b.alloc(1000); #ifdef ARENA_DEBUG b.walk(); #endif BOOST_CHECK(chunk != nullptr); // Aligned to 16 BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 1008); // Nothing has disappeared? BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().total == synth_size); b.free(chunk); #ifdef ARENA_DEBUG b.walk(); #endif BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 0); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().free == synth_size); try { // Test exception on double-free b.free(chunk); BOOST_CHECK(0); } catch (std::runtime_error &) { } void *a0 = b.alloc(128); void *a1 = b.alloc(256); void *a2 = b.alloc(512); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 896); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().total == synth_size); #ifdef ARENA_DEBUG b.walk(); #endif b.free(a0); #ifdef ARENA_DEBUG b.walk(); #endif BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 768); b.free(a1); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 512); void *a3 = b.alloc(128); #ifdef ARENA_DEBUG b.walk(); #endif BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 640); b.free(a2); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 128); b.free(a3); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().used == 0); BOOST_CHECK_EQUAL(b.stats().chunks_used, 0U); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().total == synth_size); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().free == synth_size); BOOST_CHECK_EQUAL(b.stats().chunks_free, 1U); std::vector addr; // allocating 0 always returns nullptr BOOST_CHECK(b.alloc(0) == nullptr); #ifdef ARENA_DEBUG b.walk(); #endif // Sweeping allocate all memory for (int x = 0; x < 1024; ++x) { addr.push_back(b.alloc(1024)); } BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().free == 0); // memory is full, this must return nullptr BOOST_CHECK(b.alloc(1024) == nullptr); BOOST_CHECK(b.alloc(0) == nullptr); for (int x = 0; x < 1024; ++x) { b.free(addr[x]); } addr.clear(); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().total == synth_size); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().free == synth_size); // Now in the other direction... for (int x = 0; x < 1024; ++x) { addr.push_back(b.alloc(1024)); } for (int x = 0; x < 1024; ++x) { b.free(addr[1023 - x]); } addr.clear(); // Now allocate in smaller unequal chunks, then deallocate haphazardly // Not all the chunks will succeed allocating, but freeing nullptr is // allowed so that is no problem. for (int x = 0; x < 2048; ++x) { addr.push_back(b.alloc(x + 1)); } for (int x = 0; x < 2048; ++x) { b.free(addr[((x * 23) % 2048) ^ 242]); } addr.clear(); // Go entirely wild: free and alloc interleaved, generate targets and sizes // using pseudo-randomness. for (int x = 0; x < 2048; ++x) { - addr.push_back(0); + addr.push_back(nullptr); } uint32_t s = 0x12345678; for (int x = 0; x < 5000; ++x) { int idx = s & (addr.size() - 1); if (s & 0x80000000) { b.free(addr[idx]); - addr[idx] = 0; + addr[idx] = nullptr; } else if (!addr[idx]) { addr[idx] = b.alloc((s >> 16) & 2047); } bool lsb = s & 1; s >>= 1; // LFSR period 0xf7ffffe0 if (lsb) { s ^= 0xf00f00f0; } } for (void *ptr : addr) { b.free(ptr); } addr.clear(); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().total == synth_size); BOOST_CHECK(b.stats().free == synth_size); } /** Mock LockedPageAllocator for testing */ class TestLockedPageAllocator : public LockedPageAllocator { public: TestLockedPageAllocator(int count_in, int lockedcount_in) : count(count_in), lockedcount(lockedcount_in) {} void *AllocateLocked(size_t len, bool *lockingSuccess) override { *lockingSuccess = false; if (count > 0) { --count; if (lockedcount > 0) { --lockedcount; *lockingSuccess = true; } // Fake address, do not actually use this memory return reinterpret_cast(0x08000000 + (count << 24)); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } void FreeLocked(void *addr, size_t len) override {} size_t GetLimit() override { return std::numeric_limits::max(); } private: int count; int lockedcount; }; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(lockedpool_tests_mock) { // Test over three virtual arenas, of which one will succeed being locked auto x = std::make_unique(3, 1); LockedPool pool(std::move(x)); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().total == 0); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().locked == 0); // Ensure unreasonable requests are refused without allocating anything void *invalid_toosmall = pool.alloc(0); BOOST_CHECK(invalid_toosmall == nullptr); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().used == 0); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().free == 0); void *invalid_toobig = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE + 1); BOOST_CHECK(invalid_toobig == nullptr); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().used == 0); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().free == 0); void *a0 = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE / 2); BOOST_CHECK(a0); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().locked == LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE); void *a1 = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE / 2); BOOST_CHECK(a1); void *a2 = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE / 2); BOOST_CHECK(a2); void *a3 = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE / 2); BOOST_CHECK(a3); void *a4 = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE / 2); BOOST_CHECK(a4); void *a5 = pool.alloc(LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE / 2); BOOST_CHECK(a5); // We've passed a count of three arenas, so this allocation should fail void *a6 = pool.alloc(16); BOOST_CHECK(!a6); pool.free(a0); pool.free(a2); pool.free(a4); pool.free(a1); pool.free(a3); pool.free(a5); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().total == 3 * LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().locked == LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE); BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().used == 0); } // These tests used the live LockedPoolManager object, this is also used by // other tests so the conditions are somewhat less controllable and thus the // tests are somewhat more error-prone. BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(lockedpool_tests_live) { LockedPoolManager &pool = LockedPoolManager::Instance(); LockedPool::Stats initial = pool.stats(); void *a0 = pool.alloc(16); BOOST_CHECK(a0); // Test reading and writing the allocated memory *((uint32_t *)a0) = 0x1234; BOOST_CHECK(*((uint32_t *)a0) == 0x1234); pool.free(a0); try { // Test exception on double-free pool.free(a0); BOOST_CHECK(0); } catch (std::runtime_error &) { } // If more than one new arena was allocated for the above tests, something // is wrong BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().total <= (initial.total + LockedPool::ARENA_SIZE)); // Usage must be back to where it started BOOST_CHECK(pool.stats().used == initial.used); } BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() diff --git a/src/wallet/db.cpp b/src/wallet/db.cpp index 0732da428..8ee88f13b 100644 --- a/src/wallet/db.cpp +++ b/src/wallet/db.cpp @@ -1,978 +1,979 @@ // Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Satoshi Nakamoto // Copyright (c) 2009-2016 The Bitcoin Core developers // Distributed under the MIT software license, see the accompanying // file COPYING or http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // boost::this_thread::interruption_point() (mingw) #include #ifndef WIN32 #include #endif namespace { //! Make sure database has a unique fileid within the environment. If it //! doesn't, throw an error. BDB caches do not work properly when more than one //! open database has the same fileid (values written to one database may show //! up in reads to other databases). //! //! BerkeleyDB generates unique fileids by default //! (https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E17275_01/html/programmer_reference/program_copy.html), //! so bitcoin should never create different databases with the same fileid, but //! this error can be triggered if users manually copy database files. void CheckUniqueFileid(const BerkeleyEnvironment &env, const std::string &filename, Db &db, WalletDatabaseFileId &fileid) { if (env.IsMock()) { return; } int ret = db.get_mpf()->get_fileid(fileid.value); if (ret != 0) { throw std::runtime_error(strprintf( "BerkeleyBatch: Can't open database %s (get_fileid failed with %d)", filename, ret)); } for (const auto &item : env.m_fileids) { if (fileid == item.second && &fileid != &item.second) { throw std::runtime_error(strprintf( "BerkeleyBatch: Can't open database %s (duplicates fileid %s " "from %s)", filename, HexStr(std::begin(item.second.value), std::end(item.second.value)), item.first)); } } } CCriticalSection cs_db; //! Map from directory name to db environment. std::map> g_dbenvs GUARDED_BY(cs_db); } // namespace bool WalletDatabaseFileId::operator==(const WalletDatabaseFileId &rhs) const { return memcmp(value, &rhs.value, sizeof(value)) == 0; } static void SplitWalletPath(const fs::path &wallet_path, fs::path &env_directory, std::string &database_filename) { if (fs::is_regular_file(wallet_path)) { // Special case for backwards compatibility: if wallet path points to an // existing file, treat it as the path to a BDB data file in a parent // directory that also contains BDB log files. env_directory = wallet_path.parent_path(); database_filename = wallet_path.filename().string(); } else { // Normal case: Interpret wallet path as a directory path containing // data and log files. env_directory = wallet_path; database_filename = "wallet.dat"; } } bool IsWalletLoaded(const fs::path &wallet_path) { fs::path env_directory; std::string database_filename; SplitWalletPath(wallet_path, env_directory, database_filename); LOCK(cs_db); auto env = g_dbenvs.find(env_directory.string()); if (env == g_dbenvs.end()) { return false; } auto database = env->second.lock(); return database && database->IsDatabaseLoaded(database_filename); } /** * @param[in] wallet_path Path to wallet directory. Or (for backwards * compatibility only) a path to a berkeley btree data file inside a wallet * directory. * @param[out] database_filename Filename of berkeley btree data file inside the * wallet directory. * @return A shared pointer to the BerkeleyEnvironment object for the wallet * directory, never empty because ~BerkeleyEnvironment erases the weak pointer * from the g_dbenvs map. * @post A new BerkeleyEnvironment weak pointer is inserted into g_dbenvs if the * directory path key was not already in the map. */ std::shared_ptr GetWalletEnv(const fs::path &wallet_path, std::string &database_filename) { fs::path env_directory; SplitWalletPath(wallet_path, env_directory, database_filename); LOCK(cs_db); auto inserted = g_dbenvs.emplace(env_directory.string(), std::weak_ptr()); if (inserted.second) { auto env = std::make_shared(env_directory.string()); inserted.first->second = env; return env; } return inserted.first->second.lock(); } // // BerkeleyBatch // void BerkeleyEnvironment::Close() { if (!fDbEnvInit) { return; } fDbEnvInit = false; for (auto &db : m_databases) { auto count = mapFileUseCount.find(db.first); assert(count == mapFileUseCount.end() || count->second == 0); BerkeleyDatabase &database = db.second.get(); if (database.m_db) { database.m_db->close(0); database.m_db.reset(); } } FILE *error_file = nullptr; dbenv->get_errfile(&error_file); int ret = dbenv->close(0); if (ret != 0) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Close: Error %d closing database " "environment: %s\n", ret, DbEnv::strerror(ret)); } if (!fMockDb) { DbEnv(u_int32_t(0)).remove(strPath.c_str(), 0); } if (error_file) { fclose(error_file); } UnlockDirectory(strPath, ".walletlock"); } void BerkeleyEnvironment::Reset() { dbenv.reset(new DbEnv(DB_CXX_NO_EXCEPTIONS)); fDbEnvInit = false; fMockDb = false; } BerkeleyEnvironment::BerkeleyEnvironment(const fs::path &dir_path) : strPath(dir_path.string()) { Reset(); } BerkeleyEnvironment::~BerkeleyEnvironment() { LOCK(cs_db); g_dbenvs.erase(strPath); Close(); } bool BerkeleyEnvironment::Open(bool retry) { if (fDbEnvInit) { return true; } boost::this_thread::interruption_point(); fs::path pathIn = strPath; TryCreateDirectories(pathIn); if (!LockDirectory(pathIn, ".walletlock")) { LogPrintf("Cannot obtain a lock on wallet directory %s. Another " "instance of bitcoin may be using it.\n", strPath); return false; } fs::path pathLogDir = pathIn / "database"; TryCreateDirectories(pathLogDir); fs::path pathErrorFile = pathIn / "db.log"; LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Open: LogDir=%s ErrorFile=%s\n", pathLogDir.string(), pathErrorFile.string()); unsigned int nEnvFlags = 0; if (gArgs.GetBoolArg("-privdb", DEFAULT_WALLET_PRIVDB)) { nEnvFlags |= DB_PRIVATE; } dbenv->set_lg_dir(pathLogDir.string().c_str()); // 1 MiB should be enough for just the wallet dbenv->set_cachesize(0, 0x100000, 1); dbenv->set_lg_bsize(0x10000); dbenv->set_lg_max(1048576); dbenv->set_lk_max_locks(40000); dbenv->set_lk_max_objects(40000); /// debug dbenv->set_errfile(fsbridge::fopen(pathErrorFile, "a")); dbenv->set_flags(DB_AUTO_COMMIT, 1); dbenv->set_flags(DB_TXN_WRITE_NOSYNC, 1); dbenv->log_set_config(DB_LOG_AUTO_REMOVE, 1); int ret = dbenv->open(strPath.c_str(), DB_CREATE | DB_INIT_LOCK | DB_INIT_LOG | DB_INIT_MPOOL | DB_INIT_TXN | DB_THREAD | DB_RECOVER | nEnvFlags, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR); if (ret != 0) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Open: Error %d opening database " "environment: %s\n", ret, DbEnv::strerror(ret)); int ret2 = dbenv->close(0); if (ret2 != 0) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Open: Error %d closing failed " "database environment: %s\n", ret2, DbEnv::strerror(ret2)); } Reset(); if (retry) { // try moving the database env out of the way fs::path pathDatabaseBak = pathIn / strprintf("database.%d.bak", GetTime()); try { fs::rename(pathLogDir, pathDatabaseBak); LogPrintf("Moved old %s to %s. Retrying.\n", pathLogDir.string(), pathDatabaseBak.string()); } catch (const fs::filesystem_error &) { // failure is ok (well, not really, but it's not worse than what // we started with) } // try opening it again one more time if (!Open(false /* retry */)) { // if it still fails, it probably means we can't even create the // database env return false; } } else { return false; } } fDbEnvInit = true; fMockDb = false; return true; } //! Construct an in-memory mock Berkeley environment for testing and as a //! place-holder for g_dbenvs emplace BerkeleyEnvironment::BerkeleyEnvironment() { Reset(); boost::this_thread::interruption_point(); LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::MakeMock\n"); dbenv->set_cachesize(1, 0, 1); dbenv->set_lg_bsize(10485760 * 4); dbenv->set_lg_max(10485760); dbenv->set_lk_max_locks(10000); dbenv->set_lk_max_objects(10000); dbenv->set_flags(DB_AUTO_COMMIT, 1); dbenv->log_set_config(DB_LOG_IN_MEMORY, 1); int ret = dbenv->open(nullptr, DB_CREATE | DB_INIT_LOCK | DB_INIT_LOG | DB_INIT_MPOOL | DB_INIT_TXN | DB_THREAD | DB_PRIVATE, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR); if (ret > 0) { throw std::runtime_error( strprintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::MakeMock: Error %d opening " "database environment.", ret)); } fDbEnvInit = true; fMockDb = true; } BerkeleyEnvironment::VerifyResult BerkeleyEnvironment::Verify(const std::string &strFile, recoverFunc_type recoverFunc, std::string &out_backup_filename) { LOCK(cs_db); assert(mapFileUseCount.count(strFile) == 0); Db db(dbenv.get(), 0); int result = db.verify(strFile.c_str(), nullptr, nullptr, 0); if (result == 0) { return VerifyResult::VERIFY_OK; } else if (recoverFunc == nullptr) { return VerifyResult::RECOVER_FAIL; } // Try to recover: bool fRecovered = (*recoverFunc)(fs::path(strPath) / strFile, out_backup_filename); return (fRecovered ? VerifyResult::RECOVER_OK : VerifyResult::RECOVER_FAIL); } bool BerkeleyBatch::Recover(const fs::path &file_path, void *callbackDataIn, bool (*recoverKVcallback)(void *callbackData, CDataStream ssKey, CDataStream ssValue), std::string &newFilename) { std::string filename; std::shared_ptr env = GetWalletEnv(file_path, filename); // Recovery procedure: // Move wallet file to walletfilename.timestamp.bak // Call Salvage with fAggressive=true to get as much data as possible. // Rewrite salvaged data to fresh wallet file. // Set -rescan so any missing transactions will be found. int64_t now = GetTime(); newFilename = strprintf("%s.%d.bak", filename, now); int result = env->dbenv->dbrename(nullptr, filename.c_str(), nullptr, newFilename.c_str(), DB_AUTO_COMMIT); if (result == 0) { LogPrintf("Renamed %s to %s\n", filename, newFilename); } else { LogPrintf("Failed to rename %s to %s\n", filename, newFilename); return false; } std::vector salvagedData; bool fSuccess = env->Salvage(newFilename, true, salvagedData); if (salvagedData.empty()) { LogPrintf("Salvage(aggressive) found no records in %s.\n", newFilename); return false; } LogPrintf("Salvage(aggressive) found %u records\n", salvagedData.size()); std::unique_ptr pdbCopy = std::make_unique(env->dbenv.get(), 0); int ret = pdbCopy->open(nullptr, // Txn pointer filename.c_str(), // Filename "main", // Logical db name DB_BTREE, // Database type DB_CREATE, // Flags 0); if (ret > 0) { LogPrintf("Cannot create database file %s\n", filename); pdbCopy->close(0); return false; } DbTxn *ptxn = env->TxnBegin(); for (BerkeleyEnvironment::KeyValPair &row : salvagedData) { if (recoverKVcallback) { CDataStream ssKey(row.first, SER_DISK, CLIENT_VERSION); CDataStream ssValue(row.second, SER_DISK, CLIENT_VERSION); if (!(*recoverKVcallback)(callbackDataIn, ssKey, ssValue)) { continue; } } Dbt datKey(&row.first[0], row.first.size()); Dbt datValue(&row.second[0], row.second.size()); int ret2 = pdbCopy->put(ptxn, &datKey, &datValue, DB_NOOVERWRITE); if (ret2 > 0) { fSuccess = false; } } ptxn->commit(0); pdbCopy->close(0); return fSuccess; } bool BerkeleyBatch::VerifyEnvironment(const fs::path &file_path, std::string &errorStr) { std::string walletFile; std::shared_ptr env = GetWalletEnv(file_path, walletFile); fs::path walletDir = env->Directory(); - LogPrintf("Using BerkeleyDB version %s\n", DbEnv::version(0, 0, 0)); + LogPrintf("Using BerkeleyDB version %s\n", + DbEnv::version(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr)); LogPrintf("Using wallet %s\n", walletFile); // Wallet file must be a plain filename without a directory if (walletFile != fs::basename(walletFile) + fs::extension(walletFile)) { errorStr = strprintf(_("Wallet %s resides outside wallet directory %s"), walletFile, walletDir.string()); return false; } if (!env->Open(true /* retry */)) { errorStr = strprintf( _("Error initializing wallet database environment %s!"), walletDir); return false; } return true; } bool BerkeleyBatch::VerifyDatabaseFile( const fs::path &file_path, std::string &warningStr, std::string &errorStr, BerkeleyEnvironment::recoverFunc_type recoverFunc) { std::string walletFile; std::shared_ptr env = GetWalletEnv(file_path, walletFile); fs::path walletDir = env->Directory(); if (fs::exists(walletDir / walletFile)) { std::string backup_filename; BerkeleyEnvironment::VerifyResult r = env->Verify(walletFile, recoverFunc, backup_filename); if (r == BerkeleyEnvironment::VerifyResult::RECOVER_OK) { warningStr = strprintf( _("Warning: Wallet file corrupt, data salvaged! Original %s " "saved as %s in %s; if your balance or transactions are " "incorrect you should restore from a backup."), walletFile, backup_filename, walletDir); } if (r == BerkeleyEnvironment::VerifyResult::RECOVER_FAIL) { errorStr = strprintf(_("%s corrupt, salvage failed"), walletFile); return false; } } // also return true if files does not exists return true; } /* End of headers, beginning of key/value data */ static const char *HEADER_END = "HEADER=END"; /* End of key/value data */ static const char *DATA_END = "DATA=END"; bool BerkeleyEnvironment::Salvage( const std::string &strFile, bool fAggressive, std::vector &vResult) { LOCK(cs_db); assert(mapFileUseCount.count(strFile) == 0); u_int32_t flags = DB_SALVAGE; if (fAggressive) { flags |= DB_AGGRESSIVE; } std::stringstream strDump; Db db(dbenv.get(), 0); int result = db.verify(strFile.c_str(), nullptr, &strDump, flags); if (result == DB_VERIFY_BAD) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Salvage: Database salvage found " "errors, all data may not be recoverable.\n"); if (!fAggressive) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Salvage: Rerun with aggressive " "mode to ignore errors and continue.\n"); return false; } } if (result != 0 && result != DB_VERIFY_BAD) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Salvage: Database salvage failed with " "result %d.\n", result); return false; } // Format of bdb dump is ascii lines: // header lines... // HEADER=END // hexadecimal key // hexadecimal value // ... repeated // DATA=END std::string strLine; while (!strDump.eof() && strLine != HEADER_END) { // Skip past header getline(strDump, strLine); } std::string keyHex, valueHex; while (!strDump.eof() && keyHex != DATA_END) { getline(strDump, keyHex); if (keyHex != DATA_END) { if (strDump.eof()) { break; } getline(strDump, valueHex); if (valueHex == DATA_END) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Salvage: WARNING: Number of " "keys in data does not match number of values.\n"); break; } vResult.push_back(make_pair(ParseHex(keyHex), ParseHex(valueHex))); } } if (keyHex != DATA_END) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyEnvironment::Salvage: WARNING: Unexpected end of " "file while reading salvage output.\n"); return false; } return (result == 0); } void BerkeleyEnvironment::CheckpointLSN(const std::string &strFile) { dbenv->txn_checkpoint(0, 0, 0); if (fMockDb) { return; } dbenv->lsn_reset(strFile.c_str(), 0); } BerkeleyBatch::BerkeleyBatch(BerkeleyDatabase &database, const char *pszMode, bool fFlushOnCloseIn) : pdb(nullptr), activeTxn(nullptr) { fReadOnly = (!strchr(pszMode, '+') && !strchr(pszMode, 'w')); fFlushOnClose = fFlushOnCloseIn; env = database.env.get(); if (database.IsDummy()) { return; } const std::string &strFilename = database.strFile; bool fCreate = strchr(pszMode, 'c') != nullptr; unsigned int nFlags = DB_THREAD; if (fCreate) { nFlags |= DB_CREATE; } { LOCK(cs_db); if (!env->Open(false /* retry */)) { throw std::runtime_error( "BerkeleyBatch: Failed to open database environment."); } pdb = database.m_db.get(); if (pdb == nullptr) { int ret; std::unique_ptr pdb_temp = std::make_unique(env->dbenv.get(), 0); bool fMockDb = env->IsMock(); if (fMockDb) { DbMpoolFile *mpf = pdb_temp->get_mpf(); ret = mpf->set_flags(DB_MPOOL_NOFILE, 1); if (ret != 0) { throw std::runtime_error( strprintf("BerkeleyBatch: Failed to configure for no " "temp file backing for database %s", strFilename)); } } ret = pdb_temp->open( nullptr, // Txn pointer fMockDb ? nullptr : strFilename.c_str(), // Filename fMockDb ? strFilename.c_str() : "main", // Logical db name DB_BTREE, // Database type nFlags, // Flags 0); if (ret != 0) { throw std::runtime_error( strprintf("BerkeleyBatch: Error %d, can't open database %s", ret, strFilename)); } // Call CheckUniqueFileid on the containing BDB environment to // avoid BDB data consistency bugs that happen when different data // files in the same environment have the same fileid. // // Also call CheckUniqueFileid on all the other g_dbenvs to prevent // bitcoin from opening the same data file through another // environment when the file is referenced through equivalent but // not obviously identical symlinked or hard linked or bind mounted // paths. In the future a more relaxed check for equal inode and // device ids could be done instead, which would allow opening // different backup copies of a wallet at the same time. Maybe even // more ideally, an exclusive lock for accessing the database could // be implemented, so no equality checks are needed at all. (Newer // versions of BDB have an set_lk_exclusive method for this // purpose, but the older version we use does not.) for (const auto &dbenv : g_dbenvs) { CheckUniqueFileid(*dbenv.second.lock().get(), strFilename, *pdb_temp, this->env->m_fileids[strFilename]); } pdb = pdb_temp.release(); database.m_db.reset(pdb); if (fCreate && !Exists(std::string("version"))) { bool fTmp = fReadOnly; fReadOnly = false; WriteVersion(CLIENT_VERSION); fReadOnly = fTmp; } } ++env->mapFileUseCount[strFilename]; strFile = strFilename; } } void BerkeleyBatch::Flush() { if (activeTxn) { return; } // Flush database activity from memory pool to disk log unsigned int nMinutes = 0; if (fReadOnly) { nMinutes = 1; } env->dbenv->txn_checkpoint( nMinutes ? gArgs.GetArg("-dblogsize", DEFAULT_WALLET_DBLOGSIZE) * 1024 : 0, nMinutes, 0); } void BerkeleyDatabase::IncrementUpdateCounter() { ++nUpdateCounter; } void BerkeleyBatch::Close() { if (!pdb) { return; } if (activeTxn) { activeTxn->abort(); } activeTxn = nullptr; pdb = nullptr; if (fFlushOnClose) { Flush(); } { LOCK(cs_db); --env->mapFileUseCount[strFile]; } env->m_db_in_use.notify_all(); } void BerkeleyEnvironment::CloseDb(const std::string &strFile) { LOCK(cs_db); auto it = m_databases.find(strFile); assert(it != m_databases.end()); BerkeleyDatabase &database = it->second.get(); if (database.m_db) { // Close the database handle database.m_db->close(0); database.m_db.reset(); } } void BerkeleyEnvironment::ReloadDbEnv() { // Make sure that no Db's are in use AssertLockNotHeld(cs_db); std::unique_lock lock(cs_db); m_db_in_use.wait(lock, [this]() { for (auto &count : mapFileUseCount) { if (count.second > 0) { return false; } } return true; }); std::vector filenames; for (auto it : m_databases) { filenames.push_back(it.first); } // Close the individual Db's for (const std::string &filename : filenames) { CloseDb(filename); } // Reset the environment // This will flush and close the environment Flush(true); Reset(); Open(true); } bool BerkeleyBatch::Rewrite(BerkeleyDatabase &database, const char *pszSkip) { if (database.IsDummy()) { return true; } BerkeleyEnvironment *env = database.env.get(); const std::string &strFile = database.strFile; while (true) { { LOCK(cs_db); if (!env->mapFileUseCount.count(strFile) || env->mapFileUseCount[strFile] == 0) { // Flush log data to the dat file env->CloseDb(strFile); env->CheckpointLSN(strFile); env->mapFileUseCount.erase(strFile); bool fSuccess = true; LogPrintf("BerkeleyBatch::Rewrite: Rewriting %s...\n", strFile); std::string strFileRes = strFile + ".rewrite"; { // surround usage of db with extra {} BerkeleyBatch db(database, "r"); std::unique_ptr pdbCopy = std::make_unique(env->dbenv.get(), 0); int ret = pdbCopy->open(nullptr, // Txn pointer strFileRes.c_str(), // Filename "main", // Logical db name DB_BTREE, // Database type DB_CREATE, // Flags 0); if (ret > 0) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyBatch::Rewrite: Can't create " "database file %s\n", strFileRes); fSuccess = false; } Dbc *pcursor = db.GetCursor(); if (pcursor) { while (fSuccess) { CDataStream ssKey(SER_DISK, CLIENT_VERSION); CDataStream ssValue(SER_DISK, CLIENT_VERSION); int ret1 = db.ReadAtCursor(pcursor, ssKey, ssValue); if (ret1 == DB_NOTFOUND) { pcursor->close(); break; } if (ret1 != 0) { pcursor->close(); fSuccess = false; break; } if (pszSkip && strncmp(ssKey.data(), pszSkip, std::min(ssKey.size(), strlen(pszSkip))) == 0) { continue; } if (strncmp(ssKey.data(), "\x07version", 8) == 0) { // Update version: ssValue.clear(); ssValue << CLIENT_VERSION; } Dbt datKey(ssKey.data(), ssKey.size()); Dbt datValue(ssValue.data(), ssValue.size()); int ret2 = pdbCopy->put(nullptr, &datKey, &datValue, DB_NOOVERWRITE); if (ret2 > 0) { fSuccess = false; } } } if (fSuccess) { db.Close(); env->CloseDb(strFile); if (pdbCopy->close(0)) { fSuccess = false; } } else { pdbCopy->close(0); } } if (fSuccess) { Db dbA(env->dbenv.get(), 0); if (dbA.remove(strFile.c_str(), nullptr, 0)) { fSuccess = false; } Db dbB(env->dbenv.get(), 0); if (dbB.rename(strFileRes.c_str(), nullptr, strFile.c_str(), 0)) { fSuccess = false; } } if (!fSuccess) { LogPrintf("BerkeleyBatch::Rewrite: Failed to rewrite " "database file %s\n", strFileRes); } return fSuccess; } } MilliSleep(100); } } void BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush(bool fShutdown) { int64_t nStart = GetTimeMillis(); // Flush log data to the actual data file on all files that are not in use LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush: [%s] Flush(%s)%s\n", strPath, fShutdown ? "true" : "false", fDbEnvInit ? "" : " database not started"); if (!fDbEnvInit) { return; } { LOCK(cs_db); std::map::iterator mi = mapFileUseCount.begin(); while (mi != mapFileUseCount.end()) { std::string strFile = (*mi).first; int nRefCount = (*mi).second; LogPrint( BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush: Flushing %s (refcount = %d)...\n", strFile, nRefCount); if (nRefCount == 0) { // Move log data to the dat file CloseDb(strFile); LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush: %s checkpoint\n", strFile); dbenv->txn_checkpoint(0, 0, 0); LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush: %s detach\n", strFile); if (!fMockDb) { dbenv->lsn_reset(strFile.c_str(), 0); } LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush: %s closed\n", strFile); mapFileUseCount.erase(mi++); } else { mi++; } } LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "BerkeleyEnvironment::Flush: Flush(%s)%s took %15dms\n", fShutdown ? "true" : "false", fDbEnvInit ? "" : " database not started", GetTimeMillis() - nStart); if (fShutdown) { char **listp; if (mapFileUseCount.empty()) { dbenv->log_archive(&listp, DB_ARCH_REMOVE); Close(); if (!fMockDb) { fs::remove_all(fs::path(strPath) / "database"); } } } } } bool BerkeleyBatch::PeriodicFlush(BerkeleyDatabase &database) { if (database.IsDummy()) { return true; } bool ret = false; BerkeleyEnvironment *env = database.env.get(); const std::string &strFile = database.strFile; TRY_LOCK(cs_db, lockDb); if (lockDb) { // Don't do this if any databases are in use int nRefCount = 0; std::map::iterator mit = env->mapFileUseCount.begin(); while (mit != env->mapFileUseCount.end()) { nRefCount += (*mit).second; mit++; } if (nRefCount == 0) { boost::this_thread::interruption_point(); std::map::iterator mi = env->mapFileUseCount.find(strFile); if (mi != env->mapFileUseCount.end()) { LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "Flushing %s\n", strFile); int64_t nStart = GetTimeMillis(); // Flush wallet file so it's self contained env->CloseDb(strFile); env->CheckpointLSN(strFile); env->mapFileUseCount.erase(mi++); LogPrint(BCLog::DB, "Flushed %s %dms\n", strFile, GetTimeMillis() - nStart); ret = true; } } } return ret; } bool BerkeleyDatabase::Rewrite(const char *pszSkip) { return BerkeleyBatch::Rewrite(*this, pszSkip); } bool BerkeleyDatabase::Backup(const std::string &strDest) { if (IsDummy()) { return false; } while (true) { { LOCK(cs_db); if (!env->mapFileUseCount.count(strFile) || env->mapFileUseCount[strFile] == 0) { // Flush log data to the dat file env->CloseDb(strFile); env->CheckpointLSN(strFile); env->mapFileUseCount.erase(strFile); // Copy wallet file. fs::path pathSrc = env->Directory() / strFile; fs::path pathDest(strDest); if (fs::is_directory(pathDest)) { pathDest /= strFile; } try { if (fs::equivalent(pathSrc, pathDest)) { LogPrintf("cannot backup to wallet source file %s\n", pathDest.string()); return false; } fs::copy_file(pathSrc, pathDest, fs::copy_option::overwrite_if_exists); LogPrintf("copied %s to %s\n", strFile, pathDest.string()); return true; } catch (const fs::filesystem_error &e) { LogPrintf("error copying %s to %s - %s\n", strFile, pathDest.string(), e.what()); return false; } } } MilliSleep(100); } } void BerkeleyDatabase::Flush(bool shutdown) { if (!IsDummy()) { env->Flush(shutdown); if (shutdown) { LOCK(cs_db); g_dbenvs.erase(env->Directory().string()); env = nullptr; } else { // TODO: To avoid g_dbenvs.erase erasing the environment prematurely // after the first database shutdown when multiple databases are // open in the same environment, should replace raw database `env` // pointers with shared or weak pointers, or else separate the // database and environment shutdowns so environments can be shut // down after databases. env->m_fileids.erase(strFile); } } } void BerkeleyDatabase::ReloadDbEnv() { if (!IsDummy()) { env->ReloadDbEnv(); } }